Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls

D-Sheet Piling

User Manual
D-S HEET P ILING

Design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls

User Manual

Version: 24.1
Revision: ----

11 July 2024
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Published and printed by:

Deltares telephone: +31 88 335 82 73
Boussinesqweg 1 e-mail: Information
2629 HV Delft www: Deltares
P.O. 177
2600 MH Delft
The Netherlands

For sales contact: For support contact:

telephone: +31 88 335 81 88 telephone: +31 88 335 81 00
e-mail: Sales e-mail: Support
www: Sales & Support www: Sales & Support

Copyright © 2024 Deltares

All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form by print, photo
print, photo copy, microfilm or any other means, without written permission from the publisher:
Deltares.
 Contents

Contents
List of Tables xv

List of Figures xvii

1 General Information 1
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Features in D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2.1 D-S HEET P ILING models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2.1.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.1.2 Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.2 D-Sheet Piling calculation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.2.1 Settlement by Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.2.2 Eurocode 7 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2.3 Reliability Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2.4 Plastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.3 Anchors and Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.4 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.5 Loads and Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.6 Staged Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.7 Design Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.8 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.9 Feasibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.5 Minimum System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.6 Definitions of Symbols and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.7 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.8 Getting Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.9 Deltares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.10 Deltares Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.11 Rijkswaterstaat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.12 On-line software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2 Getting Started 13
2.1 Starting D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Main Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.1 Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.2 Icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.3 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.4 Stage Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.2.5 Info bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.6 Title panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.7 Status bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4 Tips and Tricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4.1 Keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4.2 Exporting figures and reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.4.3 Copying part of a table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

3 General 23
3.1 File menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2 Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2.1 Program Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Deltares iii
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

3.2.2 Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

3.3 Help menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.1 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.2 Verification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.3 Log Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.4 Deltares Software Website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.5 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.6 About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4 Input 31
4.1 Project menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1.2 User Defined Partial Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.1.2.1 Eurocode 7 – General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.1.2.2 Eurocode 7 – Dutch Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.1.2.3 CUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
4.1.2.4 Eurocode 7 – Belgian Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.1.3 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.1.4 View Input File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.2 Construction menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.2.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2.1.1 Sheet Piling – Elastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2.1.2 Sheet Piling – Plastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.2.2 Combined Wall Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.2.3 Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2.3.1 Profiles Library from manufacturers/distributors . . . . . . . 55
4.2.3.2 User Defined Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.2.4 Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.2.4.1 Single Pile – Elastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.2.4.2 Single Pile – Plastic Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.2.5 Diaphragm Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.2.6 Wooden Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.3 Soil menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3.2 Soil Materials for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.3.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4.3.2.2 Earth pressure coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.3.2.3 Curve Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.3.2.4 Modulus of subgrade reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4.3.2.5 Settlement by vibration coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.3.2.6 Reliability Analysis settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.3.3 Soil Materials for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.3.3.1 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . 80
4.3.3.2 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil dis-
placements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.3.3.3 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by calculated soil dis-
placements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.3.4 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.3.4.1 Adding Soil Profiles Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.3.4.2 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT – CPT Selection . . . . . . . 85
4.3.4.3 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT – CPT Interpretation . . . . . 86
4.3.5 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.3.6 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.4 Loads menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

iv Deltares
 Contents

4.4.1 Uniform Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.4.2 Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.4.3 Horizontal Line Loads / Horizontal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.4.4 Moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.4.5 Normal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.4.6 Soil Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.5 Supports menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.5.1 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.5.2 Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.5.3 Spring Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.5.4 Rigid supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.6 Stages menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.6.1 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.6.2 Stage(s) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.6.2.1 Stages Overview for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.6.2.2 Stage Overview for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

5 Calculations 111
5.1 Calculation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.1.1 Possibilities and limitations of the option “First stage represents initial
situation” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.1.2 Coarse vs. Fine calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.2 Start Calculation for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.2.1 Standard Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.2.1.1 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.2.1.2 Calculation Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.2.2.1 Design Sheet Piling Length (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.2.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . 116
5.2.2.3 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7
(NL Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
5.2.2.4 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian
Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
5.2.3 Verify Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
5.2.3.1 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . . 120
5.2.3.2 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex) 120
5.2.3.3 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . . . 123
5.2.4 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.2.4.1 Verification Anchor Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
5.2.4.2 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram . . . 125
5.2.5 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.2.5.1 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . . . 128
5.2.5.2 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (NL Annex) . . . . . . 128
5.2.5.3 Overall Stability acc. to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.2.5.4 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . . . . 129
5.2.6 Reliability Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.3 Start Calculation for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.4 Batch Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.5 Log Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6 View Results 135

6.1 Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.2 Report Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.3 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Deltares v
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.3.1 Report for a standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

6.3.2 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 142
6.3.3 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and
EC7 BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.3.4 Report for a Reliability Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.4 Moments, Forces and Displacements Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.4.1 Charts for a Standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6.4.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 150
6.4.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and
EC7 BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.5 Stress State Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.5.1 Charts for a Standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.5.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 154
6.5.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7
BE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
6.6 Stress Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.7 Settlement by Vibration Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.7.1 Settlements during installation of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.7.2 Settlements during removal of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.7.3 Total settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.8 Slip Planes Diagrams (C, phi, delta) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

7 Feasibility 161
7.1 Settlement by vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
7.2 Sheet Pile Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

8 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp 165

8.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.2 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.2.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.2.2 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.3 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.4 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.4.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.4.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.4.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.4.4 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.4.5 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.5 Loads and Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.6 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.7 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.7.1 Calculation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.7.2 Start Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.8 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.8.2 Stress Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8.8.3 Stress Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
8.9 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

9 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta 183

9.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
9.2 Changing the Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9.3.1 Soil Profile from importation of a CPT-GEF file . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

vi Deltares
 Contents

9.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

9.4 Non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9.5 Input for vertical balance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.6 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.7 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.7.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.7.2 Report Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9.7.3 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

10 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor 199

10.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.2 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
10.3 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
10.4 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
10.5 Staged Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.5.1 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.5.2 Stages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
10.6 Calculation and Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
10.6.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
10.6.2 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

11 Tutorial 4: Applying loads 209

11.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11.2 Inputting Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
11.2.1 Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
11.2.2 Horizontal Line Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
11.3 Using Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
11.4 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
11.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

12 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length 215

12.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
12.2 Design Sheet Piling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
12.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

13 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor 219

13.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
13.2 Modeling an underwater concrete floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
13.3 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
13.3.1 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
13.3.2 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
13.3.3 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
13.3.4 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
13.3.5 Uniform Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
13.3.6 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
13.4 Stages implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
13.5 Calculation and results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
13.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

14 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166 229

14.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
14.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.3 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Deltares vii
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

14.4 Temporary surcharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

14.5 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.6 Partial factors and level variations acc. to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.7 Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)234
14.8 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design proce-
dure, method A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.8.1 Verification Calculation (Method A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.8.2 Verification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
14.8.3 Verification Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
14.8.4 Stability Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
14.9 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design proce-
dure, method B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
14.9.1 Verification Calculation (Method B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
14.9.2 Verification Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
14.10 Comparison between Methods A and B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
14.11 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

15 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method) 243

15.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
15.2 Characteristic Kranz anchor strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
15.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

16 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls 247

16.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
16.2 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
16.3 Combined Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
16.4 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
16.5 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
16.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

17 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution 255

17.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
17.2 Additional pore pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
17.3 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
17.3.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
17.3.2 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
17.3.3 Soil Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
17.3.4 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
17.3.5 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
17.3.6 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
17.3.7 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
17.3.8 Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
17.3.9 Stages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
17.4 Water pressure results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
17.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions 263

18.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
18.2 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
18.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . 265
18.4 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
18.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

19 Tutorial 12: Obsolete (Previously: prediction of feasibility using experience data)269

viii Deltares
 Contents

20 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post) 271

20.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
20.2 Pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
20.3 Soil Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.4 Horizontal Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.5 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

21 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment 277

21.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
21.2 Pile loaded by soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
21.3 Soil input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
21.4 Surcharge Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
21.5 Rigid Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
21.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
21.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

22 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7 285

22.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
22.2 Introduction to Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
22.3 Partial factors according to Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
22.4 Determine the minimum length using partial factors from Eurocode 7 . . . . . 287
22.4.1 Design Approach 1 set 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
22.4.2 Design Approach 1 set 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
22.4.3 Design Approach 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
22.4.4 Design Approach 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
22.4.5 Results overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
22.5 Design calculation using Verify Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
22.5.1 Verification calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
22.5.2 Results overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
22.5.3 Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
22.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

23 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation 299
23.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
23.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
23.3 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
23.4 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
23.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
23.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
23.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

24 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall 307

24.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
24.2 Design at long term (Tutorial 17a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
24.2.1 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
24.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
24.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.2.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.2.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
24.2.3.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
24.2.3.4 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
24.2.4 Model selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
24.2.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
24.2.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Deltares ix
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

24.2.7 Manual design of the wall length (Tutorial 17b) . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

24.3 Design at short term (Tutorial 17c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
24.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.3.2 Adding a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.3.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
24.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

25 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage 323

25.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
25.2 Design at long term (Tutorial 18a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
25.2.1 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
25.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
25.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
25.2.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
25.2.3.2 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
25.2.3.3 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
25.2.4 Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
25.2.5 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
25.2.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
25.3 Design at short term (Tutorial 18b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
25.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
25.3.2 Adding a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.3.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

26 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour 337

26.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
26.2 Pile loaded by user defined soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
26.3 Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
26.4 Soil input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
26.5 Rigid Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
26.6 Spring Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
26.7 Soil Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
26.8 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
26.9 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

27 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis 347

27.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
27.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
27.3 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
27.4 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
27.5 Soil Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
27.6 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
27.7 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
27.8 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
27.9 Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
27.10 Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
27.11 Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
27.11.1 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the degree of mobili-
sation (Tutorial20a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
27.11.2 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the moment (Tutorial
20b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
27.11.3 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the anchor (Tutorial 20c)358
27.12 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

x Deltares
 Contents

28 Tutorial 21: Reliability analysis for anchor force using Kranz theory 359
28.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
28.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
28.3 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
28.4 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
28.5 Soil Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
28.6 Soil Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
28.7 Water levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
28.8 Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
28.9 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
28.10 Stages Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
28.11 Reliability Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

29 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile 367

29.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
29.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
29.3 Wooden Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
29.4 Soils and surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
29.5 Calculation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
29.6 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
29.6.1 Results (Tutorial 22a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
29.6.2 Results (Tutorial 22b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
29.6.3 Results (Tutorial 22c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
29.6.4 Results (Tutorial 22d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
29.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

30 Tutorial 23: Wooden Sheet Pile with anchored wall 377

30.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
30.2 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
30.3 Wooden Sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
30.4 Soils, surfaces and loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
30.5 Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
30.6 Calculation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
30.7 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
30.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

31 Governing Equation 385

32 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio 387

32.1 At rest earth pressure coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
32.2 Passive and active earth pressures coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
32.2.1 Culmann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
32.2.2 Müller-Breslau (straight slip surface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
32.2.3 Kötter (curved slip surfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
32.3 Surcharge according to Boussinesq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

33 Soil Strength and Stiffness 397

33.1 Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
33.2 Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
33.3 Construction Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

34 CPT Interpretation 401

34.1 CPT Filtering Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
34.2 CPT Interpretation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
34.2.1 CPT interpretation acc. CUR 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Deltares xi
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

34.2.2 CPT interpretation acc. NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

34.3 Soil Materials Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
34.3.1 General soil properties acc. NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 . . . . . . . . . . 403
34.3.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction acc. CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . 404

35 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength 405

35.1 Short anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
35.2 Long anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

36 Overall Stability 409

37 Vertical Force Balance 411

38 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure 415

38.1 Semi-probabilistic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
38.2 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . 416
38.3 Partial Safety Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
38.3.1 Partial safety factors – On all stages (method A) or one stage (method B)420
38.3.2 Partial safety factors and geometry modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 421
38.3.3 Automatic determination of the passive side . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
38.3.4 Automatic determination of the favorable/unfavourable nature of a load 422

39 Design according to Eurocode 7 423

39.1 General Eurocode 7 (EN 1997-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
39.1.1 General EC 7 – Design approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
39.1.2 General EC 7 – Partial factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
39.1.3 General EC 7 – Geometrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
39.1.4 General EC 7 – Determination of earth pressures . . . . . . . . . . . 424
39.1.5 General EC 7 – Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
39.2 Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN 9997-1+C2:2017) . . . . . . . . . . . 426
39.2.1 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Reliability Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
39.2.2 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Step-by-step procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
39.2.3 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Partial factors and Geometry modifications . . . 427
39.2.4 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
39.2.5 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Partial factors on representative values . . . . . 428
39.3 Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB) . . . . . . . . . . . 428
39.3.1 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Limit States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
39.3.2 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Risk Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
39.3.3 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Partial factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
39.3.4 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Geometrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
39.3.5 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

40 Initial Stage 433

41 Analysis of Single Piles 435

41.1 Loading by soil deformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
41.1.1 Calculation of the soil displacements using the De Leeuw method . . 435
41.1.2 Determination of the displacements, moments and forces in the pile . 438
41.2 Loading by forces and moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
41.2.1 Brinch-Hansen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
41.2.2 Ménard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

42 Special Cases 441

42.1 Combination with piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
42.1.1 Acting width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

xii Deltares
 Contents

42.1.2 Modified soil reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

42.1.3 Automatic generation of a combined wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
42.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
42.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions) . . . . . . . . . 446
42.2.2 Complex load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
42.3 Modeling concrete under water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
42.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall . . . . . . . 448
42.5 Stiffness of particular sheet pile walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
42.5.1 Contiguous bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
42.5.2 Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
42.5.3 Pile walls with reinforced concrete piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

43 Settlements by Vibration 453

43.1 Model description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
43.2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

44 Probabilistic Design 455

44.1 Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
44.2 Probabilistic approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
44.3 Probabilistic method FORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
44.4 Control parameters for reliability method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
44.5 Determination of the representative value of a stochastic parameter . . . . . . 458

45 Calculation of Wooden Sheet Piles 461

45.1 Material properties of timber sheet piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
45.1.1 Bending strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
45.1.2 Modulus of elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

46 Benchmarks 465

Bibliography 467

A Overview of the earlier releases 469

Deltares xiii
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

xiv Deltares
 List of Tables

List of Tables
2.1 Keyboard shortcuts for D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4.1 Relative density as a function of the consistency of the soil . . . . . . . . . . 79

5.8 Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and

CUR in case of 4 stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
5.14 Schematization of the calculation method according to table 21-4-9 of SB 260 . 124

8.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

10.1 Anchor properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

13.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

14.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

14.2 Comparison of methods A and B for the maximum values in stage 4 . . . . . 241

16.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

17.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

20.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

21.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

22.1 Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

23.1 Soil parameters for Tutorial 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

24.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

24.2 Properties of a ProLock Sigma profile (Tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
24.3 Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
24.4 Properties of the ProLock Sigma wall (Tutorial 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

25.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

25.2 Properties of a ProLock Omega profile (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
25.3 Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
25.4 Properties of the ProLock Omega wall (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
25.5 Technical data for the GEWI Threadbar (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

26.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

26.2 Horizontal soil displacements after 30 years (Tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . 338
26.3 Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 1
(Tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
26.4 Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 2
(Tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

27.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

28.1 Soil properties (Tutorial 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

28.2 Anchor properties (Tutorial 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

29.1 Soil properties Sand (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

30.1 Soil properties Clay (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Deltares xv
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

33.1 Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 9.b
of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017) (NEN, 2017) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

34.1 General soil parameters from Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 . . . . . . . 403
34.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166 . . . . . . . . 404

38.1 Design values of soil properties according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 procedure 418
38.2 Design values of ground and water levels according to Step 6 of the CUR 166
procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
38.3 Partial factors applied to soil parameters according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166
design procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
38.4 Level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . 421
38.5 Partial factors applied to loads according to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

39.1 Partial factors for retaining structures acc. to the general Eurocode 7 . . . . . 424
39.2 Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1 . . . . . . . . . . 426
39.3 Partial factors according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . 427
39.4 Level variations according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . 427
39.5 Partial factors (for overall stability) on soil parameters acc. to the Dutch Annex
of Eurocode 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
39.6 Partial factors on representative values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
39.7 Determination of the Risk Classes (RC) according to the Consequence Classes
(GK) and the Reliability classes (BK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
39.8 Partial factors acc. to the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB . . . . . . . . 431

41.1 E-modulus vs. unit weight (De Leeuw & Timmermans) . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
41.3 Values of the rheological coefficient α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

44.1 Overview of the relevant (low or high) representative value per stochastic pa-
rameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

xvi Deltares
 List of Figures

List of Figures
1.1 D-S HEET P ILING Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Stress-Strain Relationship for Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3 Soil Stress versus Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4 Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess) . . . . . . . . 5
1.5 Deltares website for this software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.6 Support window, Problem Description tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

2.1 D-S HEET P ILING main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.2 D-S HEET P ILING menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.3 D-S HEET P ILING icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.4 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.5 Stage Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.6 Pop-up menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.7 Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor . . . . . . . . . . 22

3.1 Program Options window, View tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

3.2 Program Options window, General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3 Program Options window, Locations tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4 Program Options window, Language tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.5 Program Options window, License tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.6 Log Messages window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4.1 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.2 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.3 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, New construction . . . . . 35
4.4 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Reconstruction . . . . . . 36
4.5 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Reconstruction according
to “BouwResult 2003” or before . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.6 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Disapproval . . . . . . . . 37
4.7 User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.8 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 BE tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.9 Project Properties window, Identification tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.10 Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.11 Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.12 Sheet Piling window for Elastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.13 Sheet Piling window for Plastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.14 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic sheet piling cal-
culation (2 branches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.15 Moment-Curvature relationship using 2 branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.16 Schematisation of a combined wall in 2 cases: when the neutral axes coincide
(case A) and do not coincide (case B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.17 Design Combined Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.18 Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-to-
center distance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.19 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window from the Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.20 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 55
4.21 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab . . . . . . . 56
4.22 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 57
4.23 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 57
4.24 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Piles tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.25 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Wooden sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . . 59
4.26 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.27 Piles library, Edit Pile (for existing pile) and Add Pile (to add new pile in library) 61

Deltares xvii
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

4.28 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined wooden sheet piles tab . . 61
4.29 Wooden Sheet Piles library, Edit Wooden Sheet Pile (for existing pile) and Add
Wooden Sheet Pile (to add new pile in library) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.30 Pile window for Elastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.31 Pile window for Plastic calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.32 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic pile calculation
(4 branches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4.33 Moment-Curvature relationship using 4 branches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.34 Diaphragm Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.35 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a diaphragm wall calcu-
lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.36 Wooden Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.37 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.38 Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models . . . 73
4.39 Soil Materials window for the c, φ, δ soil parameters model . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.40 Soil Materials window, General sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4.41 Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window . . . . . . . . 75
4.42 Curve Settings (for all Materials) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.43 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Secant sub-window . . 76
4.44 Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166) . . . . . . . . . 77
4.45 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4.46 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic) sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.47 Tangent definition of stress-displacement diagram (D-Sheet Piling classic) . . 78
4.48 Soil Materials window, Settlement by vibration sub-window . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.49 Reliability Analysis subwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.50 Soil Materials window for Single Pile loaded by forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.51 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction sub-window (Pile loaded
by forces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.52 Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements 82
4.53 Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements . 82
4.54 Soil Profiles window showing ‘empty’ profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.55 Soil Profiles window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.56 Open window to select a CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.57 CPTip window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.58 Soil Profiles window after importing a CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.59 CPT window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.60 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.61 Water Properties window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.62 Uniform Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected . . . . . . . 89
4.63 Uniform Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected . . . . . . . . . 90
4.64 Distribution of uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.65 Surcharge Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected . . . . . . 92
4.66 Surcharge Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected . . . . . . . . 92
4.67 Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 4.65 . . . 93
4.68 Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model) if Verification (EC7/CUR)
is not selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.69 Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model) if Verification (EC7/CUR)
is selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.70 Horizontal Forces window (Single pile model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.71 Example of a positive horizontal line load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.72 Moments window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.73 Moments window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.74 Example of a positive moment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

xviii Deltares
 List of Figures

4.75 Normal Forces window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected . . . . . . . . 98

4.76 Normal Forces window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected . . . . . . . . . 98
4.77 Soil Displacements window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.78 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.79 Stress-strain diagram for an anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.80 Struts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.81 Stress-strain diagram for a strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.82 Spring Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.83 Rigid Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.84 Stages Manager window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.85 Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.86 Stage Overview window for Single Pile model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

5.1 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

5.2 Start Calculation window, Standard tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.3 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.4 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.5 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.6 Design using representative values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.7 EC7 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab - Output . . . . . . 117
5.9 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab – EC7 NL / CUR . . 118
5.10 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab – EC7 BE . . . . . 119
5.11 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab – EC7 General . . . . . . . 120
5.12 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in all stages (method A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.13 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in verified stage only (method B) . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.14 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab – EC7 BE . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.15 Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab . . . . . . 124
5.16 Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab showing
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
5.17 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram window . . . . . . . . 126
5.18 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.19 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 General . . . . . . . . . 128
5.20 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 NL . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.21 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - CUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.22 Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab – EC7 BE . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.23 Overall Stability Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.24 Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.25 Run window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.26 Start Batch Processing window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.27 Batch Processing Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.1 Report Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.2 Report Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.3 Report window, Summary section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.4 Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Ka , K0 , Kp method . . . . . . 138
6.5 Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Culmann method . . . . . . 139
6.6 Report window, Soil Collapse section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.7 Report window, Vertical Force Balance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.8 Report window, Anchors/Struts section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.9 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement during Sheet Pile Instal-
lation section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Deltares xix
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.10 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement during Sheet Pile Re-
moval section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
6.11 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement due to Vibration section . 141
6.12 Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement in requested point section 142
6.13 Report window, Summary section for a CUR or EC7 NL verification . . . . . . 144
6.14 Report window, Summary section for a EC7-General verification . . . . . . . 146
6.15 Report window, Summary section for a reliability analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 147
6.16 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a Standard calculation . . . . 148
6.17 Chart Data window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
6.18 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EC7-NL/CUR verification . . 150
6.19 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EuroCode verification (Gen-
eral and BE annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.20 Stress State Charts window for a Standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.21 Chart Data window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.22 Stress State Charts window for a EC7-NL/CUR verification . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.23 Stress State Charts window for a Eurocode verification (General and BE annex)155
6.24 Stress Diagrams window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.25 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During installation . . . . . . . . . . 157
6.26 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During removal . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.27 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.28 Active Slip Planes Diagram (C, phi, delta) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

7.1 Positions Vibration Settlement window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

7.2 Options under Feasibility menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.3 Calculation progress window during Settlement by vibration calculation . . . . 162
7.4 Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.5 Experience lines NVAF drop-down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

8.1 Single stage excavation (Tutorial 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

8.2 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.4 Project Properties window, Identification tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.5 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.6 Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.7 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
8.8 Stage Composer window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
8.9 Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side . . . . . . . 171
8.10 Empty Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.11 Soil Materials window, General sub-window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8.12 Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window . . . . . . . . 173
8.13 Curve Settings (for all Materials) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8.14 Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8.15 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.16 Soil Profiles window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.17 Input Diagram window confirming the entered soil profile . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.18 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.19 Input Diagram confirming the entered water level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.20 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.21 Start Calculation window, Standard tab to perform a standard calculation . . . 179
8.22 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8.23 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.24 Chart Data window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8.25 Stress State Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

xx Deltares
 List of Figures

8.26 Effective Stress Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

9.1 Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface (Tutorial 2) . . . . . . . 183

9.2 CPT data’s (Tutorial 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9.4 CPTip window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.5 Information message after importation of the CPT about assumed value for
the delta friction angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9.6 Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 01 file . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.7 Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
9.8 Soil Materials window using the c, phi, delta model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.9 Curve Settings window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
9.10 Soil Materials window with Secant moduli of subgrade reaction . . . . . . . . 189
9.11 Surfaces window with a non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.12 Input Diagram window showing a non-horizontal surface . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.13 Sheet Piling window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.14 Standard calculation using c, phi, delta model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.15 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.16 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.17 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9.18 Report Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.19 Report window, Summary section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.20 Report window showing vertical force balance check results . . . . . . . . . 196

10.1 Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (Tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.2 Excavation stages shown separately (Tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
10.3 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
10.4 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
10.5 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.6 Stages Manager window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
10.7 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
10.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the second stage . . . . . . . 205
10.9 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage . . . . . . . . 205
10.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10.11 Report window, Summary section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

11.1 Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (Tutorial 4) . . . . . . 209
11.2 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
11.3 Horizontal Line Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
11.4 Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . . 212
11.5 Input Diagram window for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
11.6 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

12.1 Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1 (Tutorial 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

12.2 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Pile Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
12.3 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab, design calculation
results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
12.4 Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
12.5 Output report showing the mobilized resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

13.1 Final situation after construction (Tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Deltares xxi
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

13.2 Overview of the construction stages (Tutorial 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

13.3 Modeling concrete below the “natural” water level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
13.4 Soil Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
13.5 Soil Profiles window, Soil profile before construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
13.6 Soil Profiles window, Soil profile with concrete on the left side and additional
pore pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
13.7 Water Properties window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
13.8 Uniform Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
13.9 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
13.10 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
13.11 Input Diagram window for the last stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
13.12 Stress State Charts window showing compression caused by the concrete floor 227
13.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage . . . . . . . . 228

14.1 Construction stages (Tutorial 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

14.2 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.3 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
14.4 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
14.5 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.6 User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
14.7 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab . . . . . . . . . . . 234
14.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 20 m
down to 12 m (Tutorial 7a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
14.9 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 14 m
down to 13 m (Tutorial 7b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.10 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
14.11 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 7c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
14.12 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage (Tutorial 7c) . . 238
14.13 CUR Step 6.3 window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
14.14 Report window, Overall Stability for the final stage (Tutorial 7c) . . . . . . . . 239
14.15 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab (Tutorial 7d) . . . . . . . . . 240
14.16 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 7d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

15.1 Excavation showing anchor to be checked (Tutorial 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

15.2 Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab . . . . . . 244
15.3 Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab, after com-
pleting a CUR verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
15.4 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram window . . . . . . . . 246

16.1 One stage excavation with a combined wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

16.2 Combined wall example: dimensions and soil profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
16.3 Combined wall (top view): position of the neutral axis of the piles and the sheet
piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
16.4 Design Combined Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
16.5 Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
16.6 Soil Materials window for Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
16.7 Report window, Sheet Piling Properties section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
16.8 Report window, Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph . . . . . . . . . . 253
16.9 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

17.1 Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (Tutorial 10) . . . . . . 255
17.2 Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . 257
17.3 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side . . . . . . . . 258
17.4 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side . . . . . . . 259
17.5 Struts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

xxii Deltares
 List of Figures

17.6 Stress State Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

17.7 Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
17.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the addi-
tional pore pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

18.1 Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (Tutorial 11) . . . . 264
18.2 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
18.3 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
18.4 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage (Tuto-
rial 11a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
18.5 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with a
new sheet piling profile (Tutorial 11b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

20.1 Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) – Tutorial 13 . . . . . . . . 271
20.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
20.3 Pile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.4 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
20.5 Soil Profiles window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.6 Horizontal Forces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
20.7 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

21.1 Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embank-

ment raise (Tutorial 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
21.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
21.3 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
21.4 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
21.5 Rigid Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
21.6 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
21.7 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
21.8 Report window showing the calculated soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . 282

22.1 Construction stages (Tutorial 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

22.2 User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
22.3 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an AZ 17/S430
profile (Tutorial 15a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
22.4 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an AZ 25/S430
profile (Tutorial 15b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
22.5 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 1 (Tuto-
rial 15c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
22.6 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 2 (Tuto-
rial 15d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
22.7 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 2 (Tutorial 15e)292
22.8 Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 3 (Tutorial 15f) 293
22.9 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
22.10 Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 15g) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
22.11 Report window, Overview per Stage and Test and Anchors and Struts sections
for Design Approach 1 (Tutorial 15g) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
22.12 Report window, Calculation Errors and Warnings sections for Design Approach
1 (Tutorial 15g) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
22.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage (Tutorial 15g) . 297

23.1 Geometry of Tutorial 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

23.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
23.3 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
23.4 Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Deltares xxiii
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

23.5 Soil Materials window for Clay material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

23.6 Calculation progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
23.7 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during installation . . . . 303
23.8 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during removal . . . . . . 304
23.9 Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement (installation + removal)305
23.10 Chart Data window for the Total settlement (installation + removal) . . . . . . 306

24.1 One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17) . . . 307
24.2 Dimensions of a ProLock Sigma wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
24.3 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 310
24.4 Sheet Piling window after importation of the ProLock Sigma profile . . . . . . 311
24.5 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab . . . . . . . . 311
24.6 Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial 17a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.7 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.8 Stage Composer to assign the surface levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
24.9 Soil Materials window for Sand moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
24.10 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
24.11 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
24.12 Report window - Summary for Tutorial 17a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
24.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3 . 316
24.14 Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
24.15 Soil Profile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
24.16 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3 . 318
24.17 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial 17c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.18 Uniform Load window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
24.19 Stage composer to assign the uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
24.20 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3 . 320
24.21 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3 . 321

25.1 One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18) . . . 323
25.2 Dimensions of a ProLock Omega wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
25.3 Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
25.4 Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial 18a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
25.5 Soil Materials window for Clay, shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
25.6 Anchor Wall type MR-SR in combination with a GEWI bar . . . . . . . . . . . 330
25.7 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
25.8 Stage composer to activate the anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
25.9 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
25.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3 . 332
25.11 Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a) . . . . 333
25.12 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial 18b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
25.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3 . 335

26.1 Horizontal pile loaded by soil deformations caused by pond digging (Tutorial 19)337
26.2 M-N-Kappa diagrams for cross-sections 1 and 2 (Tutorial 19) . . . . . . . . . 338
26.3 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
26.4 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 1 (top) . . 341
26.5 Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 2 (bottom) 342
26.6 Pile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
26.7 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
26.8 Rigid Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
26.9 Spring Supports window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
26.10 Soil Displacements window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
26.11 Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

xxiv Deltares
 List of Figures

26.12 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

27.1 Overview of the four construction stages (Tutorial 20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

27.2 Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
27.3 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
27.4 Soil Profiles window showing the different soil profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
27.5 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
27.6 Uniform Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
27.7 Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
27.8 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
27.9 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
27.10 Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
27.11 Calculation Progress window (Tutorial-20a): iterations (left) and not converged
(right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
27.12 Report window, Summary of the results of the reliability analysis (Tutorial 20a) 356
27.13 Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 20b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
27.14 Report window, Reliability Analysis Results section (Tutorial 20b) . . . . . . . 357
27.15 Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 20c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

28.1 Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (Tutorial 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
28.2 Excavation stages shown separately (Tutorial 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
28.3 Soil Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
28.4 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
28.5 Calculation Options window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
28.6 Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
28.7 Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
28.8 Report window, Summary of the results of the reliability analysis (Tutorial 21) . 365

29.1 Overview of the two construction stages (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

29.2 Model window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
29.3 Wooden Sheet Piling window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
29.4 Soil Materials window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
29.5 Stages Overview window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
29.6 Start Calculation window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
29.7 Report Selection window (Tutorial 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
29.8 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 22a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
29.9 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 22b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

30.1 Overview of the three construction stages (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

30.2 Soil Materials window (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
30.3 Uniform Loads window (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
30.4 Anchors window (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
30.5 Stages Overview window (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
30.6 Start Calculation window (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
30.7 Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

32.1 Determination of the active (a) and passive (b) lateral earth pressure Q ac-
cording to Culmann’s method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
32.2 Calculation of the pressure Q in case of stratified soil profile by dividing the
sliding area in columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
32.3 Calculation of the pressure distribution along the wall according to Culmann’s
method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
32.4 Stress distribution under a load column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Deltares xxv
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

33.1 Elasto-plastic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

33.2 Shift of horizontal stress values between stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

34.1 Schematization of the CPT filtering method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

34.2 CPT interpretation according to CUR 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
34.3 CPT interpretation according to NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

35.1 Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory) . . . . . . . . . . . 405
35.2 Stability of anchor wall for a long anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

36.1 Circular slip surface according to Bishop method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

37.1 Assumed vertical friction forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

37.2 Plugged and unplugged sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

38.1 Low, nominal and high representative values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

38.2 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 418
38.3 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.2 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 419
38.4 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 419
38.5 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.4 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 419
38.6 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.5 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . 420
38.7 Schematic representation of the anchor/strut/spring support stiffness modifi-
cation according to step 9.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure . . . . . . . . 420
38.8 Automatic determination of the passive side for 2 special cases . . . . . . . . 422

39.1 Schematization of the calculation method according the Belgian annex based
on DA 1 (extract of WTCB report 2022) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
39.2 Design value of the surface level at passive side at ULS (extract of WTCB
report (WTCB/BGGG, 2022)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

40.1 Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
40.2 Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
40.3 Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

41.1 Situations considered by De Leeuw method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

41.2 Non-uniform load schematized as a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
41.3 Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation . . . . . . . . 438

42.1 Soil reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

42.2 Definitions of the distances y , y1 and y2 used in Steiner theorem . . . . . . . 444
42.3 Definitions of the distances y , y1 and y2 for a combined wall composed of
tubular piles and two AZ sheet piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
42.4 Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
42.5 Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top) . . . . . . 447
42.6 Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
42.7 Pressure diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
42.8 Tangent bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
42.9 Spaced bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
42.10 Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

xxvi Deltares
 1 General Information

1.1 Preface
D-S HEET P ILING (formerly known as MSheet) is a tool used to design sheet pile and diaphragm
walls and horizontally loaded piles. D-S HEET P ILING’s graphical interactive interface requires
just a short training period, allowing the user to focus their skills directly on the input of sound
geotechnical data and the subsequent design of the wall or single pile. Four different types of
walls can be defined in D-S HEET P ILING. Those are:

⋄ Sheet piling
⋄ Wooden sheet piling
⋄ Diaphragm wall
⋄ Single pile

D-S HEET P ILING has an number of calculations settings:

⋄ Verification according to Eurocode 7 or CUR

⋄ Reliability analysis
⋄ Plastic behavior of the wall

And also different options regarding the calculation model of earth pressures:

⋄ Earth pressures coefficients model (Ka , K0 , Kp )

⋄ Culmann model (c, phi, delta)

1.2 Features in D-S HEET P ILING

This section contains an overview of the features available in D-S HEET P ILING for the design
of diaphragm and sheet pile walls. For more information on these topics, see chapter 32 until
chapter 45 of this manual. A number of these options are indicated in Figure 1.1.

Surcharge
Arbitrary Soil
Profiles

Excess Pore
Anchors Pressure
Struts

forces

Moments

Staged
Constructions

Figure 1.1: D-S HEET P ILING Options

1.2.1 D-S HEET P ILING models

Deltares 1 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

1.2.1.1 Sheet Piling

D-S HEET P ILING models the sheet piling as an elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncou-
pled elasto-plastic springs (representing the soil).

⋄ Stiffness. Uniform or variable values can be used for the elastic bending stiffness and
normal stiffness along the beam axis. A library is available for quick selection of stan-
dard and user-defined sheet piling profiles. A special combined wall wizard calculates
the relevant values for walls made from a combination of sheet piling and piles.

⋄ Geometrical Non-linear. A compressive normal force will introduce additional bending.

The user can introduce normal forces and D-S HEET P ILING will calculate the additional
moments and displacements that follow from the inputted normal force.

1.2.1.2 Single Pile

⋄ Along the pile, several cross-sections with different widths and stiffness can be speci-
fied.

⋄ The connection of the pile to a foundation can be modeled by defining a fixed support
or a spring support at a certain level. For the support conditions a distinction is made
between translation and rotation.

⋄ Several soil layers can be defined, divided by horizontal layer boundaries. Soil proper-
ties are input for each layer. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely thick.

⋄ The surface level on both sides of the pile must be identical and horizontal.
⋄ The water level determines the hydrostatic water pressure. Additional pore pressures
can also be introduced, varying linearly across each soil layer.

⋄ Externally calculated undisturbed soil displacements can be imposed on the pile. D-S HEET P ILING
can also calculate the influence of discrete bending moments and/or horizontal and nor-
mal forces on the pile.

⋄ The subgrade reaction is put to a minimum (active) and maximum (passive) pressure
on the pile by definition of earth pressure coefficients. Between these extreme values,
D-S HEET P ILING will apply a linear relation between the stress and the displacement, as
defined by a modulus of subgrade reaction. The earth pressure coefficients may be
calculated using the Brinch-Hansen method (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961)
or directly inputted. The modulus of subgrade reaction may be determined using the
Ménard theory (Ménard, 1971) (only for pile loaded by forces) or directly inputted.

1.2.2 D-Sheet Piling calculation settings

1.2.2.1 Settlement by Vibration

The users can determine the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet
piles, mainly caused by densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet
pile volume. The model implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed
by Meijers (Meijers and Tol, Juli 2010; Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the
densification and excess pore pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile.

2 of 477 Deltares
 General Information

1.2.2.2 Eurocode 7 Verification

Several design procedures are implemented:

⋄ the Dutch design code CUR publication 166 (chapter 38)

⋄ the European design code Eurocode 7 (chapter 39), using the partial factors prescribed
by either:
the “General rules” (Part 1) of EuroCode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005);
⋄ ⋄ ⋄ ⋄

the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) for new sheet pilings;
the Dutch standard NEN 8707:2018 (NEN, 2018) for existing sheet pilings;
the Belgian Annex of Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022).

Different design calculations can be performed:

⋄ Safety. D-S HEET P ILING verifies the sheet piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode
for a selected stage by applying certain partial safety factors.

⋄ Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode, by reducing the length step-by-step until
instability occurs or an admissible displacement is exceeded the sheet piling length, by
applying certain partial safety factors.

⋄ Overall Stability. D-S HEET P ILING verifies a sheet piling against loss of overall stability
by means of a Bishop calculation, according to CUR 166 and Eurocode.

Two different methods for design calculation according to CUR 166 and Eurocode 7 (NL) are
implemented: one using the partial factors prescribed by the design approach in all construc-
tion stages (method A) and the second using them only for a selected stage (method B).

A verification report containing all results according to the CUR 166 or EuroCode 7 design
procedure is also available.

1.2.2.3 Reliability Analysis

The Reliability Analysis calculation method enables users to determine the probability of fail-
ure of their sheetpile wall design, given the standard deviation and distribution type of various
influential parameters, as well as the design values of these parameters. This analysis is
based on the First Order Reliability Method (FORM).

1.2.2.4 Plastic calculation

The Plastic calculation method enables to perform a plastic analysis of a diaphragm wall, a
sheet pile wall or a single pile by taking into account the flexural behavior of the cross-section.
The moment-curvature relationship of this cross-section is used to predict its stiffness. The
moment-curvature relationship has several branches:

⋄ 2 branches for sheet piling

⋄ 4 branches for diaphragm wall or single pile

Note: When using this calculation method, the wall will be divided into five times more
elements than in a standard elastic calculation, to get accurate results for the stiffness.

Deltares 3 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

1.2.3 Anchors and Struts

D-S HEET P ILING models both anchors and struts using discrete springs.

tensile stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition tensile strain

Figure 1.2: Stress-Strain Relationship for Anchors

⋄ Anchors. Anchors are characterized by arbitrary direction, elastic normal stiffness, zero
pressure condition and limited capacity due to yielding or soil resistance (Figure 1.2).
Pre-tensioning of anchors is optional.

⋄ Struts. Struts are characterized by elastic normal stiffness, zero tension condition and
buckling force. Pre-compression of struts is optional.

1.2.4 Soil
Horizontal soil layers can be defined manually or automatically generated by D-S HEET P ILING
from a CPT interpretation, optionally in combination with a non-horizontal surface level. D-S HEET P ILING
models the stiffness of the soil as a series of discrete, independently acting, multi-linear
springs, forming an elastic foundation for a beam (which is used to model the wall).

horizontal effective stress

virgin
loading
passive yield

un- re-
active yield
loading loading

relative displacement

Figure 1.3: Soil Stress versus Displacement

⋄ Physical Non-linear. D-S HEET P ILING makes use of multi-linear relationships between
horizontal stress and displacement, with different values for active and passive yielding.
D-S HEET P ILING can determine these yield values from the well-established slip surface
theories of Culmann, Kötter or Müller-Breslau.

⋄ Elasto-Plastic. D-S HEET P ILING can accommodate the soil stiffness for the virgin load-
ing state and the unloading/reloading state.

⋄ Initial Stress. D-S HEET P ILING derives the initial horizontal stress from the approximate
initial vertical stress using Jáky’s equation for the lateral stress ratio K0 . D-S HEET P ILING
calculates additional stresses due to surcharge or a non-horizontal ground surface
based on Boussinesq’s stress distribution theory.

⋄ Earth pressure coefficients. As an alternative to the Ka , K0 , Kp method, the active and

passive earth pressure coefficients can be determined using the c, phi, delta method

4 of 477 Deltares
 General Information

based on Culmann’s formulas (section 32.2.1). This method can be used in combination
with non-horizontal soil surfaces and surcharge loads, unlike the Ka , K0 , Kp method.

For detailed information see chapter 32 and chapter 33.

1.2.5 Loads and Supports

D-S HEET P ILING provides the following options for defining loads and supports:

⋄ Pore Fluid. Hydrostatic pore fluid pressure from the input of a phreatic surface position
on either side of the wall. Additional pore pressures can also be specified, varying
linearly within the relevant layers, as schematized in Figure 1.4.

hydrostatic pore excess pore pressure

pressure

Figure 1.4: Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess)

⋄ Construction: Excavation or elevation of soil (see staged construction).

⋄ Surcharge: Discrete or infinitely extending surcharge at surface level. The surcharge
load can be specified as uniform or varying multi-linearly.

⋄ Forces: Line loads or distributed force loads, directed perpendicularly to the sheet pile
wall. Variable normal force along the beam axis.

⋄ Moments: Discrete bending moments directed out-of-plane.

⋄ Supports: Rigid supports or springs for displacement and rotation. The horizontal
displacement at the top of the sheet piling can also be defined.

1.2.6 Staged Construction

Construction sequences can be modeled using a step-by-step (phased) analysis. This means
that soil, loads, supports, anchors and struts can be added or removed, and the water table
changed, for each stage.

Deltares 5 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

1.2.7 Design Procedures

⋄ Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling by reducing the length step-by-step until instability occurs or an admissible dis-
placement is exceeded.

⋄ Anchor Force. D-S HEET P ILING checks whether the available soil resistance is sufficient
for the anchor force, using a slip surface theory according to Kranz (Kranz, 1953).

1.2.8 Results
D-S HEET P ILING can display a report with graphs and tables of displacements, bending mo-
ments, shear forces, pore pressures and soil stresses along the beam axis.

1.2.9 Feasibility
The users can compare their D-S HEET P ILING sheet pile wall design against relevant execution
experience data and Dutch NVAF lines. This may help to reduce failure costs during pile
driving/vibrating. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations; therefore their
relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited.

1.3 History
The changes implemented in the last release are described hereafter. For a complete overview
of the changes in the earlier releases of D-S HEET P ILING refer to Appendix A.

D-S HEET P ILING release 24.1 features improvements and solved issues; the most important
are:

⋄ In the User Defined Partial Factors window for the Dutch Eurocode, the partial factors
for existing constructions prescribed in the standard NEN 8708:2018 are available. The
factors depend on the assessment type:
reconstruction (Figure 4.4)
⋄ ⋄ ⋄

reconstruction according to “BouwBesluit 2003” or before (Figure 4.5)

disapproval (Figure 4.6)
⋄ The verification calculation according to the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode is up-
dated to the last version (NBN, 2022) which refers to the WTCB report of March 2022
(WTCB/BGGG, 2022). To fully comply to the calculation schema prescribed in this re-
port, new features are available:
In the User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 BE tab (Figure 4.8), the risk
⋄

classes 1 and 3 are now available (next to the existing risk class 2). Also the new
geometry modification Increase retaining height (dry excavation) is now available.
In the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts, a button View verification steps is
⋄

available and displays the calculation schema prescribed in the WTCB report.
This schema is also displayed in the Report.
⋄ For a verification calculation with EC7-NL/CUR with steps 6.3 and 6.4, the phreatic line
at the passive side was not always decreased, not when the phreatic line is above or
coincides with the top of the wall.
⋄ The calculation option Initial stage represents initial situation didn’t work correctly in
stages/side where the surface level is different from the initial stage.

1.4 Limitations
When working with D-S HEET P ILING, the following limitations apply:

6 of 477 Deltares
 General Information

⋄ Vertical piling.
⋄ Horizontal soil layers.
⋄ Only diaphragm wall, sheet pile walls and single piles can be analyzed with D-S HEET P ILING.
To analyze pile groups, use the D-P ILE G ROUP program from Deltares Systems.
⋄ The effect of anchors and struts are not taken into account during the check of the
overall stability.

1.5 Minimum System Requirements

The following minimum system requirements are needed in order to run and install the D-S HEET P ILING
software:

⋄ Operating systems:
Windows 10 (version 22H2)
⋄ ⋄

Windows 11 (version 23H2)

⋄ Hardware specifications:
Intel Core 5 processor or equivalent
⋄ ⋄ ⋄ ⋄

2 GB of RAM available
2 GB free hard disk space
Minimum screen resolution: 1366 × 768 pixels

1.6 Definitions of Symbols and Symbols

Soil:
σh Total horizontal soil stress (positive in compression)
σv Total vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
p, σw Pore water pressure
σ′ Effective vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
σh′ Effective horizontal soil stress (positive in compression)
σv′ Effective vertical soil stress (positive in compression)
c Cohesion of the soil
φ The (Coulomb) friction angle of the soil (phi)
δ The (Coulomb) friction angle between the soil and sheet piling (delta)
γ Unit weight of the soil
λ Lateral earth pressure ratio according to Culmann: the ratio between the
σh
horizontal and vertical stresses: λ =
σv
K0 Lateral earth pressure ratio at initial stress state (rest) for a horizontal sur-
face level: K0 = 1 − sin φ
Ka Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding (extension of soil)
Kp Lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding (compression of soil)
kt , kb Modulus of subgrade reaction (stiffness of the soil bedding) at the top and
bottom of a layer
k0 Modulus of subgrade reaction for the unloading/reloading state
k1 , k2 . . . Descending values of the modulus of subgrade reaction during virgin load-
ing
K Permeability
Sheet piling/pile:

Deltares 7 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

E Young’s modulus
I Moment of inertia
φ Rotation of the sheet piling
w Displacement
W Section modulus
X Co-ordinate along the axis of the sheet piling
B Acting width of the sheet piling
γm;b Partial material factor
Vertical balance:
Fv Resulting vertical force
Fmax Vertical force capacity
ξ Factor on the cone resistance
qc Representative cone resistance
pr;max;point Maximum point resistance
Asteel Cross-sectional area of sheet piling per running meter

1.7 Getting Help

From the Help menu, choose the Manual option to open the User Manual of D-S HEET P ILING
in PDF format. Here help on a specific topic can be found by entering a specific word in the
Find field of the PDF reader.

Clicking on the Help button situated at the bottom-right side of a window will open the User
Manual.

1.8 Getting Support

Deltares Systems tools are supported by Deltares. A group of 70 people in software develop-
ment ensures continuous research and development. Support is provided by the developers
and if necessary by the appropriate Deltares experts. These experts can provide consultancy
backup as well.

If problems are encountered, the first step should be to consult the online Support of D-S HEET P ILING
on the Deltares website. Different information about the program can be found under Support
(Figure 1.5):

⋄ In ‘Known issues’ the issues of the program are listed.

⋄ In ‘Frequently asked questions’, the most frequently asked technical questions and their
answers are listed.

8 of 477 Deltares
 General Information

Figure 1.5: Deltares website for this software

At the Download Portal of Deltares, the Release Notes listing the differences between an old
and a new version can be downloaded.

If the solution cannot be found there, then the problem description can be e-mailed to the
Deltares Systems support team. When sending a problem description, please add a full
description of the working environment. To do this conveniently:

⋄ Open the program.

⋄ If possible, open a project that can illustrate the question.
⋄ Choose the Support option in the Help menu. The System Info tab contains all relevant
information about the system and the Deltares software. The Problem Description tab
enables a description of the problem encountered to be added.

Deltares 9 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 1.6: Support window, Problem Description tab

⋄ After clicking on the Send button, the program will open the user’s default mail application.
The sender and subject are filed out along with the Description of the problem and the
System info as the body of the email.

The problem report can also be saved to a file and the document can be emailed to:
[email protected].

1.9 Deltares
Since January 1st 2008, GeoDelft together with parts of Rijkswaterstaat /DWW, RIKZ and
RIZA, WL |Delft Hydraulics and a part of TNO Built Environment and Geosciences are form-
ing the Deltares Institute, a new and independent institute for applied research and specialist
advice. Founded in 1934, GeoDelft was one of the oldest and most renowned geotechnical
engineering institutes of the world. As a Dutch national Grand Technological Institute (GTI),
Deltares role is to obtain, generate and disseminate geotechnical know-how. The institute is
an international leader in research and consultancy into the behavior of soft soils (sand clay
and peat) and management of the geo-ecological consequences which arise from these ac-
tivities. Again and again subsoil related uncertainties and risks appear to be the key factors
in civil engineering risk management. Having the processes to manage these uncertainties
makes Deltares the obvious Partner in risk management for all parties involved in the civil and
environmental construction sector. Deltares teams are continually working on new mecha-
nisms, applications and concepts to facilitate the risk management process, the most recent
of which is the launch of the concept "GeoQ" into the geotechnical sector. For more informa-
tion on Deltares, visit the Deltares website: www.deltares.com.

10 of 477 Deltares
 General Information

1.10 Deltares Systems

Deltares objective is to convert Deltares knowledge into practical geo-engineering services
and software. Deltares Systems has developed a suite of software for geotechnical engineer-
ing. Besides software, Deltares Systems is involved in providing services such as hosting on-
line monitoring platforms, hosting on-line delivery of site investigation, laboratory test results,
etc. As part of this process Deltares Systems is progressively connecting these services to
their software. This allows for more standardized use of information, and the interpretation and
comparison of results. Most software is used as design software, following design standards.
This however, does not guarantee a design that can be executed successfully in practice, so
automated back-analyses using monitoring information are an important aspect in improving
geotechnical engineering results. For more information about Deltares Systems’ geotechnical
software, including download options, visit https://www.deltares.nl/en/software-solutions/.

1.11 Rijkswaterstaat
Rijkswaterstaat (RWS) is part of the Dutch Ministry for Traffic, Public Works and Water Man-
agement. RWS’s tasks include the regulation, construction, management and maintenance
of public works. By supporting the development of D-S HEET P ILING, RWS is facilitating the
uniform and reliable design of sheet pile walls.
For more information on RWS, visit www.minvenw.nl.

1.12 On-line software

Besides purchased software, Deltares Systems tools are available as an on-line service. The
input can be created over the internet. Heavy duty calculation servers at Deltares guarantee
quick analysis, while results are presented on-line. Users can view and print results as well
as locally store project files. Once connected, clients are charged by the hour.
For more information, please contact the Deltares Sales team: [email protected].

Deltares 11 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

12 of 477 Deltares
 2 Getting Started
This Getting Started chapter aims to familiarize the user with the structure and user interface
of D-S HEET P ILING. The Tutorial section which follows uses a selection of case studies to
introduce the program’s functions.

2.1 Starting D-S HEET P ILING

To start D-S HEET P ILING, click Start on the Windows menu bar and then find it under Programs,
or double-click a D-S HEET P ILING input file that was generated during a previous session.

When D-S HEET P ILING is started from the Windows menu bar, the last project that was worked
on will open automatically, unless the program has been configured otherwise under Tools:
Program Options (section 3.2.1).

2.2 Main Window

When D-S HEET P ILING is started, the main window is displayed (Figure 2.1). This window
contains a menu bar (section 2.2.1), an icon bar (section 2.2.2), an Input Diagram window
(section 2.2.3) that displays the pre-selected or most recently accessed project, a stage com-
poser (section 2.2.4), an info bar (section 2.2.5), a title panel (section 2.2.6) and a status bar
(section 2.2.7).

The caption of the main window of D-S HEET P ILING displays the program name, followed by
the model. When a new file is created, the default model is Sheet Piling and the project name
is Project1.

Figure 2.1: D-S HEET P ILING main window

2.2.1 Menu bar

To access the D-S HEET P ILING menus, click the menu names on the menu bar.

Figure 2.2: D-S HEET P ILING menu bar

Deltares 13 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The menus contain the following functions:

File Standard Windows options for opening and saving files as well as sev-
eral D-S HEET P ILING options for exporting and printing active windows
and reports (section 3.1).
Project Options for selecting the project model, defining partial factors and
properties, and viewing the input file (section 4.1).
Construction Options for defining the sheet pile/diaphragm wall, or single pile (sec-
tion 4.2).
Soil Options for defining ground surfaces, the properties and profiles of the
soil layers, water levels and water properties (section 4.3).
Loads Options for defining distributed surcharge, forces, moments and pre-
scribed soil displacements (section 4.4).
Supports Options for defining anchors, struts, rigid supports and springs (sec-
tion 4.5).
Stages Options for defining construction stages (for sheet pile walls) and view-
ing/defining the applied loads, supports and water levels for each stage
(section 4.6).
Calculation Analysis of the following, based on input values: resulting moments,
forces, displacements and stresses, stability analysis with decreasing
length of sheet piling; determining design values for the moment, an-
chor force and displacement according to the CUR step-by-step de-
sign procedure; checking anchor wall stability; checking overall stability
(chapter 5).
Results Options for displaying and creating reports on moments, displace-
ments, shear forces, pore water pressures, effective horizontal stress
and total horizontal stress, in addition to the results of verification and
design calculations (chapter 6).
Feasibility Feasibility comparison of the project using settlement by vibration and
NVAF lines (chapter 7).
Tools Options for editing D-S HEET P ILING program defaults and accessing the
piling library (section 3.2).
Window Default Windows options for arranging the D-S HEET P ILING windows
and choosing the active window.
Help Online Help options (section 1.7).

Detailed descriptions of these menu options can be found in the Reference section.

2.2.2 Icon bar

Use the buttons on the icon bar to quickly access frequently used functions (see below).

Figure 2.3: D-S HEET P ILING icon bar

Click on the following buttons to activate the corresponding functions:

14 of 477 Deltares
 Getting Started

Start a new D-S HEET P ILING project.

Open the input file of an existing project.

Save the input file of the current project.

Print the contents of the currently active window.

Display a print preview of the current contents of the Input Diagram window.

Open the Project Properties window. Here the project title and other identification
data can be entered, and the Diagram Settings and Graph Settings for the project
can be determined.

Open the Stages Overview window. The contents of each construction stage can be
composed here by selecting or deselecting the loads and supports that are available,
choosing the computation method, entering water levels, and more.

Open the Sheet Piling or Pile window (depending on the model being used), con-
taining the properties of the sheet pile wall or single pile.

Start the main calculation.

Display the contents of online Help.

Display the first page of the Deltares software website:

https://www.deltares.nl/en/software-solutions/

2.2.3 Input Diagram window

The Input Diagram window graphically displays the input for a selected stage.

Deltares 15 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 2.4: Input Diagram window

In the upper part of the window, select one of the stages defined previously. The selected
stage will also be used in the Stage Composer (see below). Click on the buttons in the upper
part to activate the corresponding functions:

Duplicate the current stage:

Click the plus button to copy the selected stage to a new stage.

Previous stage and Next stage:

Click the arrow buttons to browse through the stages.

Rename stage:
Click this button to rename the current stage.

Double clicking in the window on items such as layers, supports and loads will open the
corresponding input windows.

Note: In the Input Diagram window, only half of the inputted height of the anchor wall is drawn
(between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).

Click on the buttons in the Edit or Tools panel to activate the corresponding functions:

16 of 477 Deltares
 Getting Started

Select and Edit

In this mode, the left-hand mouse button can be used to select previously defined
supports, loads and layers in the Input Diagram. Items can then be deleted or
modified by dragging or resizing, or by clicking the right hand mouse button and
choosing an option from the menu displayed. Pressing the Escape key will return
the user to this Select and Edit mode.

Pan button
Click this button to move the drawing by clicking and dragging the mouse.

Zoom in button
Click this button to enlarge the drawing, and then click on the drawing on the part
which is to be at the center of the new image.

Zoom out button

Click this button, then click on the drawing, to reduce the drawing.

Zoom area button

Click this button then click and drag a rectangle over the area to be enlarged. The
selected area will be enlarged to fit the window.

Measure the distance between two points

Click this button, then click the first point on the Input Diagram window and place
the cross on the second point. The distance between the two points can be read at
the bottom of the Input View window. To turn this option off, click the escape key.

Add anchor button

Click this button to add an anchor.

Add strut button

Click this button to add a strut.

Add uniform load button

Click this button to add a uniform surface load.

Add surcharge load button

Click this button to add a non-uniform surface load.

Add horizontal line load button

Click this button to add a horizontal line load or horizontal force.

Add moment button

Click this button to add a moment load.

Add spring support button

Click this button to add a spring support to reduce horizontal displacement.

Add rigid support button

Click this button to add a rigid support to prevent horizontal displacement.

Undo Zoom button

Click this button to undo the zoom.

Deltares 17 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Zoom limits button

Click this button to display the complete drawing.

For more information, see section 4.3.4, section 4.4 and section 4.5.

2.2.4 Stage Composer

Use the Stage Composer to connect input data to the stage selected in the Input Diagram
window. The Stage Composer can also be used to access input windows.

Figure 2.5: Stage Composer

The Stage Composer is part of the main window, and consists of two separate boxes:

Upper The upper box contains all of the input options. For loads and supports, this
Box: box also indicates the number of defined loads or supports applied in the
selected stage, in relation to the total number of loads defined.
Lower The lower box displays an overview of the input that has been defined. A
Box: check-mark indicates that the input data has been linked to the selected
stage.

Click this button to display the Help topic of the selected input option.

Connect to Stages
When one of the input options is selected in the upper box (single click), an overview of
available input will appear in the lower box. To connect input to a particular stage, select a
stage in the Input Diagram window and use the check-boxes in the lower box to select the
input that applies to the selected stage.

Note: The Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2) can also be used to connect input to
stages.

18 of 477 Deltares
 Getting Started

Opening Input windows

Double-click one of the input options in the upper box to display an input window in which
input data can be entered or adapted. The same menus are also available on the menu bar.

Using the pop-up menu

Right-click anywhere in the lower box to open the pop-up menu. This menu presents four
options to quickly select or deselect check-boxes for the available stages.

Figure 2.6: Pop-up menu

Select All Selects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to marking all
the check-boxes one by one.
Deselect All Deselects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to unmarking
all the check-boxes one by one.
Apply to All Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages exactly the same
Stages way as for the current stage.
Apply from this Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages higher than the
Stages On current one exactly the same way as for the current stage.

2.2.5 Info bar

This bar situated at the bottom of the Input Diagram window displays the co-ordinates of the
current position of the cursor and the distance between two points when the icon Measure the
distance between two points is selected from the Edit panel.

2.2.6 Title panel

This panel situated at the bottom of the main window displays the project titles, as entered on
the Identification tab in the Project Properties window (section 4.1.3).

2.2.7 Status bar

This bar situated at the bottom of the main window displays a description of the selected icon
of the icon bar (section 2.2.2) or of the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3).

Deltares 19 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

2.3 Files
*.log Log file (ASCII):
If there are any errors or warnings in the input, they are described in this file.
*.gef Geotechnical Exchange Format file (ASCII): Contains CPT-data.
*.geo Geometry file (ASCII):
Export file for the Deltares Systems geo-software’s, containing a description of
the geometry.
*.shd Dump file (ASCII):
Contains calculation results used for graphical and report output.
*.shi Input file (ASCII):
Contains the input with the problem definition. After interactive generation, this
file can be reused in subsequent D-S HEET P ILING analyses.
*.shl Earth pressure coefficient file (binary):
Working file with information on the lateral earth pressure coefficients.
*.shprob Output file (ASCII):
After a probabilistic calculation has been performed, all probabilistic output is
written to this file.
*.shs Setting file (ASCII):
Working file with settings data. This file doesn’t contain any information that is
relevant for the calculation, but only settings that apply to the representation of
the data, such as the grid size.
*.sti D-G EO S TABILITY input file (ASCII):
Export file for D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab), containing the input
data needed for a stability calculation in D-G EO S TABILITY.
*.txt ASCII-text-files:
Export file for reports.
*.wmf Windows Meta File (binary):
Export file for images, for instance containing the image of the current Top View
Foundation window within an added picture frame. Files of this type can be used
to import the image into applications such as Microsoft Word.

2.4 Tips and Tricks

2.4.1 Keyboard shortcuts

Use the keyboard shortcuts given in Table 2.1 to directly open a window without selecting the
option from the menu bar.

20 of 477 Deltares
 Getting Started

Table 2.1: Keyboard shortcuts for D-S HEET P ILING

Keyboard shortcut Opened window

Ctrl + N New
Ctrl + O Open
Ctrl + S Save
F12 Save As
Shift + Ctrl + C Copy Active Window to Clipboard
Ctrl + P Print Report
Ctrl + M Model
Ctrl + H Sheet Piling
Ctrl + U Surfaces
Ctrl + T Soil Materials
Ctrl + I Profiles
Ctrl + W Stages Overview
F9 Start Calculation
Ctrl + R Report

2.4.2 Exporting figures and reports

All figures in D-S HEET P ILING such as graphical input and output can be exported in WMF
(Windows Meta Files) format. In the File menu, select the option Export Active Window to
save the figures in a file. This file can be later imported in a Word document for example or
added as annex in a report. The option Copy Active Window to Clipboard from the File menu
can also be used to copy directly the figure in a Word document. The report can be saved as
PDF (Portable Document Format) by using the Print Report option and selecting Print to PDF
from the list of available printers. To look at a PDF file Adobe Reader can be used. Before
exporting the report, a selection of the relevant parts can be done with the option Report
Selection (section 6.2).

2.4.3 Copying part of a table

It is possible to copy part of a table in another document, an Excel sheet for example. If the
cursor is placed on the left-hand side of a cell of the table, the cursor changes in an arrow
which points from bottom left to top right. Select a specific area by using the mouse (see a)
in Figure 2.7). Then, using the copy button (or ctrl+C) this area can be copied.

Deltares 21 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

a) b)

c) d)
Figure 2.7: Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor

To select a row, click on the cell before the row number (see b) in Figure 2.7). To select a
column, click on the top cell of the column (see c) in Figure 2.7). To select the complete table,
click on the top left cell (see d) in Figure 2.7). In some tables the button Copy is also present
at the left hand pane.

22 of 477 Deltares
 3 General
This chapter contains a detailed description of the available menu options for inputting data
for a sheet pile or diaphragm wall project, and for calculating and viewing the results. The
examples in the tutorial section provide a convenient starting point for familiarization with the
program.

3.1 File menu

Besides the familiar Windows options for opening and saving files, the File menu contains a
number of options specific to D-S HEET P ILING:

⋄ Copy Active Window to Clipboard

Use this option to copy the contents of the active window to the Windows clipboard so
that they can be pasted into another application. The contents will be pasted in either
text format or Windows Meta File format.

⋄ Export Active Window

Use this option to export the contents of the active window (graphic input or output) as
a Windows Meta File (*.wmf) or (input file or log messages) to a text file (*.txt). After
clicking the Save button in the Export to window, the Export complete window opens
displaying three choices:

Open to open the file containing the exported window;

⋄ ⋄ ⋄

Open Folder to open the folder where the file was saved;
Close to close the Export complete window.

⋄ Export Report
This option allows the report to be exported in txt format. Unfortunately the layout in
this export is poor. To save the report in pdf format, use the Print Report option in the
File menu.

⋄ Page Setup
This option allows definition of the way plots and reports are to be printed. The printer,
paper size, orientation and margins can be defined as well as whether and where axes
are required for plots. Click Autofit to choose the best fit for the page.

⋄ Print Preview Active Window

This option will display a print preview of the contents of the current graphic input or
output window.

⋄ Print Active Window

This option prints the contents of the current graphic input or output window.

⋄ Print Preview Report

This option will display a print preview of the calculation report.

⋄ Print Report
This option prints the calculation report. This option can also be used to write the report
to pdf by choosing the standard Microsoft Print to PDF from the list of available printers.

3.2 Tools menu

Deltares 23 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

3.2.1 Program Options

On the menu bar, click Tools and then choose Options to open the corresponding input win-
dow. In this window, the user can optionally define their own preferences for some of the
program’s default values.

View

Figure 3.1: Program Options window, View tab

Toolbar Status bar Mark the relevant check-box to display the toolbar and/or status
bar each time D-S HEET P ILING is started.
Title panel Mark this check-box to display the project titles, as entered on the
Identification tab, in a panel at the bottom of the Input Diagram
window.

General

24 of 477 Deltares
 General

Figure 3.2: Program Options window, General tab

Start-up with Click one of these toggle buttons to determine how a project
should be initiated each time D-S HEET P ILING is started.
No project: Use the buttons in the toolbar or the options in the
File menu to open an existing project or to start a new one.
Last used project: The last project to be worked on is opened
automatically.
New project: A new project is created comprising a sheet pile
wall with a "dummy" soil layer on both sides.
Note that the Start-up with option is ignored when
D-S HEET P ILING is started by double-clicking on an input
file.
Save on calculation The toggle buttons determine how input data is saved prior to
calculation. It can either be saved automatically, using the same
file name each time, or a file name can be specified every time
the data is saved.
Use Enter key to Use the toggle buttons to determine the way the Enter key is
used in D-S HEET P ILING: either as an equivalent of pressing the
default button (Windows style) or to shift the focus to the next
item in a window (for users accustomed to the DOS version(s) of
the program).

Deltares 25 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Locations

Figure 3.3: Program Options window, Locations tab

Working directory D-S HEET P ILING will start up with a working directory for selection
and saving of files. Either choose to use the last used directory,
or specify a fixed path.
Directory for user de- Define the location of the file DSheetPilingProfilesUser.xml. This
fined pile library file contains the user-defined library with piles and sheet piling
(section 4.2.3).

Language
In this tab, the language to be used in the D-S HEET P ILING windows and on printouts can be
selected.

26 of 477 Deltares
 General

Figure 3.4: Program Options window, Language tab

Interface language The only available interface language is English.

Output language Three output languages are supported: English, Dutch and
French. The selected output language will be used in all ex-
ported or printed reports and graphs.

License
For a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on floating licenses, the License tab can be used to
claim a license for a particular time using the Borrowing option.

Deltares 27 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 3.5: Program Options window, License tab

Click this button to see how many licenses are (at this moment) in use and
who (within the company) is using them.

Click this button to borrow the license for a certain period. The license will
be taken from the server pool and will be available on this computer even if
no connection to the license server is available. Set the date and time for
the expiration of the borrowing and press OK.

Click this button to end the borrow immediately.

3.2.2 Profiles Library

Refer to section 4.2.3 for a detailed description of this window.

3.3 Help menu

The Help menu allows access to different options.

3.3.1 Manual
Select the Manual option from the Help menu to open the User Manual of D-S HEET P ILING in
PDF format. Here help on a specific topic can be found by entering a specific word in the Find
field of the PDF reader.

28 of 477 Deltares
 General

3.3.2 Verification Report

Select the Verification Report option from the Help menu to open the Verification Report
of D-S HEET P ILING in PDF format. In this report, the different benchmarks used to test the
correctness of the output are described. For more information refer to chapter 46.

3.3.3 Log Messages

If errors are found in the input, no calculation can be performed and D-S HEET P ILING opens
the Log Messages window displaying more details about the error(s). Those errors must be
corrected before performing a new calculation. To view those errors at any time, select the
Log Messages option from the Help menu. They are also written in the *.log file. They will
be overwritten the next time a calculation is started. The log messages can also contain
warnings, but they are not blocking for a calculation.

Figure 3.6: Log Messages window

A list of all possible error messages is given in section 5.5.

3.3.4 Deltares Software Website

Select Deltares Software Website option from the Help menu to visit the Deltares software
website (https://www.deltares.nl/en/software-solutions/) for the latest news.

3.3.5 Support
Use the Support option from the Help menu to open the Support window in which program
errors can be registered. Refer to section 1.8 for a detailed description of this window.

3.3.6 About
Use the About option from the Help menu to display the About D-S HEET P ILING window which
provides software information (for example the version of the software).

Deltares 29 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

30 of 477 Deltares
 4 Input
Before analysis can be started, data’s for the sheet pile wall, soil, loads and supports need to
be inputted.

4.1 Project menu

Each project starts with the selection of an analysis model and the entry of general details
about the project.

4.1.1 Model
On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the input window. In this
window the required analysis models can be selected.

Figure 4.1: Model window

Deltares 31 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Model Select the Sheet piling option for the analysis of a sheet pile,
or
Select the Single pile option for the analysis of a horizontally loaded pile,
or
Select the Diaphragm wall option for the analysis of a diaphragm wall,
or
Select the Wooden sheet piling option for the analysis of a wooden sheet
pile.

Behaviour
With the models Sheet piling and Single pile you can choose between an
Elastic calculation or a Plastic calculation (i.e. Plastic) of the piling. If
Plastic calculation is chosen, the Moment - Curvature diagram (M-κ) of
the piling will contain 2 branches for Sheet piling (see Figure 4.14) and 4
branches for Single pile (see Figure 4.32).
With the model Diaphragm wall, a plastic analysis is always performed with
4 branches in the Moment - Curvature diagram (M-κ) (see Figure 4.35).
With the model Wooden sheet piling, an elastic analysis is always per-
formed.
Sheet piling Soil parameters model
Select the method for input of the lateral earth pressure ratio:
⋄ the Ka , K0 , Kp basic model
⋄ the c, phi, delta model (Culmann)
⋄ the Mixed model to allow selection of the method for each stage and
side of the wall, using the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
The Ka , K0 , Kp method gives constant earth pressure coefficients over
a soil layer, whilst the Culmann method allows them to vary. The Cul-
mann method also allows calculation for non-horizontal surfaces and
non-uniform loads.

Options
Mark the Check vertical balance check-box to perform a vertical balance
check.
Mark the Verification (EC7/CUR) check-box to enable the special calcula-
tion functions for sheet piling and diaphragm wall design according to the
Eurocode 7 and the CUR 166 model guidelines.
Mark the Settlement by vibration check-box to calculate the surface
settlements during the installation of a sheet piling by vibration. Refer to
chapter 43 for background information. This checkbox is enabled only for
standard Sheet piling.
Mark the Reliability analysis check-box to set up a FORM-based reliability
analysis. Refer to chapter 44 for background information.
Single pile Select the type of pile loading: forces or soil displacements. In case of pile
loaded by soil displacements, the soil displacements can be either user
input or automatically calculated using De Leeuw tables (section 41.1.1).

32 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.1.2 User Defined Partial Factors

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose User Defined Partial Factors. This option
is only available if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option has be selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1). In this window the user-defined partial factors used for the design according
to the following standard can be defined:

⋄ (section 4.1.2.1) the general rules of the European standard EuroCode 7;

⋄ (section 4.1.2.2) the Dutch annex of the European standard EuroCode 7;
⋄ (section 4.1.2.3) the Dutch design code CUR 166;
⋄ (section 4.1.2.4) the Belgian annex of the European standard EuroCode 7.

4.1.2.1 Eurocode 7 – General

In this window (Figure 4.2) the default partial factors prescribed in “EuroCode 7, Part 1: Gen-
eral rules” (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given and can be modified by the user. Those partial
factors are used for the following verification methods according to EuroCode:

⋄ Design Sheet Piling Length (section 5.2.2)

⋄ Verify Sheet Piling (section 5.2.3)
⋄ Overall Stability (section 5.2.5)

The General document of the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) distinguishes three different
design approaches: 1, 2 or 3.

Figure 4.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab

Deltares 33 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Factors on loads Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
⋄ permanent unfavourable load,
⋄ permanent favourable load,
⋄ variable unfavourable load,
⋄ variable favourable load.

Factors on effect Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
of the loads ⋄ Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of perma-
nent loads (unfavourable and favourable) and variable favourable
loads.
⋄ Factor on variable load, unfavourable corresponds to the effect
of variable unfavourable loads.

Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
factors ⋄ the driving moment,
⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 36).

Resistance fac- Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
tors the earth resistance.
Geometry modi- Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
fication resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
to the Increase retaining height percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to a maximum (i.e.
Maximum increase retaining height).
Vertical balance Enter the user defined partial factor on base resistance γb applied on
factors the characteristic value of the base resistance of the ground Rb;k to get
the design value of the base resistance Rb;d (Equation (37.1)):
Rb;d = Rb;k /γb
This input is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was
enabled in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the EuroCode 7 - Part 1: General rules.

Note: The default values prescribed by Eurocode 7 are written at the left of each input area
of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red color.

Note: According to Eurocode 7 partial factors can be applied either on the loads themselves
or on their effect. D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to choose between those two options in the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).

For background information on General EuroCode, see section 39.1.

34 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.1.2.2 Eurocode 7 – Dutch Annex

In this window the default partial factors are given and can be modified by the user. These
factors depend on the selected Assessment type:

⋄ For a New construction (Figure 4.3), the factors prescribed in the Dutch Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017);
⋄ For an existing construction, the factors prescribed in the Dutch standard NEN 8707:2018
(NEN, 2018) for the three following assessment types:
Reconstruction (Figure 4.4)
⋄ ⋄ ⋄

Reconstruction according to “BouwResult 2003” or before (Figure 4.5)

Disapproval (Figure 4.6)

Those partial factors are used for the following verification methods according to Eurocode 7
NL:

⋄ Design Sheet Piling Length (section 5.2.2)

⋄ Verify Sheet Piling (section 5.2.3)
⋄ Overall Stability (section 5.2.5)

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 distinguishes three different classes: RC 1, RC 2 or RC 3

(refer to section 39.2.1 for detailed information).
Next to those three official classes, an extra class called RC 0 is available (for new construction
only) corresponding to Class I of the CUR procedure (see section 38.1) for the design a simple
constructions.

Figure 4.3: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, New construction

Deltares 35 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.4: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Reconstruction

Figure 4.5: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Reconstruction according
to “BouwResult 2003” or before

36 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.6: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab, Disapproval

Factors on loads Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
⋄ permanent unfavourable load,
⋄ permanent favourable load,
⋄ variable unfavourable load,
⋄ variable favourable load.

Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
⋄ the low representative modulus of subgrade reaction.

Geometry modi- (Maximum) Increase retaining height

fication Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
to the Increase retaining height percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to a maximum (i.e.
Maximum increase retaining height).
Change in phreatic line on passive side
Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level
on the passive side.
Raise in phreatic line on active side
Enter the user defined increase in height applied to the phreatic line
level on the active side.

Deltares 37 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
factors ⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
⋄ the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 36).

Factors on repre- Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the calculated represen-
sentative values tative moments, shear forces and anchor forces.
Vertical balance Enter the user defined partial factor on base resistance γb applied on
factors the characteristic value of the base resistance of the ground Rb;k to get
the design value of the base resistance Rb;d (Equation (37.1)):
Rb;d = Rb;k /γb
This input is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was
enabled in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in the
Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 for a new construction and in NEN 8707
for the other assessment types.

Note: The default values prescribed either in the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 or in
NEN 8707 are written at the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window.
If modified, the value appears in red color.

Note: The default values prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 for RC 1 and RC 2
correspond to those of safety classes respectively II and III of the CUR recommendations,
except for the factor on driving moment in case of overall stability.

For background information on the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode, see section 39.2.

4.1.2.3 CUR
In this window (Figure 4.7) the default partial factors prescribed in the CUR 166 Dutch de-
sign code are given and can be modified by the user. Those partial factors are used for the
following verification methods according to CUR 166:

⋄ Design Sheet Piling Length (section 5.2.2)

⋄ Verify Sheet Piling (section 5.2.3)
⋄ Overall Stability (section 5.2.5)

The CUR 166 Dutch design procedure distinguishes three different safety classes called
Class I, Class II and Class III which differ by their reliability indexes, see section 38.1.

38 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.7: User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab

Factors on loads Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
⋄ permanent unfavourable load,
⋄ permanent favourable load,
⋄ variable unfavourable load,
⋄ variable favourable load.

Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
⋄ the low representative modulus of subgrade reaction.

Geometry modi- Reduction in surface level on passive side

fication Enter the user defined reduction in height applied to the surface level
on the passive side.
Change in phreatic line on passive side
Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level
on the passive side.
Raise in phreatic line on active side
Enter the user defined increase in height applied to the phreatic line
level on the active side.

Deltares 39 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
factors ⋄ the driving moment,
⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
calculated or used during the Overall Stability verification (chap-
ter 36).

Vertical balance Enter the user defined partial factor on base resistance γb applied on
factors the characteristic value of the base resistance of the ground Rb;k to get
the design value of the base resistance Rb;d (Equation (37.1)):
Rb;d = Rb;k /γb
This input is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was
enabled in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
CUR 166.

Note: The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each
input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red
color.

For background information on CUR 166 design method, see chapter 38.

4.1.2.4 Eurocode 7 – Belgian Annex

In this window (Figure 4.8) the default partial factors prescribed in the Belgian Annex NBN-
EN 1997-1 ANB of the Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022) are given and can be modified by the user.
Those partial factors are used for the following verification methods according to EC7 BE:

⋄ Design Sheet Piling Length (section 5.2.2)

⋄ Verify Sheet Piling (section 5.2.3)
⋄ Overall Stability (section 5.2.5)

According to the Belgian annex, the design of retaining structures must be carried using the
method described in the WTCB report (WTCB/BGGG, 2022):

⋄ The verification at ULS is done according to design approach 1 (DA 1) for sets 1 and 2.
⋄ Three risk classes are distinguished: RC 1, RC 2 or RC 3 (refer to section 39.3.2 for
detailed information).
⋄ For the design surface level at passive side, a distinction is made between dry and wet
excavation (refer to section 39.3.4 for detailed information).

40 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.8: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 BE tab

Factors on loads Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
⋄ permanent unfavourable load,
⋄ permanent favourable load,- variable unfavourable load,
⋄ variable favourable load.

Factors on effect Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
of the loads ⋄ Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of perma-
nent loads (unfavourable and favourable) and variable favourable
loads.
⋄ Factor on variable load, unfavourable corresponds to the effect
of variable unfavourable loads.

Material factors Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Resistance Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
factors the earth resistance.

Deltares 41 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Geometry Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side:
modification ⋄ in wet excavation, the level of the resisting soil is lowered below
the expected level by an amount equal to the Increase retain-
ing height (wet excavation) percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to Maximum
increase retaining height (wet excavation).
⋄ in dry excavation, the level of the resisting soil is lowered below
the expected level by an amount equal to the Increase retaining
height (dry excavation).

Overall stability Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
factors ⋄ the cohesion,
⋄ the tangent value of the friction angle,
⋄ the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 36).

Vertical balance Enter the user defined partial factor on base resistance γb applied on
factors the characteristic value of the base resistance of the ground Rb;k to get
the design value of the base resistance Rb;d (Equation (37.1)):
Rb;d = Rb;k /γb
This input is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was
enabled in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7.

Note: The default values prescribed by the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 are written at
the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value
appears in red color.

For background information on the Belgian Annex of the EuroCode, see section 39.3.

4.1.3 Project Properties

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the input window. The
Project Properties window contains four tabs, which allow the settings for the current project
to be changed.

42 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Project Properties – Identification

Use the Identification tab to specify the project identification data.

Figure 4.9: Project Properties window, Identification tab

Titles Use Title 1 to give the project a unique, easily recognizable name. Title
2 and Title 3 can be added to indicate specific characteristics of the
calculation. The three titles will be included on printed output.
Date The date entered here will be used on printouts and graphic plots for
this project. Either mark the Use current date check-box to automati-
cally use the current date on each printout, or enter a specific date.
Drawn by Enter the name of the user performing the calculation or generating the
printout.
Project ID Enter a project identification number.
Annex ID Specify the annex number of the printout.

Mark the check-box Save as default to use these settings every time D-S HEET P ILING is started
or a new project is created.

Project Properties – Diagram Settings

Use the Diagram Settings tab to specify the availability of components in the main window
and the layout settings for the Input Diagram window.

Figure 4.10: Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab

Deltares 43 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Rulers Mark this check-box to display the horizontal and vertical rulers.
Large cursor Mark this check-box to use the large cross hair cursor instead of the
small one.
Info bar Mark this check-box to display the information bar at the bottom of the
Input Diagram window.
Grid Mark this check-box to display a grid in each Input Diagram window.
Snap to Grid Mark this check-box to ensure that objects align to the grid automat-
ically when they are moved or positioned in a drawing window. This
option applies only to graphical input.
Grid distance Use this field to set the distance between grid points.
Same scale for x Mark this check-box to use the same scale for the horizontal and verti-
and y axis cal directions.
Identification Mark this check-box to display the names of the soil layers in the Input
names Diagram window.
Loads Mark this check-box to display loads in the Input Diagram window. This
option is available only for a sheet pile wall or a pile loaded by forces.
Supports Mark this check-box to display supports in the Input Diagram window.
Level markers Mark this check-box to display the markers of the phreatic levels (right
and left) and the different layers levels.
Material colors Mark this check-box to display each soil material using a different color.
It is recommended that this option is deselected if printouts are to be
photo-copied or faxed.
Layers This option can only be used if the check-box Identification names has
been marked. Soil layers may be identified by their material name, their
index in the list of materials, or their index in the list of layers in the soil
profile.
Overall scale Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities
– such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces
– are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for
each phase (OFF) or the maximum values over all construction stages
(ON).

Project Properties – Chart Settings

Use the Chart Settings tab to specify the display settings for the graphic representation of
calculation results chapter 6.

44 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.11: Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab

Layer bound- Mark this check-box to display dotted lines between soil boundaries.
aries
Material colors Mark this check-box to display material using different colors.
Draw layer over Mark this check-box to draw layers over the full width of the chart.
full width
Envelope dis- Mark this check-box to display a gray line showing the maximum and
playing overall minimum values for all stages.
minimum and
maximum
Draw level mark- Mark this check-box to display the markers of the phreatic levels (right
ers and left) and the different layers levels.
Draw sheet pil- Mark this check-box to display the sheet piling element, with its name
ing elements beside.
Identification Mark this check-box to display the names of the soil layers.
names
Overall scale Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities
– such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces
– are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for
each phase (Off) or the maximum values over all construction stages
(On).

4.1.4 View Input File

On the menu bar, click Project and then choose View Input File to display an overview of the
input data.

The data will be displayed in the D-S HEET P ILING main window. Click on the Print Active
Window icon to print the file.

4.2 Construction menu

Every new analysis starts with the input of data on the sheet piling, combined wall, single pile
or diaphragm wall. This data will apply to every construction stage.

Deltares 45 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

4.2.1 Sheet Piling

The Sheet Piling window is available in the Construction menu only if the Sheet piling model
in the Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction and then
choose Sheet Piling to open the input window for regular sheet piling. Combined walls can
also be generated via a special wizard (see section 4.2.2). The content of the window will be
different for an Elastic or a Plastic calculation.

4.2.1.1 Sheet Piling – Elastic Calculation

First, the top level of the sheet piling is entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a
new row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or acting width for each
section can be varied. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from
an external source into the table.

Figure 4.12: Sheet Piling window for Elastic calculation

Sheet piling top Enter the top level of the sheet piling in relation to a freely chosen
level reference level.
See section 4.2.2.
Import profile This option allows the name and bending stiffness of the section to be
from library selected from a library. The library contains the standard profiles of dif-
ferent manufacturers and additional user-defined ones (section 4.2.3).
Name The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Material type Select the material of the sheet piling from the available drop-down list:
User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic. D-S HEET P ILING will
automatically determine the value of the material factor γM as given in
the Dutch norm, except for User defined for which γM must be entered
by the user.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in rela-
level tion to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Elastic Enter the bending stiffness of the section (product of Young’s Modulus
stiffness EI E and moment of inertia I ) per running meter if it has not already been
imported from a library.

46 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Acting width The acting width can be used when the effective width changes along
the sheet piling (section 42.1.1).
D-S HEET P ILING uses the acting width as a multiplication factor for the
sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reactions, except the
normal force, see Equation (31.1) in chapter 31 .
Allow. elas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;EL .
Modification Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the syn-
factor thetic material. For long term situation, the TNO report 1999-CON-
LBC-R7015 (Van de Kuilen, 1999) prescribes a modification factor of
0.45 and for short term situation, a factor of 0.5.
Material Enter the partial safety factor γM , only if the User defined material type
factor is selected. Otherwise, the program will automatically apply the follow-
ing factors (acc. to the corresponding Eurocode) to calculate the design
allowable moment:
⋄ Steel: γM = γMo = 1, acc. to Eurocode 3 – Part 5, art. 5.1.1(4) ;
⋄ Concrete: γM = γC = 1.1, acc. to Eurocode 2 – Part 1.1, art. 3.1.6;
⋄ Wood: γM = γM,fi = 1 , acc. to Eurocode 5 – Part 1-2, art. 2.3(1);
⋄ Synthetic: γM = 1.2

Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor applied to the maximum allowable moment
maximum fMmax . This reduction factor can be for example factor βB < 1 as
moment defined in article 5.2.2(2) of Eurocode 3 - Part 5 that takes account of
a possible lack of shear force transmission in the interlocks of a sheet
piling for single and double U-piles.
Allow. elas. The design value of the maximum allowable elastic moment Mdesign;EL
design moment is automatically calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mcharac;EL × kmod × fMmax
Mdesign;EL =
γM
where:
kmod is the modification factor,
γM is the material factor,
fMmax is the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.

The limit value Mdesign;EL is used in the diagram of the moment

to help the user to check if the maximum design moment is reached or
not, see Figure 6.16 in section 6.4.1.
Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor fEI applied to the stiffness EI . The corrected
EI factor is EIcorrected = EI × fEI . This reduction factor can be for
example factor βD < 1 as defined in article 6.4(3) of Eurocode 3 - Part
5 accounting for the possible reduction due to insufficient shear force
transmission in the interlocks.
Note to reduction Enter a note to describe why a reduction factor is applied.
factor
Elastic section The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands)
modulus W_el of the sheet piling, per running meter, used for a Feasibility control
(Feasibility) (chapter 7).

If the Check vertical balance option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, addi-

Deltares 47 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

tional input data are needed for the vertical balance check:

Height The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
Section area The cross-sectional area of the sheet piling, per running meter.
Max point The representative cone resistance of the soil at the bottom of the sheet
resistance piling. This is equal to the maximum point resistance qb;max as defined
(q_b;max) in article 7.6.2.3(e) of the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017), see
Equation (37.6) in chapter 37.
The maximum point resistance qb;max is used to calculate Rb;k ,
the characteristic value of the base resistance, according to article
7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7:
Rb;cal Ab × qb;max
Rb;k = =
ξ ξ
where Ab is the base area under the (sheet) pile.
Xi factor The correlation factor ξ as defined in article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7
(according to (NEN-EN, March 2005):  
EC7; depends (Rc;cal )mean (Rc;cal )min
on number of
Rc;k = Rb;k + Rs;k = min ;
ξ3 ξ4
CPTs) where:
Rc;k is the characteristic compressive resistance of the ground,
Rb;k is the characteristic value of the base resistance,
Rs;k is the characteristic value of the shaft resistance.
ξ3 and ξ4 are correlation factors depending on the number n of CPTs.
For n = 1, ξ = 1.40 acc. to Table A.10 of the general Eurocode 7
(NEN-EN, March 2005) and ξ = 1.39 acc. to the Dutch Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) (default in D-S HEET P ILING).

If the Settlement by vibration option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, addi-
tional input data are needed:

Width of sheet The width of the sheet piles, used for the calculation of the settlements
piles due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles (chapter 43).
Number of The number of piles which are installed simultaneously (chapter 43).
simultaneously
installed piles

Note: If the acting width changes at the position of a load, anchor or support, D-S HEET P ILING
will use the width below this position as the acting width per meter for this load or support.

48 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.2.1.2 Sheet Piling – Plastic Calculation

The content of the Sheet Piling window for a plastic calculation is identical to the elastic
calculation but with extra inputs.

Figure 4.13: Sheet Piling window for Plastic calculation

Edit moment This option opens the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) win-
curvature dow (Figure 4.14) in which the elasto-plastic behaviour of the sheet
diagram pile can be defined, using 2 branches. In this window, the moment-
curvature diagram is also displayed.
Plastic moment See Figure 4.14.
positive
Plastic moment See Figure 4.14.
negative
Admiss. plas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;PL .
Admiss. plas. The design value of the maximum allowable plastic moment Mdesign;PL
design moment is automatically calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mcharac;PL × kmod × fMmax
Mdesign;PL =
γM
where:
kmod is the modification factor,
γM is the material factor,
fMmax is the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.

The limit value Mdesign;PL is used in the diagram of the moment

to help the user to check if the maximum design moment is reached or
not, see Figure 6.16 in section 6.4.1.
See Figure 4.12 for the definition of the other parameters.

Deltares 49 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.14: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic sheet piling
calculation (2 branches)

Name The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in rela-
level tion to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Thickness The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
Elastic Enter the flexural elastic stiffness of the section, called EIelastic in Fig-
stiffness EI ure 4.15, (product of Young’s Modulus E and moment of inertia I ) per
running meter if it has not already been imported from a library.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the positive part of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called Mpl in Figure 4.15.
Symmetric Mark this option in case of a symmetric moment-curvature diagram.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the negative part of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called Mpl;neg in Figure 4.15. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Plastic moment negative is automatically equal to the
Plastic moment positive.

50 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.15: Moment-Curvature relationship using 2 branches

4.2.2 Combined Wall Wizard

In the Sheet Piling window (Figure 4.12 or Figure 4.13) or in the Diaphragm Wall window (Fig-
ure 4.34), click the button to open the Design Combined Wall window (Figure 4.17).
D-S HEET P ILING will use the properties of the pile and the sheet piling to determine the effec-
tive bending stiffness and acting width of the wall above and below the bottom of the sheet
piling.

Figure 4.16: Schematisation of a combined wall in 2 cases: when the neutral axes coin-
cide (case A) and do not coincide (case B)

Note: The Combined Wall wizard will yield output of the bending moment for the center-
to-center distance between two piles, e.g. the discrete moment for a pile and the attached
part of the sheet piling. For a section with single piles, the soil reaction must be modified (as
explained in section 42.1.2) to model the effect of arching. This is done automatically by the
program by applying a shell factor (see section 4.3.2.1) on the modulus of subgrade reaction
and the earth pressure coefficients except for the user-defined earth pressure coefficients

Deltares 51 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

(see section 5.2.1.1 and section 4.3.2.2).

For background information on this topic, see section 42.1.

(a) Neutral axes coincide (b) Neutral axes do not coincide

Figure 4.17: Design Combined Wall window

Neutral axes of piles and Mark this checkbox if the neutral axes of the piles and the
sheet coincide sheet piles coincide (case A in Figure 4.16); otherwise un-
mark it (case B in Figure 4.16).
Distance between neutral axis (Needed only when the neutral axes do not coincide).
of the piles and most extreme Corresponds to distance y1 in case B of Figure 4.16.
boundary of the system
Distance between neutral axis (Needed only when the neutral axes do not coincide).
of the sheet piles and most Corresponds to distance y2 in case B of Figure 4.16.
extreme boundary of the sys-
tem
Distance between plastic neu- (Only visible for a Plastic calculation and needed only
tral axis of the piles and most when the neutral axes do not coincide).
extreme boundary of the sys- Corresponds to distance y1 in case B of Figure 4.16 as-
tem suming that the plastic neutral axes are considered.
Distance between plastic neu- (Only visible for a Plastic calculation and needed only
tral axis of the sheet piles and when the neutral axes do not coincide).
most extreme boundary of the Corresponds to distance y2 in case B of Figure 4.16 as-
system suming that the plastic neutral axes are considered.
Name Enter the profile name.
Material type Select the material of the sheet piling from the available
drop-down list: User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Syn-
thetic.
Bottom level Enter the bottom level for the piles and the sheet pile.
Stiffness EI (Piles) Enter the bending stiffness (product of Young’s Modulus E
and moment of inertia I) of the single piles.

52 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Stiffness EI (Sheet pile) Enter the bending stiffness (product of Young’s Modulus E
and moment of inertia I) of the sheet piling, per running
meter.
Width (Piles) Enter the width of the single piles.
Width (Sheet pile) Enter the width of one sheet pile.
Height Enter the thickness of the sheet pile profile, i.e. the height
of the cross-section.
Maximum elastic moment (Needed only when the neutral axes coincide).
(Piles) Enter the admissible elastic characteristic moment. This
limit value is used in the diagram of the moment to help the
user to check if the maximum elastic moment is reached
or not, see section 6.4.1.
Maximum plastic moment (Only visible for a Plastic calculation, see Figure 4.1, and
(Piles) needed only when the neutral axes coincide).
Enter the admissible plastic characteristic moment. This
limit value is used in the diagram of the moment to help the
user to check if the maximum plastic moment is reached
or not, see section 6.4.1.
Elastic section modulus W_el Enter the elastic section modulus of the single piles. This
(Piles) value is used to calculate the admissible elastic moment
of the upper part of the combined wall, see section 42.1.3.
plastic section modulus W_pl (Only visible for a Plastic calculation, see Figure 4.1).
(Piles) Enter the plastic section modulus of the single piles. This
value is used to calculate the admissible plastic moment
of the upper part of the combined wall, see section 42.1.3.
Yield strength Enter the yield strength of the piles and the sheet pile. This
value is used to calculate the admissible elastic moment
of the upper part of the combined wall, see section 42.1.3.
Section area Enter the cross-sectional area for the piles and the sheet
pile.
Click the Import button to import the sheet pile or piles
from the D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Number of sheet piles Enter the number of sheet piles between each pair of sin-
gle piles.

Note: When using the Combined Wall wizard, the program assumes a material factor γM
and a modification factor kmod of 1 (i.e. steel), see Figure 4.18. If other materials than steel
are used, the user has to enter its own values for γM and kmod by selecting a User defined
material type.

Deltares 53 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.18: Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-
to-center distance)

4.2.3 Profiles Library

The Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.1), the Combined Wall window (section 4.2.2), the single
Pile window (section 4.2.4), the Diaphragm Wall window (section 4.2.5) and the Wooden
Sheet Piling window (section 4.2.6) allow the import of sheet piling properties from a library.

Click the or buttons in these windows to open the Sheet Piling Profiles window
(Figure 4.20). In this window the properties of both sheet piling and single piles can be
selected.

The window contains separate tabs for:

⋄ section 4.2.3.1 – Steel/Synthetic/Combined/Wooden sheet pilings and piles from man-

ufacturers/distributors;
⋄ section 4.2.3.2 – User-defined sheet pilings, wooden sheet pilings and piles.

Note: When opening the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window from the Tools menu, all the
tabs are visible (Figure 4.19) whereas when opening the window from the Construction menu,
only the relevant tabs corresponding to the selected model are visible. Therefore, both tabs
Wooden sheet piles and User defined wooden sheet piles are visible only for the Wooden
sheet piling model, not for the other models (Figure 4.25).

54 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.19: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window from the Tools menu

4.2.3.1 Profiles Library from manufacturers/distributors

The window contains separate tabs for hot rolled steel sheet piling, cold formed steel sheet
piling, synthetic sheet piling, combined sheet piling, wooden sheet piling and single piles from
different manufacturers/distributors.

Note: When the maximum plastic moment Mr;char;pl or the plastic section modulus Wpl can’t
be provided by the manufacturer then a value of 0 is displayed in the library. By using Mr;char;pl ,
the check on the maximum allowable plastic moment will not be performed.

Hot rolled sheet piles

Figure 4.20: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab

Deltares 55 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

EI The bending stiffness.

Mr;char;el The maximum moment for elastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx
means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm2 .
Mr;char;pl The maximum moment for plastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx
means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm2 .
Section area The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is used for a Vertical
balance check.
W_el The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands)
for elastic behavior. This value is used for a Feasibility control (chap-
ter 7) and for a steel combined wall (section 42.1.3).
W_pl The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands)
for plastic behavior. This value is used for a steel combined wall (sec-
tion 42.1.3).
Width The width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value for single pile
and combined wall analysis.

Cold formed sheet piles

Figure 4.21: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab

This tab is identical to Hot rolled sheet piles tab except that the steel qualities are different:
S235, S275 and S355.

See Figure 4.20 for the definition of the parameters.

Synthetic sheet piles

56 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.22: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab

See Figure 4.20 for the definition of the parameters.

Combined sheet piles

Figure 4.23: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab

Deltares 57 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Factor Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the synthetic
k_mod material. For long term situation, the TNO report 1999-CON-LBC-R7015
(Van de Kuilen, 1999) prescribes a modification factor of 0.45 and for short
term situation, a factor of 0.5. This factor is used to determine the admis-
sible design moment from the admissible characteristic moment, using the
following equation:
Mcharac × kmod × fMmax
Mdesign =
γM
Factor Enter the partial safety factor γM . This factor is used to determine the ad-
gamma_m missible design moment from the admissible characteristic moment, using
equation above.
See Figure 4.20 for the definition of the other parameters.

Piles

Figure 4.24: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Piles tab

See Figure 4.20 for the definition of the parameters.

Wooden sheet piles

The Wooden sheet piles tab in the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window is available only if the
option Wooden sheet piling in the Model window was selected.

58 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.25: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Wooden sheet piles tab

E_m;0;mean The Young’s modulus of the wood at serviceability limit state for
strength class Dxx. Dxx means wood with a yield stress of xx N/mm2 .
See section 4.2.6 for the definition of the other parameters.

4.2.3.2 User Defined Profiles Library

All properties (except width) are given per running meter for User defined sheet piles and User
defined wooden sheet piles (Figure 4.28). The properties for User defined piles (Figure 4.26)
are given per single pile.

The location of the data file containing user defined profiles can be changed via the Tools
menu (section 3.2).

User defined (sheet) piles

Deltares 59 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.26: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab

EI The bending stiffness.

Mr;char;el The maximum allowable moment for elastic behavior at zero normal
force.
Mr;char;pl The maximum allowable moment for plastic behavior at zero normal
force.
Section area The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is used for a steel
combined wall (section 42.1.3).
W_el The elastic section modulus Wel (also called resisting moment in the
Netherlands). This value is used for a steel a combined wall (sec-
tion 42.1.3).
W_pl The plastic section modulus Wpl (also called resisting moment in the
Netherlands). This value is used for a steel combined wall (sec-
tion 42.1.3).
Width The width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value for single pile
and combined wall analysis.
User defined profiles and groups can be added via the Add and the
Edit buttons (Figure 4.27), and deleted using the Delete button.

60 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.27: Piles library, Edit Pile (for existing pile) and Add Pile (to add new pile in
library)

Group name Select or enter a name for the group of profiles.

Profile name Enter the name of the profile.
See Figure 4.26 for the definition of the other parameters.

User defined wooden sheet piles

Figure 4.28: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined wooden sheet piles tab

User defined wooden sheet profiles and groups can be added via the
Add and the Edit buttons (Figure 4.29), and deleted using the Delete
button.
See section 4.2.6 for the definition of the other parameters.

Deltares 61 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.29: Wooden Sheet Piles library, Edit Wooden Sheet Pile (for existing pile) and
Add Wooden Sheet Pile (to add new pile in library)

Group name Select or enter a name for the group of profiles.

Profile name Enter the name of the profile.
See section 4.2.6 for the definition of the other parameters.

4.2.4 Single Pile

The Pile option is available in the Construction menu only if the Single pile model in the Model
window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction and then choose Pile
to open the input window. The content of the window will be different for an Elastic or a Plastic
calculation.

4.2.4.1 Single Pile – Elastic Calculation

First, the top level of the pile is entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a new
row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or diameter can be varied
for each section. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from an
external source into the table.

Figure 4.30: Pile window for Elastic calculation

62 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Pile top level Enter the top level of the pile in relation to a freely chosen reference
level.
Import profile Click here to import the name, diameter and bending stiffness of the
from library section from the D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Name Change the default name for the section, if desired.
Material type Select the material of the sheet piling from the available drop-down list:
User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic. D-S HEET P ILING will
automatically determine the value of the material factor γM as given in
the Dutch norm, except for User defined for which γM must be entered
by the user.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the pile, in relation to
level the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness varies
along the depth.
Elastic Enter the elastic bending stiffness (product of Young’s Modulus E and
stiffness EI moment of inertia I ) of the pile for each section.
Diameter Enter the equivalent diameter of the pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this
value as the acting width for the soil reaction.
Allow. elas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;EL .
Modification Enter the modification factor kmod to count for duration life of the syn-
factor thetic material. For long term situation, the TNO report 1999-CON-
LBC-R7015 (Van de Kuilen, 1999) prescribes a modification factor of
0.45 and for short term situation, a factor of 0.5.
Material Enter the partial safety factor γM , only if the User defined material type
factor is selected. Otherwise, the program will automatically apply the follow-
ing factors (acc. to the corresponding Eurocode) to calculate the design
allowable moment:
⋄ Steel: γM = γMo = 1, acc. to Eurocode 3 – Part 5, art. 5.1.1(4) ;
⋄ Concrete: γM = γC = 1.1, acc. to Eurocode 2 – Part 1.1, art. 3.1.6;
⋄ Wood: γM = γM,fi = 1 , acc. to Eurocode 5 – Part 1-2, art. 2.3(1);
⋄ Synthetic: γM = 1.2

Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor applied to the maximum allowable moment
maximum fMmax . This reduction factor can be for example factor βB < 1 as
moment defined in article 5.2.2(2) of Eurocode 3 - Part 5 that takes account of
a possible lack of shear force transmission in the interlocks of a sheet
piling for single and double U-piles.

Deltares 63 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Allow. elas. The design value of the maximum allowable elastic moment Mdesign;EL
design moment is automatically calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mcharac;EL × kmod × fMmax
Mdesign;EL =
γM
where:
kmod is the modification factor,
γM is the material factor,
fMmax is the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.

The limit value Mdesign;EL is used in the diagram of the moment

to help the user to check if the maximum design moment is reached or
not, see Figure 6.16 in section 6.4.1.
Reduction factor Enter the reduction factor fEI applied to the stiffness EI . The corrected
EI factor is EIcorrected = EI × fEI . This reduction factor can be for
example factor βD < 1 as defined in article 6.4(3) of Eurocode 3 - Part
5 accounting for the possible reduction due to insufficient shear force
transmission in the interlocks.
Note to reduction Enter a note to describe why a reduction factor is applied.
factor

Note: Input data must be design values as no safety system is included with the Single Pile
calculation method.

4.2.4.2 Single Pile – Plastic Calculation

The content of the Single Pile window for a plastic calculation is identical to the elastic calcu-
lation but with extra inputs.

Figure 4.31: Pile window for Plastic calculation

Edit moment This option opens the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) win-
curvature dow (Figure 4.32) in which the elasto-plastic behaviour of the pile can
diagram be defined, using 4 branches. In this window, the moment-curvature
diagram is also displayed.
EI branch 2 See Figure 4.32 below.
positive

64 of 477 Deltares
 Input

EI branch 3 See Figure 4.32 below.

positive
EI branch 2 See Figure 4.32 below.
negative
EI branch 3 See Figure 4.32 below.
negative
Moment point 1 See Figure 4.32 below.
positive
Moment point 2 See Figure 4.32 below.
positive
Plastic moment See Figure 4.32 below.
positive
Moment point 1 See Figure 4.32 below.
negative
Moment point 2 See Figure 4.32 below.
negative
Plastic moment See Figure 4.32 below.
negative
Admiss. plas. Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allow-
charac. moment able elastic moment Mcharac;PL .
Admiss. plas. The design value of the maximum allowable plastic moment Mdesign;PL
design moment is automatically calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mcharac;PL × kmod × fMmax
Mdesign;PL =
γM
where:
kmod is the modification factor,
γM is the material factor,
fMmax is the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.

The limit value Mdesign;PL is used in the diagram of the moment

to help the user to check if the maximum design moment is reached or
not, see Figure 6.16 in section 6.4.1.
See Figure 4.30 for the definition of the other parameters.

Deltares 65 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.32: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a plastic pile calcula-
tion (4 branches)

Name The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in rela-
level tion to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Elastic Enter the elastic flexural stiffness (branch 1), called EIelastic in Fig-
stiffness EI ure 4.33, which is the product of elastic Young’s Modulus E and mo-
ment of inertia I .
EI branch 2 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called EI2 in Figure 4.33.
EI branch 3 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 3rd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called EI3 in Figure 4.33.
Moment point 1 Enter the limit moment of the of the 1st branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called M1 in Figure 4.33.
Moment point 2 Enter the limit moment of the of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called M2 in Figure 4.33.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the positive part of the moment-curvature
positive diagram (in compression), called Mpl in Figure 4.33.
Symmetric Mark this option in case of a symmetric moment-curvature diagram.
EI branch 2 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called EI2;neg in Figure 4.33. If option Symmetric
is marked, the EI branch 2 negative is automatically equal to the EI
branch 2 positive.
EI branch 3 Enter the flexural stiffness of the 3rd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called EI3;neg in Figure 4.33. If option Symmetric
is marked, the EI branch 3 negative is automatically equal to the EI
branch 3 positive.

66 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Moment point 1 Enter the limit moment of the of the 1st branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called M1;neg in Figure 4.33. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Moment point 1 negative is automatically equal to the
Moment point 1 positive.
Moment point 2 Enter the limit moment of the of the 2nd branch of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called M2;neg in Figure 4.33. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Moment point 2 negative is automatically equal to the
Moment point 2 positive.
Plastic moment Enter the plastic moment of the negative part of the moment-curvature
negative diagram (in traction), called Mpl;neg in Figure 4.33. If option Symmetric
is marked, the Plastic moment negative is automatically equal to the
Plastic moment positive.

Figure 4.33: Moment-Curvature relationship using 4 branches

The curvature κ of the three points of the moment-curvature relationship in Figure 4.33 is
given by:

M1 M1;neg
κ1 = κ1;neg = (4.1)
EIelastic EIelastic
M2 − M1 M2;neg − M1;neg
κ2 = κ1 + κ2;neg = κ1;neg + (4.2)
EI2 EI2;neg
Mpl − M2 Mpl − M2;neg
κ3 = κ2 + κ3;neg = κ2;neg + (4.3)
EI3 EI3;neg

4.2.5 Diaphragm Wall

The Diaphragm Wall option is available in the Construction menu only if the Diaphragm wall
model in the Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction
and then choose Diaphragm Wall to open the input window.

Deltares 67 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The content of the Diaphragm Wall window is identical to the Sheet Piling window for plastic
calculation but with extra inputs, as the elasto-plastic behaviour of the diaphragm wall contains
4 branches.

Figure 4.34: Diaphragm Wall window

Thickness The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
See Figure 4.32 and Figure 4.33 for the definition of the parameters related to the moment-
curvature diagram.
See Figure 4.12 for the definition of the other parameters.

Figure 4.35: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for a diaphragm wall cal-
culation

Thickness The thickness of the sheet piling profile, i.e. the height of the cross-
section.
See Figure 4.32 and Figure 4.33 for the definition of the other parameters.

68 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.2.6 Wooden Sheet Piling

The Wooden Sheet Piling option is available in the Construction menu only if the Wooden
Sheet Piling option in the Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected and enabled. On the menu
bar, click Construction and then choose Wooden Sheet Piling to open the input window.

First, the top level of the sheet piling is entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a
new row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or acting width for each
section can be varied. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from
an external source into the table.

Figure 4.36: Wooden Sheet Piling window

Sheet piling top Enter the top level of the sheet piling in relation to a freely chosen
level reference level.
Import profile This option allows the name and bending stiffness of the section to be
from library selected from a library. The library contains the standard profiles of dif-
ferent manufacturers and additional user-defined ones (section 4.2.3).
Name The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Section bottom Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in rela-
level tion to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Elasticity Enter the mean modulus of elasticity per running meter if it has not
modulus already been imported from a library as it is related to the strength
E_m;0;mean class.
Elastic The SLS bending stiffness of the section (product of Young’s modulus
stiffness at Em;0;d and moment of inertia I) per running meter. Hereby, Em;0;d is
SLS EI_SLS computed as in Equation (45.2) and I = h3 /12, with h is the height.
Elastic The ULS bending stiffness of the section (product of Young’s modulus
stiffness at Em;0;d and moment of inertia I) per running meter. Hereby, Em;0;d is
ULS EI_ULS computed as in Equation (45.3) and I = h3 /12, with h is the height.
Acting width The acting width can be used when the effective width changes along
the sheet piling (section 42.1.1).
D-S HEET P ILING uses the acting width as a multiplication factor for the
sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reactions, except the
normal force, see Equation (31.1) in chapter 31.
Charac. flexural Enter the characteristic flexural strength if it has not already been im-
strength ported from a library as it is related to the selected wood quality.
f_m;0;char

Deltares 69 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Modif. factor The short term modification factor of the strength to count for duration
on f_m;0;char life of the wooden pile. The default value is fm;0;char = 0.65.
(short term)
k_mod;f;short
Modif. factor The long term modification factor of the strength to count for duration
on f_m;0;char life of the wooden pile. The default value is fm;0;char = 0.50.
(long term)
k_mod;f;long
Modification This value describes the modification factor of the elasticity. See Equa-
factor on tion (45.2) and Equation (45.3) in chapter 45. The default value is
E_m;0;d kmod;E = 0.80.
k_mod;E
Height factor The value is the size factor which increases the bending strength for
k_h thin wooden sheets. It is computed automatically. See chapter 45 for
the definition.
System factor Enter the system factor that considers the cooperation of structural el-
k_sys ements. The default value is ksys = 1.15.
Deform. Specifies deformation factor for the hardwoods or the reduction of the
factor k_def stiffness caused by the saturation of softwoods. See Equation (45.2) in
chapter 45. The default value is kdef = 1.00.
Creep The value of considers the percentage of the load that is constantly
factor Psi_2;eff present. See chapter 45 for more background information. The default
value is ψ2;eff = 1.00.
Material factor Enter the material factor. The default value is γm = 1.30.
gamma_m
Max. allow. The maximum allowable moment for short term deformation. It is given
moment by fm;0;char × kmod;f;short × kh × ksys /γm × Wel and is thus computed
(short term) automatically.
M_r;d;short
Max. allow. The maximum allowable moment for long term deformation. It is given
moment by fm;0;char × kmod;f;long × kh × ksys /γm × Wel and is thus computed
(long term) automatically.
M_r;d;long
Height The height of the wooden sheet pile is the same as the wall thickness.
Section The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands).
modulus W It is given by W = h2 /6.

If the Check vertical balance option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, addi-
tional input data are needed for the vertical balance check:

Section area The cross-sectional area of the sheet piling, per running meter.

70 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Maximum point The representative cone resistance of the soil at the bottom of the sheet
resistance piling. This is equal to the maximum point resistance qb;max as defined
(q_b;max) in article 7.6.2.3(e) of the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017), see
Equation (37.6) in chapter 37.
The maximum point resistance qb;max is used to calculate Rb;k ,
the characteristic value of the base resistance, according to article
7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7:
Rb;cal Ab × qb;max
Rb;k = =
ξ ξ
where Ab is the base area under the (sheet) pile.
Xi factor The correlation factor ξ as defined in article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7
(according to (NEN-EN, March 2005):  
EC7; depends (Rc;cal )mean (Rc;cal )min
on number of
Rc;k = Rb;k + Rs;k = min ;
ξ3 ξ4
CPTs) where:
Rc;k is the characteristic compressive resistance of the ground,
Rb;k is the characteristic value of the base resistance,
Rs;k is the characteristic value of the shaft resistance.
ξ3 and ξ4 are correlation factors depending on the number n of CPTs.
For n = 1, ξ = 1.40 acc. to Table A.10 of the general Eurocode 7
(NEN-EN, March 2005) and ξ = 1.39 acc. to the Dutch Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) (default in D-S HEET P ILING).

4.3 Soil menu

The Soil menu is used to enter the soil properties for the analysis.

4.3.1 Surfaces
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Surfaces. In the window displayed (Figure 4.37),
the positions of the various ground surfaces, that will occur on different sides of the sheet
piling during the different stages, can be specified. Use the Stage Composer or the Stages
Overview window to connect the surfaces (for each stage) to the left or right of the sheet pile
wall.

Figure 4.37: Surfaces window

Up to 10 surfaces can be specified. To add a surface, click Add. The name of the new

Deltares 71 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

surface is displayed in an appearing edit-box. Change the name as required. Enter the first
co-ordinate (horizontal in relation to the sheet piling, vertical in relation to the reference level).

Click the Add row button to add the next co-ordinate. Alternatively, use the Paste button
, to paste the complete content from an external source into the table.

Distance & Level Both the Distance from the sheet piling and Level of that part of the
surface are expressed in meters. The level is specified in relation to
the reference level.
A horizontal surface level can be specified as a single row with a Dis-
tance of 0 m at the desired surface Level. In section 9.4 of Tutorial 2
the specification of a non-horizontal surface is described.
D-S HEET P ILING can only convert a non-horizontal surface to horizon-
tal wall pressures in case of the c, phi, delta method (section 4.6.1).
The relevant calculation method must be selected for each construc-
tion stage.
Standard Enter the standard deviation of the surface levels. This option is avail-
deviation [m] able only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in the Model win-
dow.
Distribution Select the type of distribution for the surface levels. This option is avail-
able only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in the Model win-
dow.

4.3.2 Soil Materials for Sheet Piling

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Materials to open the input window. In this
window, the names and properties of the soil layers can be entered. Specify the names of the
soil materials in the left-hand table. The soil materials entered here can be connected to their
geometry using the Soil Profiles input window (section 4.3.4).

In the Soil Materials window, the following data can be added:

⋄ (section 4.3.2.1) General soil parameters for each material;

⋄ (section 4.3.2.2) Earth pressure coefficients for each material;
⋄ (section 4.3.2.3) Curve settings, to define the type of stress-displacement curve;
⋄ (section 4.3.2.4) Modulus of subgrade reaction for each material;
⋄ (section 4.3.2.5) Settlement by vibration coefficients for each material.

72 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.38: Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models

Figure 4.39: Soil Materials window for the c, φ, δ soil parameters model

Now the soil materials can be linked to the soil profiles and the water properties for the soil
can be determined, both described in section 4.3.

Deltares 73 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

4.3.2.1 General
The general soil parameters for a particular soil material can be specified in this sub-window
(Figure 4.40).

Figure 4.40: Soil Materials window, General sub-window

Unsat. total unit weight Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table
(generally unsaturated).
Sat. total unit weight Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table
(generally saturated).
Cohesion Enter the drained cohesion.
Friction angle phi Enter the friction angle of soil.
Delta friction angle Enter the friction angle between soil and sheet piling. For back-
ground information, see section 33.1. This field is only enabled
when checkbox "Automatic (2/3 phi)" is not checked.
Automatic (2/3 phi) Automatic determination of delta friction angle. Delta friction an-
gle is set to 2/3 times the friction angle phi if this checkbox is
checked.
Shell factor Enter the shell factor of the soil to take into account the effect
of arching. This factor will be automatically applied on passive
and active earth pressure coefficients and on moduli of subgrade
reaction. For background information, see section 42.1.2.
Overconsolidation ratio Enter the overconsolidation ratio of the soil.
(OCR)
Grain type Select the grain type: Fine or Coarse. Usually Fine is used for
clay, loam and peat whereas Coarse is used for sand and gravel.
The grain type is used for the determination of the neutral earth
pressure coefficient K0 , see section 32.1 for details.

74 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.3.2.2 Earth pressure coefficients

In this sub-window the earth pressure coefficients can be entered or generated. D-S HEET P ILING
will use these values only for those parts or stages where the c, φ, δ soil parameters model
(section 4.6.2) has not been selected.

Figure 4.41: Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window

Manual Mark this check-box to enter the earth pressure coefficients manually.
Müller-Breslau Mark this check-box to get D-S HEET P ILING to determine earth pressure
(Straight slip coefficients according to Müller-Breslau (section 32.2.2).
surfaces)
Kötter (Curved Mark this check-box to get D-S HEET P ILING to determine earth pressure
slip surfaces) coefficients according to Kötter (section 32.2.3).
Active, Neutral or If Manual is selected, the values for the active, neutral, and passive
Passive earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) should be entered manually.
The following restriction applies: 0 ≤ Ka ≤ K0 ≤ Kp .
If Manual is not selected, the active, neutral, and passive earth
pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) are calculated automatically by
D-S HEET P ILING.

4.3.2.3 Curve Settings

In the Soil Materials window, click the Curve Settings button to open the Curve Settings (for
all Materials) window (Figure 4.42) in which the type of stress-displacement diagram that will
be used for all layers can be defined.

Figure 4.42: Curve Settings (for all Materials) window

Deltares 75 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Modulus of subgrade The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement di-

reaction type agram according to CUR 166 of subgrade reaction. This dia-
gram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80
and 100 % of Ka − Kp (see Figure 4.44 below) The slope of
the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant
moduli at the intersection points.
The Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition is based on a
user-defined number of branches (number of curves), with the
slope of each branch defined directly by the tangent modulus
(see Figure 4.47 below).
Use an unloading/ Mark this check-box to use an elasto-plastic model with a differ-
reloading curve ent (elastic) stiffness during unloading and reloading. Also see
the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (be-
low).
Number of curves for Specify this value to use multiple branches in the diagram of
spring characteristics stress versus displacement during virgin loading. The maxi-
mum number is 4. Also see the input description for the mod-
ulus of subgrade reaction (below) and for the earth pressure
coefficients (above). This option is only used with the Tangent
(D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition.

4.3.2.4 Modulus of subgrade reaction

The content of the sub-window Modulus of subgrade reaction depends on the selected mod-
ulus of subgrade reaction type in the Curve Settings (for all Materials) window.

Modulus of subgrade reaction – Secant

This sub-window only appears if the Secant definition has been selected in the Curve Settings
window. In this sub-window the secant moduli can be defined according to CUR 166, either
by selection of a predefined soil type, or by manual input.

Figure 4.43: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Secant sub-window

k1, k2, k3 Enter values for the secant moduli at 50, 80 and 100% of Ka − Kp
(Figure 4.44), on the Top side and Bottom side of each soil layer.
D-S HEET P ILING also applies the k1 value to unloading and reloading
if the Use an unloading/reloading curve option has been selected in
the Curve Settings window.

76 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Select from CUR Click this button to select a soil type directly from table 3.3 of the
166 (Table 3.3) CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) (Figure 4.45). The soil type indication in the
first column includes typical values of the CPT resistance qc (in MPa)
for sand and typical values of undrained cohesion Cu (in kPa) for clay
and peat. Only “lowest” values are given in D-S HEET P ILING– to use
the “highest” value the user must manually multiply the lowest value by
2.25.

Figure 4.44: Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166)

Figure 4.45: CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window

Deltares 77 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Modulus of subgrade reaction – Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic)

This sub-window appears when the Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition has been
selected in the Curve Settings window. In this sub-window the tangent moduli can be manually
defined, according to the classic D-S HEET P ILING definition.

Figure 4.46: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Tangent (D-Sheet
Piling Classic) sub-window

The following values can be specified for the tangent modulus of subgrade reaction at the top
and bottom sides of the soil layer (see Figure 4.47, below).

k0 unloading Enter the value for unloading/reloading, if this option was selected in
/reloading the Curve Settings window (see above).
k1,. . . , k4 Enter values for the tangent moduli, at the Top side and the Bottom
side of the soil layer, of the different branches.
1-3 [%] Define the intersection points of the branches, by entering the corre-
sponding stress levels as a percentage of Ka − Kp .

horizontal soil stress σH

arctan k4

passive: Kpσv

arctan k3

neutral: K0σv
2[%] 3[%] 100%
active: Kaσv arctan k2
1[%]

arctan k1 horizontal displacement

Figure 4.47: Tangent definition of stress-displacement diagram (D-Sheet Piling classic)

Note: When importing a CPT, the tangent moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically filled
in using extrapolated values from Table 3.3 of CUR 166, as the soil materials list contains
more materials than those listed in Table 3.3 of CUR 166. The extended values can be found
in section 34.3.2.

78 of 477 Deltares
 Input

4.3.2.5 Settlement by vibration coefficients

The sub-window Settlement by vibration coefficients only appears if the Settlement by vibra-
tion option in the Model window was selected (section 4.1.1).

Figure 4.48: Soil Materials window, Settlement by vibration sub-window

Soil layer type Select the type of soil from the drop-down menu.
Relative density Enter the relative density of the soil in %. The relative density (or
density index) ID is the ratio of the difference between the void ratios
of a cohesion-less soil in its loosest state and existing natural state to
the difference between its void ratio in the loosest and densest states:
emax − e
ID = × 100
emax − emin
The relative density depends on the consistency of the soil as
shown in Table 4.1. The default value in D-S HEET P ILING is 72.5%.
Note that Relative density is not relevant (and thus not available) when
the Soil layer type is Clay or Peat
Horizontal Enter the horizontal permeability of the soil in m/s. The default value in
permeability D-S HEET P ILING is 10−3 m/s.
NOTE: Entering a permeability higher than 10−4 m/s will result in a
warning message displayed before starting the Settlement by Vibration
calculation (section 7.1) because a too large permeability can lead to
unexpected results. This warning message will also be present in the
Warnings section of the Report.

Table 4.1: Relative density as a function of the consistency of the soil

Consistency Relative density ID [%]

Very loose 0 to 15
Loose 15 to 35
Medium loose 35 to 65
Dense 65 to 85
Very dense 85 to 100

4.3.2.6 Reliability Analysis settings

The sub-window Reliability Analysis only appears if the Reliability analysis option in the Model
window was selected (section 4.1.1). In this sub-window the standard deviation and distribu-
tion type for the cohesion and the friction angle can be chosen, turning these parameters into
stochastics for the reliability analysis. The mean values cannot be changed as they always
equal the given deterministic values.

Deltares 79 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.49: Reliability Analysis subwindow

4.3.3 Soil Materials for Single Pile

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Materials to open the input window. In this
window, the names and properties of the soil materials can be entered.

Specify the names of the soil materials in the left-hand table. The soil materials entered here
can be connected to their geometry using the Soil Profiles input window (section 4.3.4).

For Single pile model, the content of the Soil Materials window depends on the loading type:

⋄ For loading by forces and by user-defined soil displacements, the General soil param-
eters, the Earth pressure coefficients and the Modulus of subgrade reaction must be
specified for each material;

⋄ For loading by calculated soil displacements, only the General soil parameters must be
specified for each material.

4.3.3.1 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by forces

Figure 4.50: Soil Materials window for Single Pile loaded by forces

General:
Unsat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
weight unsaturated).
Sat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
weight saturated).
Cohesion Enter the drained cohesion.
Friction angle Enter the friction angle of soil.
phi

80 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Earth pressure coefficients:

Method Select Brinch-Hansen for determination of the earth pressure coeffi-
cient from the input cohesion and friction (section 41.2.1) or Manual to
enter user-defined values.
Active, Neutral or If Manual is selected, then enter values for the Active, Neutral, and Pas-
Passive sive earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ). The following restriction
applies: 0 ≤ Ka ≤ K0 ≤ Kp .

Note: When using the Brinch-Hansen method the same soil material should not be used at
different depths in a soil profile. Instead a copy of the soil should be made, with a different
name. See section 41.2.1 for more information.

Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect of
arching into account. Selecting Brinch-Hansen will cause this to happen automatically.

Modulus of subgrade reaction: User-defined values for the modulus of subgrade reaction can
be entered in this sub-window. Alternatively, for a pile loaded by forces, D-S HEET P ILING can
calculate the modulus of subgrade reaction according to Ménard’s theory.

Figure 4.51: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction sub-window (Pile
loaded by forces)

Emod Ménard If Menard is selected, then D-S HEET P ILING will determine the modulus
Soil type Ménard of subgrade reaction from the input of the pressiometric modulus and
the soil type. The background description on Ménard’s theory (sec-
tion 41.2.2) includes a correlation between the pressiometric modulus
and the cone resistance. The option Menard is only available for single
piles loaded by forces (section 4.1.1).
k If Manual is selected, the values for the modulus of subgrade reaction
at the top and bottom side of a layer can be entered manually.

Deltares 81 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

4.3.3.2 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements
The input is identical to Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by forces (Figure 4.50)
except that the Modulus of subgrade reaction can only be user-defined.

Figure 4.52: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displace-
ments

4.3.3.3 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
The automatic calculation of horizontal soil displacements is based on De Leeuw tables
(De Leeuw, 1963). The stresses and displacements from those tables are used to automati-
cally determine the modulus of subgrade reaction at each depth. For background information,
see section 41.1.1.

The earth pressure coefficients are automatically determined at each depth using Brinch-
Hansen theory from the input cohesion and friction.

Both values of the modulus of subgrade reaction and the passive earth pressure coefficient
can be found in the Input section of the Report window (section 6.3).

Figure 4.53: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements

82 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Unsat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
weight unsaturated).
Sat. total unit Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
weight saturated).
Cohesion Enter the drained cohesion.
Friction angle Enter the friction angle of soil.
phi
Horizontal be- The behavior (Stiff top layer, Elastic layer or Stiff foundation layer ) of
havior the layer must be specified. De Leeuw theory assumes an elastic in-
compressible cluster of layers based on stiff foundation layer(s) and
eventually covered with stiff top layer(s). Therefore, only the system of
layers presented in the figure below is allowed where:
– Elastic layer and stiff foundation layer should be present at least one
time.
– Stiff top layer (if present) should not be positioned below elastic layer
or stiff foundation layer.
– Other systems will lead to fatal error during calculation.

Elasticity (E) Enter the elastic modulus of the elastic soil layer. Mark the Use de-
fault elasticity option to use the elasticity automatically calculated by
D-S HEET P ILING according to De Leeuw and Timmermans theory based
on the dry unit weight (section 41.1.1).

4.3.4 Soil Profiles

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Profiles to open the corresponding input window.

Deltares 83 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.54: Soil Profiles window showing ‘empty’ profile

In the input window, different profiles can be specified for each side and for each construction
stage. To add a profile, three options are available:

Once the soil materials are defined (section 4.3.2 and section 4.3.3),
click this button to add a soil profile by manual input of the Top level
and Material of each layer. Refer to section 4.3.4.1.
Click this button to add a soil profile by importing a CPT from a file in
GEF format. Refer to section 4.3.4.2 and section 4.3.4.3.
Click this button to delete the selected profile.
Click this button to create a copy of the selected profile: the entire
profile will be copied including the CPT-values, the layers and the addi-
tional pore pressures.

4.3.4.1 Adding Soil Profiles Manually

To create manually a new soil profile, click the Add Manually button. This creates an ‘empty’
soil profile with only one layer (from 0 m to -10 m) using as default material the first material
defined in the Soil Materials window (section 4.3.2 and section 4.3.3). Figure 4.55 shows an
example of soil profile manually inputted: note that when placing the cursor in the Material
column, an overview of the soil properties of the selected material is displayed.

Note: If no soil material was previously defined, D-S HEET P ILING uses the default ‘empty’ soil
material named New Material as shown in Figure 4.54.

84 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.55: Soil Profiles window

Soil profile name This field displays the name of the selected profile. The name of
the profile can be overwritten if desired. Unique and recognizable
names should be used because the profile name is used in other
D-S HEET P ILING windows to select the appropriate soil data.
Top level [m] Enter the level of the top of the soil layer. The layers must be entered
from top to bottom. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely
thick.
Material Click the input field to select one of the available soil materials. A
soil profile must be specified for each stage. On the basis of lay-
ers that are fully or partially located under the specified surface level,
D-S HEET P ILING itself defines the soil layers to profile to profile that
are present during a construction stage. However, there must be soil
present at the location of the specified surface. Because the surface
does not need to be horizontal, a soil layer may sometimes be above
the sheet piling.
Ad. pore pr. at Enter the additional pore water pressure at the top and bottom of each
top/bottom soil layer. The additional pressure is modeled as varying linearly over
the layer. The total pore water pressure is taken as the sum of the
additional pore pressure and the hydrostatic pore water pressure (see
section 4.3.5). See the “Note” below.

Note: If the surface does not run horizontally, the additional pore water pressure at the
surface level is not always equal to zero. D-S HEET P ILING does not adjust the additional pore
water pressure, but displays a warning in the output file instead. A warning is also displayed
if an additional pore water pressure is entered above the water level.

4.3.4.2 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT – CPT Selection

To import a CPT from a file, click the Add from CPT button to open the Open dialog that allows
a GEF file containing the CPT results to be selected (Figure 4.56). The GEF file (Geotechnical
Exchange Format) is a Dutch standard developed by CUR. The results of the selected CPT
are displayed in the CPTip window (refer to section 4.3.4.3).

Deltares 85 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.56: Open window to select a CPT

4.3.4.3 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT – CPT Interpretation

When the CPT file is selected (section 4.3.4.2), the CPTip window opens (Figure 4.57) dis-
playing a graphic representation of the CPT: the cone resistance qc , the local friction and the
friction ratio are displayed as black lines whereas the pore pressures (if available) are dis-
played as blue line. D-S HEET P ILING automatically interprets the imported CPT, based on the
interpretation rule that is selected by the user in the Rule selection box below the graph. On
the right side of the plotted CPT, the soil layer interpretation is drawn corresponding to the
selected Rule and Minimum layer thickness.

Figure 4.57: CPTip window

Rule Select the interpretation rule used by D-S HEET P ILING to automatically
interpret the imported CPT. Two different rules are available:
– The NEN (Stress Dependent) rule
– The Robertson(1983)/CUR rule
Each rule describes a certain soil type by defining the relationship be-
tween the CPT resistance and the Friction Ratio. For background infor-
mation on both rules, refer to section 34.2.

86 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Minimum layer All interpretation rules make use of one additional parameter: the min-
thickness imum layer thickness, specified in the Minimum layer thickness input
field below the selection list. To prevent D-S HEET P ILING from generat-
ing layers that are too thin to be significant when modeling the problem,
the minimum layer thickness should be increased.

To use the proposed soil layer interpretation, click the OK button to transport the interpretation
into a soil profile to be used in the project (Figure 4.58).

Figure 4.58: Soil Profiles window after importing a CPT

Note: When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and prop-
erties of the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using
Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) for the general parameters and using an ex-
trapolation of Table 3.3 of CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 34.3).
The delta friction angle is by default set to 2/3 times the friction angle, except for the soil
material ‘Peat’, where it is set to zero.

Note: If during the interpretation of a CPT, the point corresponding to the cone resistance
and the friction ratio of a layer is situated outside the limits of the diagram of the selected rule
(i.e. Figure 34.2 and Figure 34.3 in section 34.2), the program will assign an “Undetermined”
material to this layer with unrealistic properties. That’s why the user must always review the
automatic interpretation of the CPT before performing a calculation. In such case, the user
must select himself the appropriate material from the drop-down list of available materials
using its expertise.

Click the button to display graphic representations of the pore pressures, the cone
resistance, the friction and the percentage of friction of the selected CPT (Figure 4.59).

Deltares 87 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.59: CPT window

4.3.5 Water Levels

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water Levels to open the corresponding input
window. In the input window, different water levels can be specified.

Figure 4.60: Water Levels window

Name Enter a name for the water level. Use unique and recognizable names,
because the water level name is used in other D-S HEET P ILING windows
to select the appropriate data.
Level [m] Enter the water level (relative to the reference level).
Standard Enter the standard deviation of the water level. This option is available
deviation [m] only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in the Model window.
Distribution Select the type of distribution for the water level. This option is available
only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in the Model window.

88 of 477 Deltares
 Input

D-S HEET P ILING models hydrostatic pore water pressures by defining the hydrostatic pressure
at a point as proportional to its depth below the water level. If a total pore pressure distribution
other than this triangular, hydrostatic, distribution is required then the user must also input
additional pore pressures for each layer (section 4.3.4).

A water level will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.3.6 Water Properties

On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water to open the corresponding input win-
dow. Use the dialog box to modify the unit weight of water, if required. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . Mark the Save as default check-box to make the input value the default for all
future projects.

Figure 4.61: Water Properties window

After entering all the data in the Soil menu, proceed to the Loads menu.

4.4 Loads menu

The Loads menu can be used to define various types of loads.

4.4.1 Uniform Loads

This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Loads and then choose Uniform Loads to open the corresponding input window. See Fig-
ure 4.62 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1) or
Figure 4.63 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).

Figure 4.62: Uniform Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected

Deltares 89 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.63: Uniform Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected

Name This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be
overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the
load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select
the appropriate data.
Load on the left side Only if Verification is not selected: enter the magnitude of the
[kN/m2 ] load on the left hand side of the sheet pile wall.
Characteristic load on Only if Verification is selected: enter the magnitude of the char-
the left side acteristic load on the left hand side of the sheet pile wall.
[kN/m2 ]
Load on the right side Only if Verification is not selected: enter the magnitude of the
[kN/m2 ] load on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall.
Characteristic load on Only if Verification is selected: enter the magnitude of the char-
the right side acteristic load on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall.
[kN/m2 ]
Standard deviation on Standard deviation of the load on the left hand side of the sheet
left side [kN/m2 ] pile wall (Only when Probability analysis is selected).
Standard deviation on Standard deviation of the load on the right hand side of the sheet
right side [kN/m2 ] pile wall (Only when Probability analysis is selected).
Distribution on left side Type of distribution for the load on the left hand side of the sheet
[kN/m2 ] pile wall (Only when Probability analysis is selected).
Distribution on right Type of distribution for the load on the right hand side of the sheet
side [kN/m2 ] pile wall (Only when Probability analysis is selected).
Permanent / variable Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable.
This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option
is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).

90 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Favourable / Select the type of load, Favourable, Unfavourable or leave it D-

unfavourable Sheet Piling determined. This option is available only if the Veri-
fication (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (sec-
tion 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected,
the passive side must be known to determine if the load is ei-
ther favourable or unfavourable as explained in section 38.3.4.
If the option D-Sheet Piling determined is also selected for the
determination of the passive side (section 4.6.2.1) and returns
an incorrect side (see section 38.3.3), then the automatic deter-
mination of the favourable/unfavourable nature of the load will be
incorrect too. That’s why using this option requires careful han-
dling.

A uniform load consists of a distributed vertical q-load acting on the horizontal soil surface,
from the sheet piling to infinity. The value of the q-load can be different on each side of the
sheet piling.

q-load

sheet piling

Figure 4.64: Distribution of uniform load

Note: Uniform loads can be used only with a horizontal surface.

A uniform load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.4.2 Surcharge Loads

This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Loads and then choose Surcharge Loads to open the corresponding input window. See
Figure 4.65 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1))
or Figure 4.66 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1)). A
non-uniform surcharge acts on the soil surface to the left or right of the sheet pile wall. Enter
value of the load at several distances from the sheet pile wall. Between these points, linear
interpolation is used. Up to 10 surcharge loads can be added.

Note: The surcharge can only be applied if the c, φ, δ soil parameters model has been
selected (section 4.1.1).

Deltares 91 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.65: Surcharge Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected

Figure 4.66: Surcharge Loads window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected

Surcharge load This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be over-
name written. Use unique and recognizable names because the load name
is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate
data.
Permanent / Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This
variable option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected
in the Model window (section 4.1.1).

92 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Favourable / Select the type of load, Favourable, Unfavourable or leave it D-

unfavourable Sheet Piling determined. This option is available only if the Verification
(EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected, the pas-
sive side must be known to determine if the load is either favourable or
unfavourable as explained in section 38.3.4. If the option D-Sheet Pil-
ing determined is also selected for the determination of the passive
side (section 4.6.2.1) and returns an incorrect side (see section 38.3.3),
then the automatic determination of the favourable/unfavourable nature
of the load will be incorrect too. That’s why using this option requires
careful handling.
Distance [m] Enter the distance from the sheet piling to the relevant part of the sur-
charge. A surcharge always acts on the soil surface. The distances to
the sheet piling are always positive and must be entered in ascending
order. The maximum number of points is 15.
Load [kN/m2 ] Only if Verification is not selected: enter the magnitude of the surcharge
at each point (if Verification not selected).
Characteristic Only if Verification is selected: enter the magnitude of the characteristic
load [kN/m2 ] surcharge at each point.
Standard devia- Enter the standard deviation of the values in the Load column. This
tion [kN/m2 ] option is available only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in
the Model window.
Distribution Select the type of distribution for the values in the Load column. This
option is available only if the Reliability analysis option is selected in
the Model window.
load

1 3 4 6 7 9 10
distance

Figure 4.67: Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 4.65

D-S HEET P ILING models surcharges using Boussinesq’s formulas, see Equation (32.22) and
Equation (32.23) in section 32.3.

A surcharge will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.4.3 Horizontal Line Loads / Horizontal Forces

Click Loads and then:

⋄ for Sheet piling model, choose Horizontal Line Loads to open the corresponding input
window. See Figure 4.68 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected in the Model win-
dow (section 4.1.1)) or Figure 4.69 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected in the Model
window (section 4.1.1));
⋄ for Single pile model, choose Horizontal Forces to open the corresponding input window
(Figure 4.70).

Deltares 93 of 477
D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Horizontal line loads (or forces) are loads perpendicular to the sheet piling (or single pile),
directed towards the right. Up to 10 loads can be added.

Figure 4.68: Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model) if Verification (EC7/CUR)
is not selected

Figure 4.69: Horizontal Line Loads window (Sheet piling model) if Verification (EC7/CUR)
is selected

94 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.70: Horizontal Forces window (Single pile model)

Name The name of the horizontal line load (i.e. force) can be overwritten. Use
unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in other
windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Level Enter the vertical position of the line load in relation to the reference level.
The value must be above the foot, and below the top, of the sheet piling.
Load Only if Verification is not selected: enter the magnitude of the load (in kN
per running meter for sheet piling or in kN for single pile). D-S HEET P ILING
assumes that a force with positive sign points to the right.
Characteristic Only if Verification is selected: enter the magnitude of characteristicthe
load load (in kN per running meter). D-S HEET P ILING assumes that a force with
positive sign points to the right. In this case the partial factors on con-
structive loads or the general partial factors on loads defined in the User
Defined Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) will be applied on this load.
Permanent / Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This option
variable is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the
Model window (section 4.1.1).
Favourable / Select the type of load, Favourable, Unfavourable or leave it D-Sheet Pil-
unfavourable ing determined. This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR)
option is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected, the pas-
sive side must be known to determine if the load is either favourable or
unfavourable as explained in section 38.3.4. If the option D-Sheet Piling
determined is also selected for the determination of the passive side (sec-
tion 4.6.2.1) and returns an incorrect side (see section 38.3.3), then the
automatic determination of the favourable/unfavourable nature of the load
will be incorrect too. That’s why using this option requires careful handling.

Deltares 95 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

level force

sheet piling

Figure 4.71: Example of a positive horizontal line load

A horizontal line load (i.e. force) will only be active in the stages that are selected using the
Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.4.4 Moments
On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Moments to open the corresponding input
window. See Figure 4.72 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1)) or Figure 4.73 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1)). When, for example, a floor is connected to the sheet pile wall a moment load
can occur along the length of the sheet pile wall. Up to 10 moments can be added.

Figure 4.72: Moments window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected

96 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Figure 4.73: Moments window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected

Name The name of the moment load can be overwritten. Use unique and rec-
ognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows of
D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Level Enter the vertical position of the moment in relation to the reference level.
The values must be within the range of the top and the foot of the sheet
piling.
Moment Only if Verification is not selected: enter the magnitude of the moment (kN
per running meter for Sheet piling but kN for Single pile). A moment with a
rotation from the positive X-axis to the positive Y-axis (counter clockwise)
receives a positive sign.
Characteristic Only if Verification is selected: enter the magnitude of the characteristic
moment moment (kN per running meter). A moment with a rotation from the pos-
itive X-axis to the positive Y-axis (counter clockwise) receives a positive
sign. In case of a verification calculation, the partial factors on constructive
loads or the general partial factors on loads defined in the User Defined
Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) will be applied on this moment.
Permanent / Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This option
variable is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the
Model window (section 4.1.1).
Favourable / Select the type of load, Favourable or Unfavourable. This option is avail-
unfavourable able only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model win-
dow (section 4.1.1).

level moment

sheet piling

Figure 4.74: Example of a positive moment

Deltares 97 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

A moment will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
tion 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.4.5 Normal Forces

On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Normal Forces to open the corresponding
input window. See Figure 4.75 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1) or Figure 4.76 (if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1).

Figure 4.75: Normal Forces window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is not selected

Figure 4.76: Normal Forces window if Verification (EC7/CUR) is selected

Name Enter a name for the force. Use unique and recognizable names, because
the load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select the
appropriate data.
Force at Only if Verification is not selected: enter the value of the normal force at
the levels explained below.

98 of 477 Deltares
 Input

Characteristic Only if Verification is selected: enter the value of the characteristic normal
force at force at the levels explained below. In case of a verification calculation, the
partial factors on constructive loads or the general partial factors on loads
defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) will be
applied on this force.
Permanent / Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This option
variable is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the
Model window (section 4.1.1).
Favourable / Select the type of load, Favourable, Unfavourable. This option is available
unfavourable only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1).

Normal forces, i.e. distributed forces that act along the axis of the sheet piling section, intro-
duce an additional (secondary) moment. Due to wall friction, the normal force (the result of
an applied vertical line load) will decrease along the depth of the sheet piling. To account for
this friction, the user may input the value of the normal force at the following levels:

⋄ top of the sheet piling

⋄ surface levels at the left-hand and right-hand side
⋄ toe of the sheet piling.

If friction is to be ignored (conservative) then the same value can be entered at all levels. Up
to 20 normal forces can be added.

Multiple normal forces can be active in the stages that are selected. The normal forces can
be selected by using the Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window
(section 4.6.2).

4.4.6 Soil Displacements

This option is available only for Single pile loaded by soil displacements and for Sheet piling
models (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Soil Displacements
to open the corresponding input window. Undisturbed soil displacements can be entered at a
number of points along the total length of the pile. Up to 10 soil displacements can be entered.
See section 41.1 for background information.

Note: For Sheet piling model, soil displacements are applied only at the first stage.

Deltares 99 of 477
 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.77: Soil Displacements window

Level Enter the vertical position (relative to the reference level) of the points
where the soil displacement is to be defined. The first point must coin-
cide with the top of the sheet piling, and the last point with the foot of
the sheet piling even if the displacement there is zero. The intermediate
points must be in order of decreasing level.
Displacement Enter the magnitude of the undisturbed soil displacement. A soil dis-
placement in the direction of the positive X-axis (to the right) receives
a positive sign.

4.5 Supports menu

Anchors, struts and other supports can be defined using the options in the Supports menu.

4.5.1 Anchors
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Supports and then choose Anchors to open the corresponding input window.

Figure 4.78: Anchors window

100 of 477 Deltares

 Input

Name Enter the name of the anchor.

Level Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection of the anchor to the
sheet pile wall (measured relative to the reference level).
E-modulus Enter the Young’s Modulus of the anchor, E.
Cross section Enter the cross-sectional area of the anchor, A.
Wall height Enter the vertical projection of the height of the anchor wall: for an
(Kranz) anchor wall of H and anchor bar inclined with an angle β , the Wall
height (Kranz) is h × cos β . This parameter only needs to be specified
if performing a stability check of the anchor wall according to Kranz
(Kranz, 1953) (see chapter 35).
Length Enter the length of the anchor tendon.
Angle Enter the angle between the anchor tendon and the horizontal axis. A
negative angle indicates an anchor tendon that runs downwards from
the sheet pile wall.
Design yield Enter the design value of the yield force for the anchor.
force Note: According to CUR 166 (paragraph 7.2.1), to get the design yield
force Fy;d , the representative yield force Fy must be divided by a safety
factor of 1.4.
Side Select if the anchor is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet
piling.

Refer to Tutorial 18 in chapter 25 for a concrete example of anchor system using the technical
specifications provided by the manufacturer.

Note: When determining the maximum anchor force, D-S HEET P ILING assumes that the an-
chor rod is attached in the middle of the anchor wall. On the top, it is assumed that the anchor
plate runs through to the surface, or at least that it may be calculated as if the anchor wall
runs through to the surface. In practice, this will be the case if the total height of the anchor
wall is greater than half the distance from the bottom of the anchor plate to the surface. When
the anchor is drawn in the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3), only half of the inputted Wall
height of the anchor is drawn (between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).

Anchors can be pre-tensioned with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each con-
struction stage can have its own anchors and up to 10 anchors can be added. Pre-tensioned
anchors are modeled by the pre-stress force, with no associated stiffness for the stage in
which the pre-stress force is applied. For all other stages D-S HEET P ILING models anchors
using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero pressure condition in the stress
strain relation (Figure 4.79).

tensile stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition tensile strain

Figure 4.79: Stress-strain diagram for an anchor

Deltares 101 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the anchor using the following equation:

modulus of elasticity × area

spring constant = (4.4)
length

An anchor will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
tion 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

Grout Anchors
The modeling of a grout anchor in D-S HEET P ILING depends on the type of analysis:

⋄ For a Kranz stability analysis (section 5.2.4), CUR 166 (art. 4.7.2) and also EAU 2004
(art. 8.4.9.8) prescribe to define the (effective) length of the anchorage as the length
from the sheet pile wall to the middle of the grout body.

⋄ For a standard calculation (section 5.2.1), nothing is prescribed by CUR 166 about the
yield force of the anchor. However, the anchor tip position depends on the tensile stress
distribution along the anchor. This differs for a mono or a duplex-anchor as shown in
art. 5.5.4 of CUR 166. As a grout anchor is often a mono-anchor, the (effective) length
of the anchorage can be defined as the length from the sheet pile wall to the third of the
grout body.

In both cases, D-S HEET P ILING doesn’t calculate automatically this adapted anchor length. The
user has to define it in the Anchors window.

4.5.2 Struts
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Supports and then choose Struts to open the corresponding input window (Figure 4.80).

Figure 4.80: Struts window

Name Enter the name of the strut.

Level Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection between the sheet pile
wall and the strut (relative to the reference level).
E-modulus Enter the Young’s Modulus of the strut, E.

102 of 477 Deltares

 Input

Cross section Enter the cross-sectional area of the strut, A.

Length Enter the length of the strut.
Angle Enter the angle between the strut and the horizontal axis. A negative
angle indicates a strut that runs downwards from the sheet pile wall.
Design Buckling Enter the design value of the buckling force of the strut.
Force Note: According to CUR 166 (paragraph 7.2.1), to get the design buck-
ling force Fy;d , the representative buckling force Fy must be divided by
a safety factor of 1.4.
Side Select if the strut is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet pile
wall.

Struts can be pre-compressed with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each con-
struction stage can have its own struts and up to 10 struts can be added. D-S HEET P ILING
models struts using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero tension condition in
the stress strain relation (Figure 4.81).

compressive stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero tension
condition compressive strain

Figure 4.81: Stress-strain diagram for a strut

D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the strut using the following equation:

modulus of elasticity × area

spring constant = (4.5)
length

A strut will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (sec-
tion 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.5.3 Spring Supports

On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Spring Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.82).

Deltares 103 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.82: Spring Supports window

Name Enter the name of the support.

Level Enter the vertical position of the support (relative to the reference level).
Rotation Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against rotation (in kNm/rad
per running meter for Sheet piling but in kN/rad for Single pile).
Translation Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against translation (in
kNm/m per running meter for Sheet piling but in kN/m for Single pile).

A spring support provides an elastic resistance against translation or rotation. The stiffness of
the spring is determined using the data entered for the spring constants for translation and/or
rotation.

F = −ktranslation × w, M = −krotation × φ (4.6)

where:

F is the spring force;

M is the spring moment;
ktranslation is the translational spring constant;
krotation is the rotational spring constant;
w is the displacement of the sheet piling;
φ is the rotation of the sheet piling.

A spring support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.5.4 Rigid supports

On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Rigid Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.83).

104 of 477 Deltares

 Input

Figure 4.83: Rigid Supports window

Name Enter the name of the rigid support.

Level Enter the vertical position of the support (relevant to the reference
level).
Support type Click the input field to select the appropriate type of support: to prevent
(Prevention of...) either translation, or rotation, or both.

Rigid supports can be used to suppress translation and/or rotation of the sheet piling (or single
pile) at certain points. Up to 10 rigid supports can be added.

A rigid support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).

4.6 Stages menu

After the sheet piling, loading and supports have been defined, the construction stages can
be described.

4.6.1 Stages Manager

On the menu bar, click Stages and then choose Manager to open the input window. Click Add
to add a new stage to the list or click Insert to insert a new stage before the stage currently
selected. Click Rename to modify the current name. The Delete button removes the selected
stage from the list. Note that at least one construction stage must always be present. Up to
50 stages can be defined.See Calculation Options (section 5.1) for how to compensate for an
initial surcharge or non-horizontal surface during the first stage.

Deltares 105 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 4.84: Stages Manager window

4.6.2 Stage(s) Overview

On the menu bar, click Stage(s) and then choose Overview to open the Stage(s) Overview
window. Depending on the selected model (section 4.1.1), the content of this window will be
different:

⋄ Refer to section 4.6.2.1 for Sheet Piling model;

⋄ Refer to section 4.6.2.2 for Single Pile model.

4.6.2.1 Stages Overview for Sheet Piling

For Sheet piling, the Stages Overview window serves the following purposes:

⋄ An overview of loads, supports and additional data that may vary for each stage.
⋄ Selection of specific loads, supports and additional input data for each stage.
⋄ Input of anchor and strut forces, and the input of a prescribed pile top displacement.

Figure 4.85: Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model

106 of 477 Deltares

 Input

Pile top Mark this check-box to activate a prescribed piling top displacement
displacement for the selected stage. Positive values indicate a displacement to the
right. Displacements are specified in relation to the configuration at
the start of stage 1. If the check-box is not marked, D-S HEET P ILING
assumes that the top of the sheet piling can move freely. An alter-
native method of ensuring zero displacement of the top of the wall
is to use a rigid support (section 4.6.2.2).
Passive side Select from the drop-down list which side is the passive side: Left,
Right or leave it to D-Sheet Piling determined for automatic deter-
mination.
The passive side is used for:
– a Verify Sheet Piling and Design Sheet Pile Length calculation ac-
cording to a standard to be able to determine if a load is favorable
or unfavorable and to apply the geometrical modifications at the cor-
rect side;
– a Reliability Analysis to determine the partial factor and geometri-
cal modification (section 44.5).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected, the
program uses an accurate method based on the percentage of mo-
bilized resistance of a representative calculation.
For more information, refer to section 38.3.3.
Methods For each side and for each stage, select the method that
D-S HEET P ILING will use to calculate the lateral earth pressure ra-
tios:
– C, phi, delta (cohesion, soil friction angle and friction angle be-
tween soil and wall): With this option selected D-S HEET P ILING
derives the lateral earth pressure coefficients using Culmann’s
method. This method is the usual choice in most cases. It is based
on straight slip surfaces and includes the influence of soil weight,
non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-uniform surcharge.
– Ka , K0 , Kp (active, neutral and passive lateral earth pressure co-
efficients): With this option selected, D-S HEET P ILING will use user-
specified coefficients or ones derived automatically from the Müller-
Breslau equations (straight slip surface, horizontal soil surface) or
Kötter equations (curved slip surface, horizontal ground surface).
For more details, see the Soil Materials input window section 4.3.2.
Water levels For each side and for each stage, select the water level. Water
levels may be added or modified in the Water Level window (sec-
tion 4.3.5).
Surfaces For each side and for each stage, select one of the available ground
surfaces from the drop down list. Ground surfaces may be added or
modified in the Surfaces input window.
Soil profiles For each side and for each stage, select one of the available layer
profiles from the drop down list. Layer profiles may be added or
modified in the Profiles input window.
Anchors For each stage, select the anchors that are used by marking the cor-
responding check-boxes. Anchors may be added via the Supports
menu.

Deltares 107 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Pre-tensioning For each selected anchor, the corresponding check-box in the list of
forces pre-tensioning forces may be marked. Once a check-box is marked,
the pre-tensioning force can be entered in the same cell of the table.
If an anchor is deselected, the corresponding pre-tensioning also
becomes deselected, and the corresponding check-box is disabled.
Note: In case of inclined anchor, the input pre-stress force is along
the inclined anchor, not normal to the sheet piling.
Struts For each stage, select the struts that are to be used by marking the
corresponding check-boxes. Struts may be added via the Supports
menu.
Pre-compressions For each selected strut, the corresponding check-box in the list
of pre-compression forces may be marked. Once a check-box is
marked, the pre-compression force can be entered in the same
cell of the table. If a strut is deselected, the corresponding pre-
compression also becomes deselected, and the corresponding
check-box is disabled.
Spring supports Supports and loads may be selected for each stage by marking the
Rigid supports corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered
Uniform loads with the input windows in the Soil menu and the Loads menu.
Surcharges Surcharges may be selected to act on either side of the sheet piling.
Horizontal line loads
Moments
Normal forces

Note: The Soil Displacements as defined from the Loads menu (section 4.4.6) are not
present in the Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model (Figure 4.85) because they
are applied only at the first stage.

For more detail about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 to section 4.5.

4.6.2.2 Stage Overview for Single Pile

The Stage Overview window allows an overall view of loads and supports being selected for
a Single Pile analysis.

Note: Working with construction stages is not possible for the Single pile model.

Figure 4.86: Stage Overview window for Single Pile model

108 of 477 Deltares

 Input

Water levels Select the water level. Water levels may be added or modified in the
Water Levels window (section 4.3.5).
Surfaces Select one of the available ground surfaces from the drop-down list.
Ground surfaces may be added or modified in the Surfaces window
(section 4.3.1).
Soil profiles Select one of the available layer profiles from the drop down list.
Layer profiles may be added or modified in the Profiles input window
(section 4.3.4).
Spring supports All supports and loads may be selected by marking the correspond-
Rigid supports ing check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered using the
Horizontal line loads input windows in the Soil menu (section 4.3) and the Loads menu
Moments (section 4.3.4).
Normal Forces

For more details about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 and section 4.3.4.

Deltares 109 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

110 of 477 Deltares

 5 Calculations

5.1 Calculation Options

This option is available only for retaining walls (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Calcu-
lation and then choose Options, to change the determination method for the earth pressure
coefficients according to Culmann or to reduce the wall friction angles according to CUR 166.

Figure 5.1: Calculation Options window

First stage Mark this check-box to let D-S HEET P ILING determine equal neutral
represents stresses at both sides, for initially non-horizontal surfaces or initial sur-
initial situation charges. The possibilities and limitations are outlined in section 5.1.1.
Also see chapter 40 for background information.
Coarse/Fine Select either the faster, classic, coarse element determination of active
and passive pressures, or the more accurate fine element determina-
tion. D-S HEET P ILING applies the fine determination implicitly when the
First stage represents initial situation option has been selected. Note
that the fine and coarse methods may yield different results when the
Culmann method is used, as explained in section 5.1.2.
Reduce delta Mark this check-box to allow reduction of the wall friction angles ac-
friction angle(s) cording to CUR 166 for the calculation of the passive earth pressure
according to coefficients of Culmann method. This means that:
CUR – for φ ≤ 30◦ , no change is made to δ ;
– for 30◦ < φ ≤ 35◦ , δ is reduced to 16.6◦ ;
– for φ > 35◦ , δ is reduced to 17.2◦ .
This option applies only for the c, phi, delta model, not for the Ka, Ko,
Kp model. The check-box is marked as default.
Note: This reduction applies for both Standard and Verification calcu-
lation:
– in case of a Verification calculation, this reduction applies on the (cal-
culated) design values;
– in case of a Standard calculation or a Verification calculation with
representative values (e.g. step 6.5 of CUR or SLS of Eurocode), this
reduction applies on the representative values.

Note: In D-S HEET P ILING the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at certain nodes along
the wall. The Coarse method only calculates the values of the earth pressure coefficients at
major nodes. The Fine method calculates the values at the minor nodes as well (five times
more). Therefore, calculation with the Fine method takes significantly longer. It should be
noted that the results may differ slightly according to the method employed. These differences

Deltares 111 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

occur mostly at slopes or loads close to the sheet piling. In these cases the Fine method is
recommended, in other cases faster calculations can be made with the Coarse method.

5.1.1 Possibilities and limitations of the option “First stage represents initial situation”

⋄ Only non-uniform loads and non-horizontal surfaces are allowed in combination with
a first initial stage. Uniform loads, horizontal line loads, moments and normal forces
cannot be used in a first initial stage.

⋄ Sheet piling deformation will not occur in a first initial stage, unless the initial neutral soil
stress becomes equal to the active or passive value at some part along the sheet piling.

⋄ The layers and phreatic surface in a first initial stage must be continuous at the position
of the sheet piling.

⋄ The influence of sheet piling installation on soil stresses is not modeled.

5.1.2 Coarse vs. Fine calculation

When performing calculations D-S HEET P ILING divides the sheet pile wall into elements. See
chapter 31 for information on how this division is performed. Each element contains 5 minor
nodes. Using the fine option the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at the location of
each node. Using the coarse option the earth pressure coefficient is assumed to be constant
over the whole element. Note that this will only lead to different results when the Culmann
method is used.

5.2 Start Calculation for Sheet Piling

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Start to start the calculation. If the input
contains no errors, the Start Calculation window will be displayed in which different types of
calculation can be performed:

⋄ section 5.2.1: a standard calculation;

⋄ section 5.2.2: a design of the length of the sheet piling, using or not design codes
(Eurocode and CUR 166);
⋄ section 5.2.3: a verification of the sheet piling according to design codes (Eurocode and
CUR 166);
⋄ section 5.2.4: a verification of the stability of the anchor;
⋄ section 5.2.5: a verification of the overall stability using or not design code CUR 166;
⋄ section 5.2.6: a probabilistic analysis.

112 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

5.2.1 Standard Calculation

To perform a standard calculation, select the Standard tab in the Start Calculation window
(Figure 5.2).

Figure 5.2: Start Calculation window, Standard tab

Recalculation Automatic
earth pressure Selecting Automatic leaves the values of the lateral earth pressure ra-
coefficients tios that are calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method as they
are.
Manual
In order to review or modify the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated
by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method, select Manual and click Editor.
This will open the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, where
the values can be viewed and modified (section 5.2.1.1).
Start Click Start to perform the analysis (using the stated sheet piling length).
The calculation progress is displayed in the Calculation Progress win-
dow (section 5.2.1.2).

Deltares 113 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

5.2.1.1 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients

In the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, the values of the lateral earth pressure ra-
tios calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method can be viewed and modified (Figure 5.3).
Refer to section 32.2.1 for background information.

Figure 5.3: Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window

Coefficients of Select the construction stage for which the earth pressure ratios are
construction stage to be modified.
Recalculation Click this button to restore the original Culmann values.
Select side to The vertical position along the sheet piling for which the earth pres-
show coefficients sure coefficients have been calculated.
Level The vertical position along the sheet piling.
Ka, Ko, Kp The active, neutral and passive earth pressure coefficient values,
which can be modified.

5.2.1.2 Calculation Progress

Click Start in the Start Calculation window to perform the analysis. After analysis is complete,
close the Calculation Progress window (Figure 5.4).

Figure 5.4: Calculation Progress window

114 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

A report can now be generated (section 6.3). If errors are found in the input data, any calcu-
lation can be performed and the Log Messages window (section 3.3.3) opens in which more
details about the error(s) are given. Those errors must be corrected first before performing
a new calculation. For more explanations about the possible errors and how to solve them,
refer to section 5.5.

If the numerical calculation is found to be unstable then the calculation process is stopped
and the following error message appears:
“Calculation finished but becomes numerically unstable in one or more stages.”
The calculation is considered to be numerically unstable when no convergence is reached.
The stage at which the numerical instability occurred is also indicated in the Calculation
Progress window. Most of the time, a numerical instability means that the sheet piling is
unstable (i.e. too short). However, numerical instability can also happen when too many
changes or too big changes are introduced in one construction phase. For more information,
refer to the Note at the end of section 5.2.2.2.

5.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length

Select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab in the Start Calculation window to design the sheet
piling length.

5.2.2.1 Design Sheet Piling Length (standard)

If the option Verification (EC7/CUR) has not been selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1),
the Design Sheet Piling Length tab allows only to perform a standard design without applying
partial factors to the input values (Figure 5.5).

Figure 5.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab

Construction Select the construction stage for which a stability analysis is to be used
stage in order to determine the minimum length for the sheet piling.
Pile length From Enter the range of pile lengths over which the analysis should be per-
/ Down to / formed, and the Decrement in length for each analysis step.
Decrement

Deltares 115 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

If the option Verification (EC7/CUR) has been selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1),
four types of design can be performed as shown in Figure 5.6:

⋄ standard design using representative values

⋄ design according to EuroCode 7 (General rules)
⋄ design according to EuroCode 7 (Dutch Annex)
⋄ design according to CUR 166

Figure 5.6: Design using representative values

Representative Select this option to perform a standard design calculation using the
representative input values. This calculation is equivalent to the stan-
dard design calculation performed in Figure 5.5.
EC7 General Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 design code using the partial factors prescribed in “Eurocode
7 – Part 1: General rules” (NEN-EN, March 2005).
EC7 NL Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 with the recommendations and partial factors prescribed in
the Dutch annex NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017).
EC7 BE Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the Eu-
rocode 7 with the recommendations and partial factors prescribed in
the Belgian annex NBN EN 1997-1 ANB.
CUR Select this option to perform a design calculation according to the
CUR 166 Dutch design code (CUR, 2005).

5.2.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If EC7 General is selected (Figure 5.7) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according
to Eurocode 7 (chapter 39).

116 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

Figure 5.7: EC7 General

Design Select the corresponding design approach for which the design calcu-
approach lation will be performed. See chapter 39 for more information.

Click Start to perform the analysis.

Figure 5.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab - Output

The report shows for each length decrement:

⋄ the mobilized resistance, defined as the actual total passive soil reaction divided by the
capacity of the total passive soil reaction at full yield;
⋄ the anchor force;
⋄ the extreme values for the bending moments along the sheet piling;
⋄ the maximum displacement along the sheet piling.

Note: The analysis stops if the iterative calculation becomes numerically unstable (i.e. no
convergence is reached within the maximum number of iterations of 40). This can have vari-
ous causes, for example:

Deltares 117 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

1 The sheet pile construction is not physically stable. The sheet pile wall is too short,
which means that it cannot mobilize enough passive pressure. Another possibility is
that anchors yield and the wall then has to take more resistance from the ground.

2 Too many changes or too big changes (for example a very large excavation) are intro-
duced in one construction phase. A large change leads to a large load change on the
wall and a large displacement. This can disturb the iterative process. The solution is
then to introduce fewer changes and/or smaller changes in one construction phase.

5.2.2.3 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) prescribes the same design procedure as
the CUR design procedure, except that the default partial factors are different.

If CUR or EC7 NL is selected (Figure 5.9) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply step 6.3 of the CUR
design procedure (section 38.2) using the partial factors of either CUR or EC7 NL. These
factors can either be applied to the selected stage only (method B), or also to all preceding
stages (method A) (section 38.3.1).

Figure 5.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab – EC7 NL / CUR

Partial factor set Choose the required Partial factor set for:
The safety class (Class I, II or III) of the CUR step-by-step design pro-
cedure (chapter 38).
The class (RC 1, 2 or 3) of the procedure prescribed in the Dutch An-
nex of Eurocode 7;
For both D-S HEET P ILING assumes that low representative values have
been entered for cohesion and friction, and the modulus of subgrade
reaction (section 4.3.2). D-S HEET P ILING will divide the input cohesion
and the angle of internal friction by class-dependent partial safety fac-
tors. D-S HEET P ILING will also divide the low representative value of the
modulus of subgrade reaction by 1.3.
Partial factors Select this option to apply partial factors to all stages (method A) (sec-
(design values) tion 38.3.1). All stages are therefore calculated using design values.
on all stages The functioning of method A is schematized in the second column of
(method A) Table 5.8.
Partial factors Select this option to apply partial factors on the selected stage only
(design values) (method B), which means that the selected stage is calculated using
in selected stage design values whereas the previous stages are calculated using rep-
only (method B) resentative values (section 38.3.1). The functioning of method B is
schematized in Table 5.8.

118 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

Table 5.8: Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages

Method A Method B(1)

Stage 1 d d char char char
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
Stage 2 d d char char
↓ ↓ ↓
Stage 3 d d char
↓ ↓
Stage 4 d d
(1)
Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic values (char)
in previous stage(s)

5.2.2.4 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 BE is selected (Figure 5.10), D-S HEET P ILING will apply design approach 1 using the
partial factors defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window, tab EC7 BE (Figure 4.8).
The default values of these factors are the factors prescribed in the Belgian Annex of the
Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022).

Figure 5.10: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab – EC7 BE

Partial factor set Select the corresponding partial factor set for which the design calcu-
lation will be performed.

5.2.3 Verify Sheet Piling

Select the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Verification (EC7/CUR) option enabled (section 4.1.1). The verification is applicable
to a sheet pile wall with multiple or single anchorage.

The following types of verification can be performed:

⋄ (section 5.2.3.1) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 – General rules;

Deltares 119 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

⋄ (section 5.2.3.2) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 with Dutch annex NEN 9997-1+C2:2017;
⋄ (section 5.2.3.2) Verification acc. to CUR 166;
⋄ (section 5.2.3.3) Verification acc. to Eurocode 7 with Belgian Annex NBN EN 1997-
1 ANB;

To start the verification, click Start. After analysis is complete, the results can be viewed by
opening the Report window from the Results menu (section 6.3.2).

5.2.3.1 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If Eurocode is selected, three different design approaches according to the General rules of
Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) can be selected (Figure 5.11).

Figure 5.11: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab – EC7 General

Design Select the design approach according to Eurocode 7 for which the ver-
approach ification will be performed. See chapter 39 for more information.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using
for all stages modified values for soil properties (cohesion, friction angle and unit
weight) depending on the Design approach chosen for all stages.

5.2.3.2 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) prescribes the same design procedure as
the CUR design procedure, except that the default partial factors are different.

If CUR or EC7 NL is selected, two different methods according to the CUR 166 design proce-
dure can be selected:

⋄ If method A (Partial factors (design values) in all stages) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) in all stages. All stages are

120 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

therefore calculated using design values. The functioning of method A is schematized

in the second column of Table 5.8.

⋄ If method B (Partial factors (design values) in verified stage only ) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) only in the selected “final”
stage(s), and all previous stages have the Representative set applied. The selected
stage is calculated using design values whereas the previous stages are calculated
using representative values. The functioning of method B is schematized in Table 5.8.

If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A) method is selected, the following
window is displayed (Figure 5.12).

Figure 5.12: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in all stages (method A)

Partial factor set Change the Partial factor set to the relevant class:
Safety class I, II or III according to CUR 166 inputted in the Default
Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2);
RC 0, 1, 2 or 3 according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
D-S HEET P ILING uses the partial factors set to modify the input soil
properties (cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction)
and levels during all stages.
Anchor stiffness Enter a multiplication factor for the stiffness of the anchors, struts
multiplication factor and spring supports (translation stiffness). This factor is used in
in all stages Step 9.1 of the verification (see below), for all stages. The default
value is 1.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation us-
for all stages ing:
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment for
CUR
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and unit weight for
EC7 NL
depending on the Partial factor set chosen for all stages.

If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method B) method is selected, the following
window is displayed Figure 5.13.

Deltares 121 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 5.13: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR meth-
ods with Partial factors in verified stage only (method B)

Stage List of the stages as defined in the Stages Manager window (sec-
tion 4.6.1).
Verify Select the Stage for which verification is to be performed by marking
the relevant check-box(es). Leaving the check-box unselected means
that this stage will not be verified.
Partial factor set Change the Partial factor set to the relevant class:
SLS, Safety class I, II or III according to CUR 166 inputted in the De-
fault Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2);
SLS, RC 0, 1, 2 or 3 according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
D-S HEET P ILING uses the partial factors set to modify the input soil prop-
erties (cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction) and levels
during all stages.
Anchor stiffness Enter a multiplication factor for the stiffness of the anchors, struts and
multiplication spring supports (translation stiffness) for the different stages. This fac-
factor tor is used in Step 9.1 of the verification (see below). The default value
is 1.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using:
for all verified modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment for
stages CUR
modified values for cohesion, friction angle and unit weight for EC7 NL
depending on the Partial factor set chosen for all stages.

Verification consists of the execution of six steps of the CUR 166 design procedure:

⋄ Step 6.1 and step 6.3 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit using a low design value design value for the modulus of
subgrade reaction (k / γk ). For step 6.1, the water and surface levels at the passive
side are increased whereas for step 6.3 they are lowered.

⋄ Step 6.2 and step 6.4 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit State using a high design value for the modulus of subgrade
reaction (k × 2.25). For step 6.2, the water and surface levels at the passive side are
increased whereas for step 6.4 they are lowered. For SLS, the factor 2.25 is not applied
on the modulus of subgrade reaction.

⋄ Step 6.5 determines the design value for deformation at the Serviceability Limit State.
⋄ Step 9.1 determines the design value for the force of the anchors, struts and spring
supports at the Ultimate Limit by increasing their stiffness using the multiplication factor
specified in the input window (see above).

122 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

More details on the procedure are given in section 3.3.2.

During all steps, the program assumes that low representative values have been entered for
cohesion and friction, as well as for the modulus of subgrade reaction (see section 4.3.2). The
modified values of the soil properties and levels can be found in the verification report (see
section 6.3.2).

5.2.3.3 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 BE is selected, the program will perform a verification calculation according to the
Belgian annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022), at ultimate limit state (sets 1 and 2) and at
serviceability limit state. Two verification methods are available. See section 39.3 for more
information.

Figure 5.14: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab – EC7 BE

Partial factors (design If this method is selected, D-S HEET P ILING applies the partial
values) in all stages safety factors in all stages. This is the design method pre-
(method A) scribed in the Eurocode 7.
Partial factors (design If this method is selected, D-S HEET P ILING applies the safety
values) in verified stage partial factors only in the verified stage and all previous stages
only (method B) used characteristic (i.e. representative) values. This is the
design method prescribed in paragraph 4.4.2 of the Flem-
ish norm "Standaardbestek 260" (SB260, 2012) used for the
projects executed for the Flemish government. The functioning
of this method is schematized in Table 5.14.
Risk class Select the relevant risk class (RC 1, RC 2 or RC 3) depending
on the Consequence Class (GK) and Reliability Class (BK) as
explained in Table 39.7.
Check stability Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation
for all stages using modified values for soil properties (cohesion, friction an-
gle and unit weight).

Deltares 123 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 5.14: Schematization of the calculation method according to table 21-4-9 of SB 260

Stage Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic val-

ues (char) in previous stage(s)
1 char d
↘
↓
2 char d
↘
↓
3 char d
↘
↓
... char d
↘
↓

5.2.4 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength

Select the Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab in the Start Calculation window. This
option is only available when the Verification (EC7/CUR) option has been enabled (sec-
tion 4.1.1).

Figure 5.15: Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab

Construction Select the stage for which the anchor force is to be verified.
stage
Start Click this button to perform the verification (section 5.2.4.1).
Draw Results Click this button to open the Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Re-
sults Diagram window and view the slip surface and key data (sec-
tion 5.2.4.2).

Kranz (Kranz, 1953) has derived formulas for a “short anchorage”; this means that the passive
slip surface from the sheet piling and the active slip surface from the anchor wall intersect. This

124 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

intersection leads to a reduced capacity of the soil resistance against the anchor force. For
a long anchorage, there is no intersection of the two slip surfaces and therefore no reduction
of soil resistance capacity. The applicability of the method for a long anchorage is limited
to anchor walls where the distance from the soil surface to the toe of the anchor wall is
smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. Grout anchors are always
considered as “short anchorage”. Grout anchors are always considered as “short anchorage”.
For background information, see Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength in chapter 35 and
(NEN, 2017), article 9.7.2a.

5.2.4.1 Verification Anchor Force

To perform the verification, click Start. The output displays the relevant input data, the allow-
able anchor force and the resulting anchor force (Figure 5.16).

Figure 5.16: Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab showing
results

5.2.4.2 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram

To view the slip surface and key data, click the Draw Results button (see Figure 5.17).

Deltares 125 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

H The height of the anchor wall.

L The length of the anchor.
A The cross sectional area of the anchor.
Ea The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the
sheet piling alone.
Er The horizontal component of the resulting reaction force on the slip plane from
the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short anchorage).
Eo The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the
anchor wall alone.
Ec The horizontal component of the force resulting from the cohesion along the
slip plane from the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short
anchorage).
Es The factor due to the anchor inclination.
Ep The horizontal component of the resulting passive force on the slip plane from
the anchor wall alone (long anchorage).
Rkr;k The characteristic Kranz anchor strength.
Rlong;k The characteristic anchor strength (long anchorage).
Pmax The calculated anchor force according to CUR.

Figure 5.17: Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram window

126 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

5.2.5 Overall Stability

Select the Overall Stability tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Verification (EC7/CUR) option enabled (section 4.1.1).

Figure 5.18: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab

Construction Choose the stage to be checked.

stage
Representative Select this option to check the overall stability using input representa-
tive values.
EC7 General Select this option to check the overall stability using the partial fac-
tors on soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as
prescribed by the Eurocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). See sec-
tion 5.2.5.1 for a detailed description of the window.
Note: No partial factors on loads and earth resistance are used, in
contrast with what prescribed the Eurocode 7.
EC7 NL Select this option to check the overall stability using partial factors pre-
scribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017). See sec-
tion 5.2.5.2 for a detailed description of the window.
CUR Select this option to check the overall stability using partial factors pre-
scribed by CUR 166 (chapter 38). See section 5.2.5.3 for a detailed
description of the window.
EC7 BE Select this option to check the overall stability using the partial factors
on soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as pre-
scribed by the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 NBN EN 1997-1 ANB
(NBN, 2022). See section 5.2.5.4 for a detailed description of the win-
dow.
Note: No partial factors on loads and earth resistance are used, in
contrast with what prescribed the Belgian annex of Eurocode 7.

Deltares 127 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Export calcula- Use this option to generate input for a more detailed stability analysis
tion results to with D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab).
D-Geo Stability

5.2.5.1 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (General)

If EC7 General is selected (Figure 5.19) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors on
soil parameters only (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as prescribed by the Eu-
rocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). No partial factors on loads and earth resistance
are used, in contrast with what prescribed the Eurocode 7. Refer to section 39.1.5 for more
information.

Figure 5.19: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 General

Design Choose the Eurocode design approach. D-S HEET P ILING will modify the
approach soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on
the Design Approach chosen.

5.2.5.2 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)

If EC7 NL is selected (Figure 5.20) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according to
the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.

Figure 5.20: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 NL

Partial factor set Choose the class (RC 1, 2 or 3). D-S HEET P ILING will modify the soil
parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on the
Partial factor set chosen.

128 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

5.2.5.3 Overall Stability acc. to CUR 166

If CUR is selected (Figure 5.21) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors according to the
Dutch recommendations CUR 166.

Figure 5.21: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - CUR

Partial factor set Choose the CUR 166 safety class (Class I, II or III). D-S HEET P ILING will
modify the soil parameters (cohesion and friction angle) and the driving
moment according to CUR 166 table 2.7.

5.2.5.4 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex)

If EC7 BE is selected (Figure 5.22) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply partial factors on soil pa-
rameters only (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight), as defined in the User Defined Partial
Factors window, tab EC7 BE (Figure 4.8). The default values of these factors are the factors
prescribed in the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022). No partial factors on loads
and earth resistance are used, in contrast with what prescribed the Belgian annex. Refer to
section 39.3.5 for more information.

Figure 5.22: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab – EC7 BE

Partial factor set Choose one of the three risk classes combined with one of the two
sets of Design Approach 1. D-S HEET P ILING will modify the soil pa-
rameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on the
Design Approach chosen.

After clicking OK, D-S HEET P ILING will use Bishop’s method (chapter 36) to find the critical slip
circle. The critical slip circle and stability factor are shown schematically in the result window.

Deltares 129 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 5.23: Overall Stability Diagram window

5.2.6 Reliability Analysis

Select the Reliability Analysis tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Reliability analysis option enabled (section 4.1.1). The reliability analysis is based on
FORM. Background material can be found in chapter 44.

Figure 5.24: Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab

130 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

Limit state variable Select the criterion on which to base the limit state (Z-function).
⋄ Degree of mobilization (of the soil resistant force)
⋄ Moment (maximum bending moment of sheet pile)
⋄ Anchor force: The Allowable anchor force can either be a user-
defined value or can be automatically calculated by the program
using the Kranz theory (see chapter 35) if the option Use Kranz
force is marked.
For each option the limit value needs to be specified. For Anchor
force, the allowable anchor force can be automatically calculated
by the program using the Kranz theory (see chapter 35) if the
option Use Kranz force is marked.
For Anchor force also the anchor of interest needs to be selected
from the drop-down menu.
Relaxation factor Influences step sizes in the iterative minimization (can affect con-
vergence speed).
Number of iterations Limitation to the number of steps before aborting.
Limit CFIX2 First criterion to be satisfied by the solution.
Limit CFIX4 Second criterion to be satisfied by the solution.
Stage selection Select the stage to be used for the determination of the Z-
function. If 0: All stages is selected, the maximum calculated
value (either the degree of mobilization, the moment or the an-
chor force) of all stages is used at each iteration.

The limit state, which is the primary solution of the reliability analysis, is found by iteration.
The relaxation factor influences the steps of this iteration, the three remaining settings imply
stopping criteria.

5.3 Start Calculation for Single Pile

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then click Start. After analysis is complete, close the
Calculation Progress window. A report can now be generated.

5.4 Batch Calculation

Next to running calculations from within the program, D-S HEET P ILING offers the possibility to
perform calculations in batch which means successive calculations for different input files.
This can be useful for time consuming calculations. To do so, D-S HEET P ILING must be started
from the Run window by specifying its location followed by /b, optionally by /p and optionally
by the name of an inputfile or a folder, as shown in Figure 5.25.

Deltares 131 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 5.25: Run window

When the batch calculation option, /b, is used without additional options, the Start Batch Cal-
culation window opens where the location (folder ) of the files must be specified (Figure 5.26).
Optionally, all files in sub folders can be included in the calculations too.

Figure 5.26: Start Batch Processing window

D-S HEET P ILING will run the specified files successively. When running the batch process, a
progress window (Figure 5.27) will appear to report the status of the process. The calculation
can be aborted during the calculation. The summary of the calculation as shown in the Batch
Processing Progress window is also written to the file Batch.log, which will be written in the
specified folder.

132 of 477 Deltares

 Calculations

Figure 5.27: Batch Processing Progress window

At the end of the batch process, this window and D-S HEET P ILING can be closed with Close.

When the batch calculation option /b is used in combination with a file or folder name, the
specified file or files within the folder are calculated. The progress window is not shown and
the summary calculations can be viewed in the file Batch.log.

When the batch calculation option /b is used in combination with both the option /p as well
as a file or folder name, the specified file(s) are calculated. In this case, the progress window
(Figure 5.27) is shown and the summary calculations can be viewed in the file Batch.log.

Batch calculations without any progress windows are used in the GEOLib module, where
python scripts can be used to automatically create and run a large number of input files.

5.5 Log Messages

If errors are found in the input data, no calculation can be performed and the Log Messages
window (section 3.3.3) opens in which more details about the error(s) are given. Those errors
must be corrected first before performing a new calculation. Below, for a few error messages
additional explanations are given.

Anchor:
Anchor above ground surface Change the anchor properties in the
Anchor window (section 4.5.1).

The following messages refer to the limitations of the calculation option First stage represents
initial situation given in section 5.1.1.

Initial calculation:

Deltares 133 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Initial stress-less situation request a continuous surface

Initial stress-less situation request the same soil profiles on both sides
Initial stress-less situation is only possible with C, phi, delta method
Initial stress-less situation : no soil displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no head displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no uniform distributions allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no horizontal loads or moments allowed

Method Ka , K0 , Kp :
On the left(/right) side a sur- The Ka , K0 , Kp model is limited to uniform loads. In case
charge load is defined. of surcharge, the c, phi, delta model must be used.
On the left(/right) side the sur- The Ka , K0 , Kp model is limited to horizontal surfaces. In
face is not horizontal. case of non-horizontal surfaces, the c, phi, delta model
must be used.

134 of 477 Deltares

 6 View Results
The options in the Results menu can be used to view the results of the performed calculations.

6.1 Report Options

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report Options to open the Report Options
window. In this window the start number of the report document can be defined as well as the
text preceding the page number in the footer of the report.

Figure 6.1: Report Options window

Page start number The starting number of the report footer.

Show date Show date/time information on frontpage and report
footer.
User defined When this checkbox is unmarked the word Page will
appear next to the page number in the report. How-
ever, when the checkbox is selected the word pre-
ceding the page number can be defined by the user.
Text Text preceding the page number in the footer.
Show warning when report is too Enable/disable warning when report is too wide to
wide to fit in print area fit in print area (shown when a report is generated).

6.2 Report Selection

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report Selection to open the Report Selec-
tion window (Figure 6.2). In this window the report content can be selected for viewing and
printing by marking the desired report type and optionally the check-boxes in the tree view.
The report type group box is only visible for the sheet piling model and diaphragm wall model.

Deltares 135 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 6.2: Report Selection window

Short report Select this option to obtain only the summary of the report.
(only Summary)
Complete report This option generates a full report, but suppresses all picture to improve
without pictures the generation time.
Complete report Select this option to display the full report including all pictures (this
might lead to a long report generation time).
Selected report Clicking this option will enable the Report Content tree including the
(using Report stage selection to obtain a user-defined selection of the report.
Content tree
below)
Save As Default Clicking this button stores the selected report type. New projects will
use this value by default.

When the option Selected report (using Report Content tree below) is enabled or a single pile
calculation is performed the following options are enabled.

Include minor Select this option to display tabular results for every finite element node
nodes along the sheet piling, as opposed to just the major nodes.
Multiple stage To apply the same result selection for all stages, first use the Multiple
selection stage selection tree view on the right hand side. By clicking Apply to all
stages, this general selection will be applied to the tree view on the left
hand side.

136 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

Graphs Clicking Select all and then Apply under Graphs will cause pictures of
the geometry and graphs of the moments, forces and displacements to
be included for all stages.

Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.

6.3 Report
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report to view the results of the analysis,
in report format with tables and graphs (section 5.2.1). Depending on the type of calculation
performed (section 5.2), the report will contain different results:

⋄ Results of a standard calculation (section 6.3.1)

⋄ Results of a Verify Sheet Piling analysis according to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
(section 6.3.2)

⋄ Results of a Verify Sheet Piling analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian
annex) (section 6.3.3)

Click the Print active window icon to print the report. Choose Print to PDF from the list of
available printers to save the report in PDF format.

6.3.1 Report for a standard calculation

The report contains a selection from the following elements:

⋄ Header with general data.

⋄ Table of Contents.
⋄ Summary section (Figure 6.3) contains:
Maxima per Stage: table overview of the extreme values for all stages;
⋄ ⋄

Anchors and Struts: state and force in the anchors/struts for all relevant stages
(the force is given in the direction of the anchor/strut);
Calculation Errors: possible errors, e.g. indicating if instability occurs during a
⋄

stage;
Warnings: possible warnings, e.g. indicating if uplift occurs during a stage;
⋄

Deltares 137 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 6.3: Report window, Summary section

⋄ Input Data for all Stages section: overview of general input.

⋄ Construction Stages section (for each stage) containing:
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports;
⋄ ⋄

Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage:
◦ If the Ka , K0 , Kp method is used for the selected side, the values of the calcu-
lated Earth pressures coefficients Ka , K0 and Kp are given in a table (see
Figure 6.4);

Figure 6.4: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Ka , K0 , Kp method

138 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

◦ If the c, phi, delta method is used for the selected side, the table of the
Earth pressures coefficients is empty (see "n.a" in Figure 6.5) but an addi-
tional paragraph called Calculated Earth Pressure Coefficients Left/Right is
present: in the table displayed, column "Fictive earth pressure coefficients"
gives the values of the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated by the Cul-
mann (c, phi, delta). These values can also be found in the Fictive Earth
Pressure Coefficients window (section 5.2.1.1). Refer to section 32.2.1 for
background information.

Figure 6.5: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Culmann method

Calculated Force from a Layer gives the horizontal force acting along each layer
⋄

in kN/m (sum of the average horizontal pressure along a wall element multiplied
by the length of this element, for each element of the layer);
Calculation Results for each construction stage;
⋄ ⋄

Charts of Moments/Forces and Displacements (Picture) shows the graphical out-

put for moments, forces and displacements along the sheet piling;
Moments/Forces and Displacements gives the tabular output for moments, forces
⋄

and displacements along the sheet piling;

Stresses gives the tabular output for stresses along the sheet piling.
⋄ ⋄

Soil Collapse (Figure 6.6) Soil Collapse gives the output of the integrated horizon-
tal forces on the left and right hand sides. D-S HEET P ILING calculates the mobilized
force resistance from the ratio between the actual force and the maximum force

Deltares 139 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

along the passive side. In cases with a single support/anchor/strut, the maximum
moment and the mobilized moment are also calculated, around the location of the
support. On the passive side, D-S HEET P ILING only takes the stress contributions
below that location into account.

Figure 6.6: Report window, Soil Collapse section

Vertical Force Balance (Figure 6.7) gives a rough indication of the upward forces
⋄

that result from the friction by soil movement on the active and passive sides. This
method is only useful if the friction is mainly caused by excavation, e.g. not by
normal forces. For background information, refer to chapter 37.

Figure 6.7: Report window, Vertical Force Balance section

Anchors/Struts (Figure 6.8) gives the force in all anchor and strut.
⋄

Figure 6.8: Report window, Anchors/Struts section

⋄ Settlement by Vibration section containing:

140 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

Settlement during Sheet Pile Installation (Figure 6.9)

Figure 6.9: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement during Sheet Pile Instal-
lation section

Settlement during Sheet Pile Removal (Figure 6.10)

⋄

Figure 6.10: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement during Sheet Pile Re-
moval section

Settlement due to Vibration (Figure 6.11)

⋄

Figure 6.11: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement due to Vibration section

Settlement in requested point (Figure 6.12)

⋄

Deltares 141 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 6.12: Report window, Settlement by Vibration - Settlement in requested point sec-
tion

The report is largely self-descriptive. Fragments of the result sections are displayed in Fig-
ure 6.3 to Figure 6.12. Click the Print active window icon on the menu bar to print the
report. Choose the Print to PDF from the list of available printers to save the report in PDF
format.

Click on the buttons at the top of the Report window to browse through the report:

Zoom in button
Click this button to enlarge the content of the selected page.
Zoom out button
Click this button to reduce the content of the selected page.
Zoom full page
Click this button to enlarge the page to fit the window.
Zoom page width
Click this button to enlarge the page width to fit the window.
Move to first page
Click this button to go to the first page of the report.
Move to previous page
Click this button to go to the previous page of the report.
Move to next page
Click this button to go to the next page of the report.
Move to last page
Click this button to go to the last page of the report.
Enter the page number to be displayed.

6.3.2 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using
the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification
report contains the same elements as described in the regular analysis report (section 6.3.1),
except for the following sections:

⋄ Summary section containing (Figure 6.13):

Overview per Stage and Test: table overview of the results obtained for the se-
⋄

lected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window (sec-
tion 5.2.3), for six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1) plus step 6.5
using a multiplication of 1.2 for the displacement, moment and force;
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for
⋄

the six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1);

142 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

Supports: state of supports for each selected stage and for the six CUR 166 steps

⋄
(6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1);
Overall Stability per Stage: safety factor for each stage;
⋄ ⋄ Calculation Errors: possible errors, e.g. indicating if instability occurs during a
stage;
Warnings: possible warnings, e.g. indicating if uplift occurs during a stage;
⋄

Deltares 143 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 6.13: Report window, Summary section for a CUR or EC7 NL verification

144 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

⋄ Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the six CUR 166 steps) contain-
ing:

Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, in-
⋄ cluding geometrical modifications by the selected safety class;
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,
⋄

including modifications by a selected partial factor safety class;

For the results, refer to section 6.3.1;
⋄

Refer to section 38.2 for background information on the CUR 166 verification steps. Refer to
section 39.2 for background information on the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.

Explanation on error message for Eurocode verification:

Maximum During Eurocode verification, the maximum allowable percentage of
percentage of mobilization (of 100%) is reduced as a partial resistance factor is ap-
mobilization plied (section 4.1.2). However, the instability criterion stays at 100%
exceeded that’s why this error message is given.

6.3.3 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 BE
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7-General and Eurocode 7-Belgian is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The report
for a EC7-General and EC7-BE verification contains the same elements as described in the
regular analysis report (section 6.3.1), except for the following sections:

⋄ Summary section containing (Figure 6.14):

Overview per Stage and Test: table overview of the results obtained for the se-
⋄

lected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window (sec-
tion 5.2.3), for the selected design approach:
◦ for the EC7-General verification:
▷ SLS (representative calculation without partial factors)
▷ either DA 1, DA 2 or DA 3
▷ Max: the maximum moment and shear force between all stages and all
verification steps
◦ for the EC7-Belgian verification:
▷ SLS
▷ ANB set 1 (i.e. DA 1/1)
▷ ANB set 2 (i.e. DA 1/2)
▷ Max - All: the maximum moment and shear force between all stages and
all verification steps
▷ Max - Set 1: the maximum moment and shear force between all stages for
DA1/1 only because the structural design of the wall according to DA1/2
should be performed only when expressly required (see Figure 39.1).
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for
⋄

the selected design approach (DA): 1, 2 or 3.

Overall Stability per Stage: safety factor for each stage;
⋄ ⋄

Calculation Errors: possible errors, e.g. indicating if instability occurs during a

stage;

Deltares 145 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Warnings: possible warnings, e.g. indicating if uplift occurs during a stage;

Figure 6.14: Report window, Summary section for a EC7-General verification

⋄ Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the selected DA) containing:
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, in-
⋄

cluding geometrical modifications by the selected design approach;

Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,
⋄

including modifications by the partial factors of the selected DA;

146 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

⋄ For the results, refer to section 6.3.1;

Note: For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2, the maximum values of the bending
moment given in the Summary section of the Report can be different from those given in the
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (section 6.4.3) because the bending moment
given in the Report includes the partial factor on the effect of the loads whereas the actual
values in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window not.

Refer to section 39.1 for background information on the General Eurocode 7 and to sec-
tion 39.3 for background information on the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7.

Explanation on error message for Eurocode verification:

Maximum During Eurocode verification, the maximum allowable percentage of
percentage of mobilization (of 100%) is reduced as a partial resistance factor is ap-
mobilization plied (section 4.1.2). However, the instability criterion stays at 100%
exceeded that’s why this error message is given.

6.3.4 Report for a Reliability Analysis

A FORM reliability analysis is performed using the Reliability Analysis tab of the Start Cal-
culation window (section 5.2.3). In addition to the elements of the regular analysis report
(section 6.3.1), the report for a reliability analysis contains:

⋄ the reliability index β

⋄ the probability of failure
⋄ the decisive stage
⋄ the list of stochastic variables, with for each of them:
type
⋄ ⋄ ⋄ ⋄ ⋄

name
units
standard deviation
mean value

Note: If a reliability analysis was performed, the results per stage in the report correspond
with the design point, rather than the input specified by the user. This is also signified in red
at the beginning of each section.

Figure 6.15: Report window, Summary section for a reliability analysis

Deltares 147 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.4 Moments, Forces and Displacements Charts

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts to
view graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet pil-
ing. Depending on the type of calculation performed (section 5.2), the content of the Mo-
ment/Force/Displacement Charts window will be different:

⋄ (section 6.4.1) Charts for a Standard calculation;

⋄ (section 6.4.2) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to CUR and Eu-
rocode 7 (NL Annex);
⋄ (section 6.4.3) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to Eurocode 7
(General and BE Annex).

6.4.1 Charts for a Standard calculation

Figure 6.16: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a Standard calculation

Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, , to view the results of the other construc-
tion stages. Click on the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.

Different lines are represented in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 6.16):

⋄ In the Bending Moments chart, different lines are plotted:

the two grey dotted lines are the minimum and maximum bending moment ob-
⋄

tained from all stable stages; they form together an envelope of the bending mo-
ment;
the black continuous line is the part of the bending moment calculated for the
⋄

selected stage subceeding the maximum allowable moment;

the red continuous line is the part of the bending moment calculated for the se-
⋄

lected stage exceeding the maximum allowable moment;

148 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

the two green dotted vertical lines (at -300 and 300 kNm in Figure 6.16) corre-

⋄
spond to Mr;d;el, the admissible elastic design moment, inputted in the Sheet
Piling window (section 4.2.1.1).

⋄ the two blue dotted vertical lines (at -350 and 350 kNm in Figure 6.16) correspond
to Mr;d;pl, the admissible plastic design moment, inputted in the Sheet Piling win-
dow (section 4.2.1.2) for a Plastic calculation.

⋄ In the Shear Forces chart, two different lines are plotted:

the two grey dotted lines are the minimum and maximum shear force obtained
⋄

from all stable stages;

the black continuous line is the shear force calculated for the selected stage;
⋄

⋄ In the Displacements chart, two different lines are plotted:

the two grey dotted lines are the minimum and maximum displacement obtained
⋄

from all stable stages;

the black continuous line is the displacement calculated for the selected stage;
⋄

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.17). In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied,
for example for use in spreadsheets.

Figure 6.17: Chart Data window

For the three charts (Bending Moments, Shear Forces and Displacement), three types of
data’s are available:

Actual The actual values of the selected stage.

Minimum The minimum values of all stable stages.
Maximum The maximum values of all stable stages.

Note: The anchor force Panchor given in the Shear Forces chart of the Moment/Force/Displacement
Charts window is the force in the direction of the anchor, whilst the shear force illustrated as
acting on the sheet pile wall is only the horizontal component of the anchor force. Thus the
size of the “jump” in the shear force diagram will only be the same as the value given for
Panchor if the anchor is horizontal.

Deltares 149 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.4.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification graphs
of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling (Figure 6.18)
are available for the selected stage, for six CUR 166 verification steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5
and 6.5 x factor).

Figure 6.18: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EC7-NL/CUR verification

Different lines are represented in the Figure 6.18. Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.4.1)
for a description of these lines. Note that the grey dotted lines represent the minimum and
maximum values from all stable stages and all CUR verification steps.

Click the View Verification Step icon to open a diagram of the changes made for the se-
lected verification step. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see
section 38.2.

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.17). Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.4.1) for a description of this window.

150 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

6.4.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 BE
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian annex) is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verifica-
tion graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling
(Figure 6.19) are available for the selected stage, for the serviceability limit state (SLS) and
for the design approach (DA) selected in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation
window (section 5.2.3).

Figure 6.19: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for a EuroCode verification

(General and BE annex)

Different lines are represented in Figure 6.19. Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.4.1)
for a description of these lines. Note that the grey dotted lines represent the minimum and
maximum values from all stable stages and all limit states (SLS and DA).

Click the View verification steps icon to open a schematic diagram of the calculation
method according to the Belgian annex based on DA 1 (see Figure 39.1).

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.17). Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.4.1) for a description of this window.

6.5 Stress State Charts

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts to view graphs of the wa-
ter pressures, resulting stresses and effective stresses. Depending on the type of calculation
performed (section 5.2), the content of the Stress State Charts window will be different:

⋄ (section 6.5.1) Charts for a Standard calculation;

⋄ (section 6.5.2) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to CUR and Eu-
rocode 7 (NL Annex);
⋄ (section 6.5.3) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to Eurocode 7
(General and BE Annex).

Deltares 151 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.5.1 Charts for a Standard calculation

Figure 6.20: Stress State Charts window for a Standard calculation

Three graphs are plotted in the Stress State Charts window (Figure 6.20):

⋄ In the Water Pressure graph, two lines are plotted:

the black line represents the water pressure (including the user-defined additional
⋄

pore pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall at both sides;

the two grey dotted lines are the minimum and maximum water pressure obtained
⋄

from all stable stages; they form together an envelope of the water pressure.

⋄ In the Resulting Stress graph, two lines are plotted:

the black line represents the resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effective stress
⋄

and the water pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference between
the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides):
′ ′


σresulting = σactive + Pw;active − σpassive + Pw;passive
the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall
⋄

(i.e. the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive
sides).

⋄ In the Effective Stress graph, two lines are plotted:

the black line represents the horizontal effective stress acting on the sheet pile
⋄

wall at both sides;

the two grey dotted lines are the minimum and maximum horizontal effective stress
⋄

obtained from all stable stages; they form together an envelope of the effective
stress.

Click the Previous stage and Next stage buttons, , to view the results of the other con-
struction stages.

152 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

Click the Print active window button to print the displayed graphics.

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.21). In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied,
for example for use in spreadsheets chart data.

Figure 6.21: Chart Data window

Water Pressure The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pres-
Left sure) acting on the left side of the sheet pile wall.
Water Pressure The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pres-
Right sure) acting on the right side of the sheet pile wall.
Resulting Stress The resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effective stress and the water
pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference between the
horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides):
′ ′


σresulting = σactive + Pw;active − σpassive + Pw;passive
Effective Stress The horizontal effective stress acting on the left side of the sheet pile
Left wall.
Effective Stress The horizontal effective stress acting on the right side of the sheet pile
Right wall.

Deltares 153 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.5.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using
the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification
graphs of the water pressures, effective stresses and resulting stresses along the sheet piling
(Figure 6.22) are available for the selected stage, for five CUR 166 verification steps (6.1, 6.2,
6.3, 6.4 and 6.5).

Figure 6.22: Stress State Charts window for a EC7-NL/CUR verification

Different lines are represented in Figure 6.22. Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.5.1)
for a description of these lines. Note that the grey dotted lines represent the minimum and
maximum values from all stable stages and all CUR verification steps.

Click the View Verification Step icon to open a diagram of the changes made for the se-
lected verification step. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see
section 38.2.

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.21). Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.5.1) for a description of this window.

154 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

6.5.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 BE
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian annex) is performed us-
ing the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification
graphs of the water pressures, effective stresses and resulting stresses along the sheet piling
(Figure 6.23) are available for the selected stage, for the serviceability limit state (SLS) and
for the design approach (DA) selected in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation
window (section 5.2.3).

Figure 6.23: Stress State Charts window for a Eurocode verification (General and BE
annex)

Different lines are represented in Figure 6.22. Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.5.1)
for a description of these lines. Note that the grey dotted lines represent the minimum and
maximum values from all stable stages and all limit states (SLS and DA).

Click the View Verification Step icon to open a diagram of the changes made for the se-
lected verification step. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see
section 38.2.

Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.21). Refer to the regular analysis (section 6.5.1) for a description of this window.

Deltares 155 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.6 Stress Diagrams

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams to view the effective stress
σ ’, the pore pressure U and the resulting stress R acting on the sheet pile wall, displayed
over the soil, sheet piling and anchorage.

Figure 6.24: Stress Diagrams window

Three stress representations are available:

Click the Effective Stress icon to view the horizontal effective stress acting on the
sheet pile wall at both sides.
Click the Water pressure icon to view the water pressure (including the user-defined
additional pore pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall at both sides.
Click the Resulting stress icon to view the resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effec-
tive stress and the water pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference
between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides):
′ ′


σresulting = σactive + Pw;active − σpassive + Pw;passive .

Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, , to view the results of the other construc-
tion stages. Click the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.

6.7 Settlement by Vibration Charts

This option is available only after a Settlement by Vibration calculation (section 7.1).On the
menu bar, click Results and then choose Settlement by Vibration Charts to display the settle-
ment vs. the distance to sheet pile.

156 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

Three types of charts are displayed:

⋄ (section 6.7.1) Settlements during installation of the sheet piling;

⋄ (section 6.7.2) Settlements during removal of the sheet piling;
⋄ (section 6.7.3) Total settlements.

For each chart, three lines are shown:

⋄ The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to sheet pile volume;
⋄ The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification;
⋄ The black line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile
volume and due to densification).

For background information about the determination of the settlements due to vibration, refer
to chapter 43.

6.7.1 Settlements during installation of the sheet piling

Choose During installation from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vi-
bration Charts window to display the settlements during installation of the sheet piling.

Figure 6.25: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During installation

Deltares 157 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

6.7.2 Settlements during removal of the sheet piling

Choose During removal from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vibration
Charts window to display the settlements during removal of the sheet piling.

Figure 6.26: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, During removal

6.7.3 Total settlement

Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vibration
Charts window to display the total settlement due to vibration during installation and removal
of the sheet piling.

Figure 6.27: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement

158 of 477 Deltares

 View Results

6.8 Slip Planes Diagrams (C, phi, delta)

This option is available only for a Standard calculation (section 5.2.1) but not after a verifica-
tion calculation. Results are available only for the stages and sides for which the c, phi, delta
method (Culmann) for the calculation of the lateral earth pressure ratios was selected in the
Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2.1). On the menu bar, click Results and then choose
Slip Planes Diagrams (C, Phi, Delta) to view the active and passive slip planes as calculated
using the Culmann theory (section 32.2.1). The method is based on the equilibrium between
the different forces acting surcharge, the soil weight, the total force from the sheet piling, the
normal force and the shear force along one straight slip surface. The Culmann method takes
the stratification of soil along the slip surface into account. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively deter-
mines a slip surface that results in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive
pressure. From this calculated pressure, D-S HEET P ILING determines different coefficients in
each point from the top to the toe of the sheet pile wall.

Figure 6.28: Active Slip Planes Diagram (C, phi, delta) window

Click the Active slip planes icon to view the slip planes in each point along the sheet
pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the active earth pressure coeffi-
cients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window (section 5.2.1.1).
Click the Passive slip planes icon to view the slip planes in each point along the
sheet pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the passive earth pres-
sure coefficients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window (sec-
tion 5.2.1.1).

Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, , to view the results of the other construc-
tion stages. Click the Print active window icon to print the displayed graphics.

Deltares 159 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

160 of 477 Deltares

 7 Feasibility
During the analysis of a sheet pile wall, after verifying the wall’s stability, it is also important to
perform a feasibility check. For this purpose, the use of the Feasibility menu helps the user:

⋄ to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles (sec-
tion 7.1);

⋄ to evaluate the feasibility of a project by comparison with prior experiences. In order

to check the feasibility of sheet pile driving, the NVAF (Nederlandse Vereniging Aan-
nemers Funderingstechnieken) NVAF lines has written a number of instructions in a
handbook (Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002) published in 2002. D-S HEET P ILING sup-
ports part of this by means of the so-called NVAF lines, representing the relation be-
tween the sheet piling length and the section modulus. These lines and the way to use
them are presented in section 7.2.

Note: When using the Feasibility menu, the aim is not to judge the feasibility of the project as
input into D-S HEET P ILING but only to provide the user with experiences on practical feasibility.
The user retains the final responsibility for the project.

7.1 Settlement by vibration

Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile. For background information,
refer to chapter 43.

The calculated settlements will be displayed in the Settlement by Vibration Charts window
(section 6.7) and in the Report (Figure 6.9) at the surface level. To know the settlements at
particular points (within the soil profile), enter their positions in the Positions Vibration Set-
tlement window (Figure 7.1). The calculated settlements at those particular points will be
displayed in the Report, in section Settlement in request point (Figure 6.12).

Note: The settlements are calculated for the initial situation (before stage 1) which is assumed
to have the soil profile of the side in stage 1 with the highest surface level next to the sheet pile
wall and a horizontal surface line equals to this highest level. The positions given in Figure 7.1
are validated using this initial situation, not the first stage.

Figure 7.1: Positions Vibration Settlement window

Deltares 161 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The calculation of the settlement by vibration is started from the Feasibility menu by selecting
the option Settlement by Vibration Calculation (Figure 7.2).

Figure 7.2: Options under Feasibility menu

A window appears showing the calculation progress (Figure 7.3).

Figure 7.3: Calculation progress window during Settlement by vibration calculation

Settlement results are shown in the Settlement by vibration Charts window, available from the
Results menu (section 6.7) and in the Report (Figure 6.12).

7.2 Sheet Pile Installation

To open the Feasibility Sheet Piling Installation window, click the Sheet Pile Installation option
from the Feasibility menu.

When a NVAF line is selected, the chart shown in Figure 7.4 appears, representing the rela-
tion between the section modulus and the sheet pile length. Different lines are represented
corresponding to different driving strengths in kN. When the sheet piling contains more than
1 element, the section modulus can be entered manually or by choosing a profile from the
profile library. This option is not visible when the sheet piling has only 1 element.

Figure 7.4: Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option

162 of 477 Deltares

 Feasibility

Different lines can be selected from a drop down menu, as shown in Figure 7.5.

Figure 7.5: Experience lines NVAF drop-down menu

A distinction is made between High Frequency (HF ) and Low Frequency (LF ) vibrations for
the sheet pile driving. For both vibration frequencies, general charts (ending with the number
5, 10, 15 or 20, for example HF 15) and charts for the most important cities of the Netherlands
(for example HF Rotterdam) are available. The final number of the general charts corresponds
to the average cone resistance of the soil in MPa. For example, <LF 10> means sheet pilings
driven using low frequency vibrations in a soil having an average cone resistance of 10 MPa.

In the graph Section modulus vs. Sheet Pile length, the current sheet pile input is indicated by
a blue point section 4.2.1. According to Figure 7.4, it is an <AZ 13> sheet piling profile with a
section modulus of 1300 cm3 /m’ and a length of 16 m. If this point lies below the NVAF-lines,
successful pile driving is guaranteed for the selected sheet piling profile. If the point lies above
the NVAF-lines (which is the case in Figure 7.4), damage could occur during pile driving. In
the latter case, the sheet piling properties need to be changed either by decreasing the sheet
pile length, or by increasing the section modulus. New calculations must be performed with
this new profile to verify the sheet piling stability.

For a detailed description on the use of the Feasibility menu with NVAF experience lines, see
the tutorial in chapter 19 or Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW (2002).

Deltares 163 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

164 of 477 Deltares

 8 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp
This first tutorial considers a sheet pile retaining wall with a single excavation stage and no
change in groundwater level, as indicated in Figure 8.1. This situation might occur, for exam-
ple, when creating a new waterway.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To learn the steps needed to enter the project geometry and properties.
⋄ To calculate and display the bending moments, shear forces and deflection of the wall,
as well as stresses in the soil, using earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ).

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-1.shi.

8.1 Introduction to the case

The excavation is submerged; hence no change in groundwater level is expected. The ground-
water level is located 2 meters below the initial surface level. Four different soil layers are
modeled; their parameters are provided in Table 8.1. In this example the sheet piling used to
make the wall is an AZ 13 profile, having a bending stiffness of 41370 kNm2 /m’. The top of
the wall is located at surface level (GL). The toe of the wall is at GL -16 m. The surface is
excavated to GL -7 m on the left hand side of the wall.

GL=0

-2.0
CLAY
-4.0

-6.00 PEAT

CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13

-13.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 8.1: Single stage excavation (Tutorial 1)

Deltares 165 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 8.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 1)

Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 15 10 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 11 19
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 10 2 0
Friction angle [deg] 17 20 35
Delta friction angle [deg] 11 0 27
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
3
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m ] 2000 800 10000

8.2 Project
In the Project menu, the project model and project properties are described.

8.2.1 Model
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:

1. Start D-S HEET P ILING from the Windows task bar (Start/Programs/Deltares Systems/DSheetPiling).
2. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project. This
will result in a screen similar to Figure 8.2.

Figure 8.2: Input Diagram window

3. Click Project on the menu bar and then choose Model.

4. Select Sheet piling.
5. Select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model (Figure 8.3).

166 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.3: Model window

6. Deselect the option Check vertical balance as a vertical balance check is not part of this
exercise.
7. Deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as a CUR or EuroCode design check is not
part of this exercise.
8. Click OK and proceed to the definition of the sheet piling.
9. A message may appear stating that for all stages the method used is set to Ka , K0 , Kp .
Click Yes to continue.

See Project Model (section 4.1.1) for a detailed description of this window.

8.2.2 Project Properties

To give the project a meaningful description, follow the steps described below:

10. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window Figure 8.4.
11. Fill in <Tutorial 1 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Excavation using Ka, Ko and Kp> for Title
1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab. The settings of the other tabs of the
Project Properties window are set to their default values.

Figure 8.4: Project Properties window, Identification tab

Deltares 167 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

See Project Properties window (section 4.1.3) for a detailed description of this window.

8.3 Construction
This menu deals with the input of the retaining structure. In this example the sheet piling data
needs to be specified.

To enter the sheet piling data:

12. Click Construction on the menu bar and choose Sheet Piling or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
13. In the input window displayed (Figure 8.6), enter the top and toe level of the sheet piling. In
this case, the top level (Sheet piling top level) is at 0.0 m and the bottom (Section bottom
level) at -16 m.
14. The bending stiffness can be entered manually, or imported from the library that is inte-
grated in D-S HEET P ILING. To use the library, click the “. . . ” button.
15. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window (Figure 8.5), select Arcelor profile <AZ 13>
and in the Select steel quality sub-window, select <S240> which means steel with a yield
stress of 240 N/mm2 . This will give a sheet piling with a bending stiffness of 41370 kNm2 /m’
and a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior of 312 kNm/m’.

Figure 8.5: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window

16. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window. The sheet properties of the
selected sheet pile type will be displayed in the window.

168 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.6: Sheet Piling window

17. Click OK to close the Sheet Piling window.

Note: The default acting width is 1.0 m. This allows for easy interpretation of output results
as the acting width is a multiplication factor for the sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports
and reaction forces except the normal forces. Normal forces are always inputted per acting
width of the construction. For more information on normal forces, see section 4.4.5. The
acting width needs only be changed in the case of a combined wall consisting of sections with
different acting widths. For more detail, please refer to section 4.2.1.

See section 4.2 for a detailed description of the Construction menu.

8.4 Soil
In the menu item Soil the soil surfaces, properties and soil profile can be specified. Water
levels, pore pressures additional to those caused by the water level, and water properties are
also defined here.

8.4.1 Surfaces
After defining the sheet piling, the ground surfaces must be defined. In D-S HEET P ILING, this
is done by first specifying different surface levels and then specifying which surface levels are
active on the left and right hand side of the excavation.

In this project, two horizontal surfaces need to be defined. The surface level surface (named
<GL>) at 0 m, and the surface for the excavation level at -7 m. After defining these surfaces,
the <GL> surface needs to be active on the right hand side and the <GL-7> excavation
level on the left hand side.

Deltares 169 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Define surfaces
Choose Soil and then Surfaces to display an input window in which the following should be
done:

18. Rename the first surface <GL>. Enter <0.00> m for the vertical Level. As the surface is
horizontal, the distance parameter may be ignored.
19. Click Add to add a surface with the name <GL-7> and enter <-7.00> m for its vertical
level, as indicated in Figure 8.7.

Figure 8.7: Surfaces window

20. Click OK.

Note: D-S HEET P ILING displays an overview of the surfaces defined in the lower box of the
Stage Composer sub-window (if Surface left or Surface right has been selected), as indicated
in Figure 8.8. See also activate surfaces in the next section.

Activate surfaces
Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now
be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left hand side
of the main window for D-S HEET P ILING.

21. Click Surface left and select the surface with description, <GL-7>.
22. Click Surface right and select the surface with description, <GL>.

170 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.8: Stage Composer window

Notice that on activating the surfaces, the Input Diagram changes to the actual situation. The
Input Diagram now indicates the excavation level, as shown in Figure 8.9.

See Surfaces (section 4.3.1) for a detailed description of the Surfaces window.

Figure 8.9: Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side

Deltares 171 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

8.4.2 Soil Materials

The properties of each soil layer need to be defined before the location of the layer itself is
specified. Input of the soil profile is described in the next section.

For D-S HEET P ILING, material properties are divided into three groups:

⋄ General properties
⋄ Earth pressure coefficients
⋄ Modulus of subgrade reaction

General properties
23. To enter the layer properties, click Soil and then choose Materials on the menu bar to
display the input window shown in Figure 8.10.

Figure 8.10: Empty Soil Materials window

24. Rename the soil layer name New Material to <Clay>.

25. Enter the required General data, for the first layer <Clay> as indicated in Figure 8.11 in
accordance with Table 8.1. The Friction angle phi, the Delta friction angle (representing
the friction between the soil and the sheet pile wall), the Overconsolidation ratio and the
Grain type are not inputted at this stage.

Note: When the unsaturated unit weight of a soil layer is not relevant because it is always
below the water table, any value entered in the Unsaturated total unit weight box will not be
used.

172 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.11: Soil Materials window, General sub-window

Note: Input of the internal friction angle is not required when the earth pressure coefficients
are entered manually. Input of cohesion is always required, see section 33.1 for more detail.

Earth pressure coefficients

In D-S HEET P ILING, earth pressure coefficients can be entered manually or calculated using
an automatic procedure from a relation between the cohesion, the internal friction angle and
the delta friction angle.

Figure 8.12: Soil Materials window, Earth pressure coefficients sub-window

26. Select Müller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) to automatically generate earth pressure co-
efficients according to the Müller-Breslau method. Selecting either Müller-Breslau or Kötter
enables input of the Friction angle phi, the Delta friction angle, the Overconsolidation ratio
and the Grain type.
27. Enter <17> for Friction angle phi and <11> for Delta friction angle, as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.12.
28. Leave the Shell factor, the Overconsolidation ratio (OCR) and the Grain type to their default
values.

Note: The Müller-Breslau method of determining earth pressure coefficients is based upon
straight slip surfaces. This method has limitations, as described in art. 9.5.3(h) of NEN 9997-
1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) and CUR 166 (CUR, 2005). Generally the Müller-Breslau method
is used when the soil’s friction angle φ is equal to or less than 30◦ . The Kötter method is
generally used for larger friction angles. For more information see section 32.2.2 and sec-
tion 32.2.3. The method selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction angle
is determined. Suggestions for correlations between the friction angle and the delta friction
angle can be found in Table 33.1.

Deltares 173 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Modulus of subgrade reaction

D-S HEET P ILING offers two ways to input the modulus of subgrade reaction: manually or ac-
cording to the Dutch design standard for sheet-pilings (CUR 166). The latter is done by
selecting a predefined soil type. In this example the modulus of subgrade reaction is entered
manually.

29. Click the Curve Settings button in the Soil Materials window, the window shown in Fig-
ure 8.13 appears.
30. Select Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) to enter the modulus of subgrade reaction manu-
ally.
31. Make sure the check-box Use unloading/reloading curve is not marked. Marking this
check-box is only necessary when using an elasto-plastic model which follows a differ-
ent branch of the curve for unloading than for reloading. This example just uses a simple
elastic model.

Figure 8.13: Curve Settings (for all Materials) window

32. Select <1> in the Number of curves for spring characteristics box. When entering the
moduli of subgrade reaction manually, the user defines the number of curves for spring
characteristics, which is the number of branches (with a different inclination) that will be
used in the multi-linear relationship between horizontal soil stress and displacement. This
number can vary from 1 to 4. In this simple example, only one branch is used.
33. Click OK to close the Curve Settings window.
34. Enter the values of the Modulus of subgrade reaction for the only branch selected (Fig-
ure 8.14). According to Table 8.1 in the case description, this value is k1 = 2000 kN/m3
(virgin loading) for both the top and the bottom of the layer.

Figure 8.14: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction – Tangent (D-Sheet Pil-
ing Classic)

35. Repeat this process for the two other soil materials by adding two additional materials,
<Peat> and <Sand>, and entering the soil properties from Table 8.1 in the same way as
for the clay layer (Figure 8.15). Please note that for sake of simplicity, the properties of the
second clay layer are identical to the properties of the first layer. In this case the properties
only need to be entered once. Note that for friction angles larger than 30 degrees it is
advised to use the Kötter method to determine the values for Ka , K0 and Kp . Hence,
select this method for the sand layer in this example.

174 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.15: Soil Materials window

36. Click OK to confirm the input data for the layer properties.

See section 4.3.2 for a detailed description of this window. The next stage is to enter the
profile of layer positions.

8.4.3 Soil Profiles

Once the layer properties have been entered, one or more soil profiles can be specified.
To do this, the top level of each layer is input, and one of the previously defined soils is
selected. It is also possible to specify an additional pore pressure distribution. In this exercise
no additional pore pressures are considered. Pore pressures resulting from the groundwater
level are entered as water levels, as described in the next section.

Enter the soil profile by following these steps:

37. Click Soil and then choose Profiles.

38. Define the positions of each layer by specifying the layer top, as indicated in Figure 8.16.
39. Leave the additional pore pressures at their default values (0.00), as only hydrostatic pore
pressures act in this example.

Deltares 175 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 8.16: Soil Profiles window

See section 4.3.4 for a detailed description.

After entering the soil profile, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.17.

Figure 8.17: Input Diagram window confirming the entered soil profile

Note: The bottom level of the layer is not entered: D-S HEET P ILING assumes the lowest layer
to extend to the bottom of the sheet piling.

176 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

8.4.4 Water Levels

By default D-S HEET P ILING assumes the water level to be at 0.0 m. In this example the water
level is located at -2.0 m on both sides of the wall (a submerged excavation).

Follow these steps to enter the groundwater level:

40. Click Soil and then choose Water Levels.

41. Click on the default name New Water level and change it to <WL=GL-2>.
42. Specify the level at <-2.00 m> and close the window by clicking on the OK button.

Figure 8.18: Water Levels window

See section 4.3.5 for a detailed description of this window.

After entering the water level, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Fig-
ure 8.19.

Figure 8.19: Input Diagram confirming the entered water level

Deltares 177 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

8.4.5 Water Properties

The unit weight of water can be changed in the Water Properties window. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . For this tutorial example the default value is used. See section 4.3.6 for additional
information.

8.5 Loads and Supports

In this tutorial example no loads or supports are used. Loads and supports are used in the
next tutorial examples: loads in tutorial 4 (chapter 11) and supports in tutorial 3 (chapter 10).

8.6 Stages
The excavation of the soil on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall is the only stage
considered in this tutorial, so no further input is required.

8.7 Calculation

8.7.1 Calculation Options

43. Click Calculation and then choose Options to open the Calculation Options window. The
First stage represents initial solution option is only required when a sheet pile wall is added
in a situation where the initial soil surface bears a surcharge or is not horizontal. Therefore
this box need not be selected. The default Fine discretization is used, as in this example
performance is not a issue. For more details please refer to section 5.1.

Figure 8.20: Calculation Options window

44. Accept the default Fine as this model does not contain any loads or slopes close to the
sheet piling.
45. Click OK to close this window.

8.7.2 Start Calculation

Now that all input has been entered, the calculation can be executed.

46. To start calculation, select Calculation from the menu and then choose Start or press the
function key F9.

178 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.21: Start Calculation window, Standard tab to perform a standard calculation

47. In the Standard tab displayed (Figure 8.21), click Start to calculate the results. D-S HEET P ILING
opens the Save As window if the project has not already been saved to disk.
48. Specify a project name, <Tutorial-1> for example (this name will be referred to in other
tutorial examples). During the analysis, a Calculation Progress window appears (Fig-
ure 8.22).

Figure 8.22: Calculation Progress window

49. Click Close once the analysis has been completed. The results can now be displayed
using the Result menu.

See section 5.2.1 for additional information.

8.8 Results

Deltares 179 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

8.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts

50. To view the resulting moments, forces and displacements in graphical form click Results
and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts. This will produce the following
graphical output (Figure 8.23).

Figure 8.23: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

As expected, the maximum displacement is at the top of the sheet pile wall. Shear forces
and moments are nil at the top and the bottom of the sheet piling as the displacement is not
constrained here. The magnitude of the maximum moment in the sheet pile wall is slightly
below 160 kNm, which is less than this section’s maximum moment for elastic behavior, so
the wall will not fail in bending. The section’s maximum moment for elastic behavior for AZ 13
profile is 312 kNm as shown under Mr;char;el (for the yield strength) in the Sheet Piling
Profiles Library window (Figure 8.5).

Note: When the magnitude of the moment is more than the maximum allowable moment for
elastic behavior, the moment chart is represented in red line, which is not the case for this
tutorial (see Tutorial 3, section 10.6.1 for an example).

Note: The chart data can be viewed and then copied by clicking the right-hand mouse button
in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window and select View Data. The table of data is
then displayed as shown in Figure 8.24.

180 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka , K0 and Kp

Figure 8.24: Chart Data window

8.8.2 Stress Charts

51. To view the graphical results of the water pressure, resulting stress in the sheet piling and
effective stress in the soil, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts. This will
produce the following graphical output (Figure 8.25).

Figure 8.25: Stress State Charts window

The discontinuities in the effective stress distribution coincide with the junction of two layers,
as the properties of each layer are different.

Deltares 181 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

8.8.3 Stress Diagrams

52. To view the effective stress distribution displayed on top of an image of the construction,
click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams. This will produce the following graphical
output (Figure 8.26).

Figure 8.26: Effective Stress Diagram window

This effective stress distribution is the same as the third chart of Figure 8.25, but it is displayed
on top of the Input Diagram. To view the water pressure and resulting stress click on the Mode
icons to the left of the diagram. Maximum values are displayed at the bottom of the window.

More results and information are available in a report. How to choose and view the content of
a report is described in the next tutorial (chapter 9).

8.9 Conclusion
Various input windows are used to enter the details of a project that is to be modeled and
analyzed. Once these details have been input, they can be used to calculate a range of
results, including bending moments, shear forces and displacement in the sheet pile wall and
the effective soil stresses. One way to view these results is to display them graphically on the
screen.

182 of 477 Deltares

 9 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta
This second tutorial example extends the first tutorial by changing one of the surfaces to be
non-horizontal, as indicated in Figure 8.1. The soil profile is determined from the interpretation
of an existing Cone Penetration Test (CPT). A vertical balance check is also performed as part
of this exercise using the point resistance deduced from the CPT results.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To enter a non-horizontal surface.

⋄ To determine a soil profile by importing a CPT.
⋄ To learn about the differences between the Ka , K0 , Kp and c, phi, delta methods.
⋄ To calculate earth pressure coefficients using the c, phi, delta method.
⋄ To perform a vertical force balance check.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-2a.shi and Tutorial-2b.shi and uses the CPT-GEF
file Tutorial-2 CPT 01.gef.

9.1 Introduction to the case

This excavation is the same as that modeled in the first tutorial, except that the shape of
the ground surface on the right-hand side is no longer horizontal. This shape change has
been caused by an excavation that takes place after the sheet pile wall has been installed.
Moreover, the soil profile is determined by interpreting (using the Dutch Standard NEN) a
cone penetration tests (CPT) already carried out at the proposed location. The CPT data
(cone resistance and friction) have been saved in a GEF file (Geotechnical Exchange Format)
and are presented in Figure 9.2.

2.0 2.0

GL=0.0
-1.5
-2.0

-7.0

Soil profile from CPT AZ 13

-16.0

Figure 9.1: Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface (Tutorial 2)

Deltares 183 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 9.2: CPT data’s (Tutorial 2)

9.2 Changing the Model

Soil strength is a function of various factors, including the effective stress and the stress history
of the soil. It is therefore normal for the strength of a soil layer to vary with the depth in the
layer. The c, phi, delta method is therefore preferable in general as it calculates the earth
pressure coefficients over the depth of a soil layer, whereas the Ka , K0 , Kp method assumes
the same earth pressure coefficients at all depths in a soil layer. The c, phi, delta model can
be used in situations where there is an applied surcharge or the surface is not horizontal,
whereas the Ka , K0 , Kp model is limited to horizontal surfaces and uniform loads. For more
information, see section 4.1.1. This tutorial involves a non-horizontal surface, so before the
calculation can be performed the c, phi, delta model needs to be selected.

1. Open the first tutorial by clicking Open in the File menu and selecting the appropriately
named tutorial, i.e. <Tutorial-1.shi>.
2. Save the project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by entering
<Tutorial-2a> as project name.
3. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 2 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Excavation using c, phi and delta> for Title
1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab. Click OK to apply these changes.
5. Click Project on the menu bar and then choose Model.
6. Select the c, phi, delta model (Figure 9.3).
7. Mark the Check vertical balance check-box to perform this check along with the standard
calculations.
8. Unmark the Verification (EC7/CUR) check-box as a design code verification is not part of
this exercise.
9. Click OK to apply these changes. A window will appear asking for confirmation of this
change; select Yes to continue, using the c, phi, delta model.

184 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

Figure 9.3: Model window

9.3 Soil profile deduced from a CPT file

To create the soil profile, it can either be added manually or using a CPT. In the second case,
the CPT must be imported from an existing file. In this tutorial, the soil profile is deduced by
interpretation of the available CPT data.

9.3.1 Soil Profile from importation of a CPT-GEF file

10. Click Soil on the menu bar and then choose Profiles.
11. Click the Add from CPT button at the left-bottom of the Soil Profiles window.
12. In the Open window, select the CPT-GEF file named <Tutorial-2 CPT 01.gef> from the
Examples folder where the Tutorials were installed.

The CPTip window opens (Figure 9.4) where the CPT results (cone resistance, friction and
friction ratio) are displayed. At the right of the window, D-S HEET P ILING automatically interprets
the imported CPT as a soil profile, based on the rule selected by the user in the Rule selection
box.

Deltares 185 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 9.4: CPTip window

13. Select <NEN (Stress Dependent)> as CPT interpretation Rule and leave the Minimum
layer thickness to its default value <0.50 m>.
14. Click OK to import the CPT as a soil profile. A window will appear asking for confirmation
of using an assumed delta friction angle (Figure 9.5).
15. Click OK to go back to the Soil Profiles window (Figure 9.6) which now contains a new
profile named CPT 01 corresponding to the CPT.

Figure 9.5: Information message after importation of the CPT about assumed value for
the delta friction angle

186 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

Figure 9.6: Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 01 file

16. Select the previously manually added profile named <New Profile> and click the Delete
button to delete it as it is not used anymore.
17. Click OK to see the effect in the Input Diagram window.
18. Use the Zoom buttons in the Edit panel to enlarge the limits of the diagram and see the
different layers of the new soil profile imported from CPT (Figure 9.7).

Figure 9.7: Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT

9.3.2 Soil Materials

When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and properties of
the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using Table 2.b
of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) for the general parameters and using an extrapolation
of Table 3.3 of CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 34.3). However,

Deltares 187 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

the Secant modulus of subgrade reaction in the Soil Materials window must be selected to
use those extrapolated values.

19. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu and note that in addition to the pre-
viously inputted soil materials (Clay, Peat and Sand), 10 new soil materials have been
automatically created and their general parameters filled in (Figure 9.8).

Figure 9.8: Soil Materials window using the c, phi, delta model

Note: When using the c, phi, delta model, the earth pressure coefficients are implicitly calcu-
lated by D-S HEET P ILING using Culmann’s method. Therefore the sub-window Earth pressure
coefficients of the Soil Materials window disappears (compared to the previous tutorial) as
can be seen in Figure 9.8.

The three secant moduli of subgrade reaction are also automatically filled for those 10 materi-
als; however the current modulus is the Tangent modulus with only one slope. Therefore, the
Secant option first needs to be activated.

20. Delete the Clay, Peat and Sand materials by selecting them and clicking the Delete button,
as they are not used anymore.
21. Click the Curve Settings button.
22. In the Curve Settings window, select the Secant option (Figure 9.9).

Figure 9.9: Curve Settings window

188 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

23. Click OK to see the effect in the Soil Materials window (Figure 9.10).
24. Click OK to close the window.

Figure 9.10: Soil Materials window with Secant moduli of subgrade reaction

Note: The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement diagram according to CUR
166. This diagram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80 and 100% of
Ka − Kp . The slope of the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant moduli
at the intersection points.

9.4 Non-horizontal surface

Change the current input by modifying the geometry of the surface linked to the right hand
side of the sheet pile wall, following these steps:

25. Choose Soil and Surfaces to display an input window in which the surface on the right
hand side of the sheet pile wall can be changed.
26. Select the first surface, named <GL>.
27. Fill in the values that are listed in the table of Figure 9.11 below.

Deltares 189 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 9.11: Surfaces window with a non-horizontal surface

28. Click OK to see the result of this change to the form of the surface named <GL> in the
Input Diagram window (Figure 9.12).

Figure 9.12: Input Diagram window showing a non-horizontal surface

9.5 Input for vertical balance check

The vertical balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the sheet
pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. For more information,
see chapter 37.

In order to do this various parameters need to be input:

29. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
30. In the Vertical force balance sub-window, enter the maximum point resistance, Maximum
Point resistance (Pr;max;point), as <6.330 MPa>, and a Xi factor of <1.39> as pre-
scribed in Table A.10a of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017). Additional information may

190 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

be found in section 4.2.1. Note that some other parameters have appeared in the Sheet
Piling window, as indicated in Figure 9.13. As the sheet pile type was selected from the
library, these have been added automatically. For a user-defined sheet pile the values of
these parameters would need to be input at this stage.
31. Click OK to close the window.

Note: The maximum point resistance Pr;max;point value used here is actually the maximum pile
tip resistance as defined in the Dutch design code NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017). It is
derived from a combination of cone resistances. For more information see also (chapter 37).
The program D-F OUNDATIONS (formerly known as MFoundation) for the design of bearing piles
based on CPT has been used to determine this value and leads to 6329.716 kPa.

Figure 9.13: Sheet Piling window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance
check

9.6 Calculation
The forces, moments and displacements for this project will need to be recalculated as the
input has been changed.

32. Select Calculation from the menu bar and then choose Start or press the function key F9.

Deltares 191 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 9.14: Standard calculation using c, phi, delta model

33. Click Start to start the calculation. Earth pressure coefficient recalculation is left as Auto-
matic since manual modification is only required in exceptional situations where the user
wishes to specify earth pressure coefficients individually (section 42.1.2).
34. The Calculation Progress window indicates that the “Calculation is finished but there are
errors (see summary in report)” (Figure 9.15). The error is detailed in the Report window:
the maximum calculated moment exceeds the maximum allowable elastic moment in one
or more stages. This is illustrated in Figure 9.16.

Figure 9.15: Calculation Progress window

35. Click Close to close the window.

Note: If the c, phi, delta model is not selected then D-S HEET P ILING cannot perform the
calculation and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in
the Model window to c, phi, delta and start the calculation again.

9.7 Results

192 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

9.7.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts

36. To view the results of this calculation click on Moment/Force/Displacement Charts in the
Results menu.

Figure 9.16: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

It can be seen that part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum allowable mo-
ment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm. That means the selected sheet piling section must be
changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an AZ 19 profile, the maximum moment for
elastic behavior is raised to 524 kNm.

37. Click File and select Save As on the menu bar to select the Save As window and rename
the file into <Tutorial-2b>.
38. Click the Save button to confirm.
39. In the Sheet Piling window, click the “. . . ” button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
40. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> and select
<S270> in the Select steel quality sub-window.
41. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu.
42. Click OK to confirm.
43. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum calculated mo-
ment (480.9 kNm) is now less than the maximum allowable moment (Figure 9.17).

Deltares 193 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 9.17: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

These results can also be found in the report, so long as the appropriate content has been
selected in the Report Selection window.

9.7.2 Report Selection

This window allows selection of the report content for viewing and printing, by marking the
check-boxes in the tree view (Figure 9.18).

44. Click Results and then Report Selection to open the Report Selection window.
45. Select Complete report to get a detailed report.
46. Click OK to generate a report with the complete content.

194 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

Figure 9.18: Report Selection window

9.7.3 Report
The total report contains full details of the input, a results overview, and graphical and tabular
results.

47. To view the report with the selected content, click Results on the menu bar and select
Report. Results can be found by looking in this report, or they can be displayed visually,
as described in section 8.8.
48. In the Summary section of the Report, the warning message given in the Calculation
Progress is explained (Figure 9.19): the resultant vertical friction force is directed upward
in stage 1 because the friction force on the passive side exceeds that on the active side.

Figure 9.19: Report window, Summary section

Deltares 195 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

49. Click File and choose Print Preview Report to preview the report as it will be printed.

To check if the vertical force balance criteria have been met, ensure the Vertical force balance
option has been selected in the tree view of the Report Selection window, opened from the
Results menu. Then display the report by clicking on Results and then Report. Results are
given for unplugged and plugged cases – in the latter the soil in the concave parts of the sheet
piling cross-section is considered as contributing to the cross-sectional area of the base of the
sheet pile. Therefore looking at the results of the unplugged case is more conservative. It can
be seen (Figure 9.20) that the sum of the vertical forces (14.28 kN) is much less than the
vertical force capacity of the soil at the toe of the sheet pile wall (62.24 kN unplugged and
1445.88 kN plugged). The report writes explicitly that the “Resultant goes up” which means
that the vertical toe capacity is sufficient.

Figure 9.20: Report window showing vertical force balance check results

Note: If the vertical force capacity is not sufficient then modifications to the soil friction
direction can be made, as described in chapter 37.

196 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi and delta

9.8 Conclusion
This tutorial shows that the c, phi, delta method is generally preferable because it includes
the influence of soil weight and gives a more detailed representation of the soil strength. This
tutorial has also shown how to input the necessary parameters for, and access the results of,
a vertical force balance check.

Deltares 197 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

198 of 477 Deltares

10 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor
D-S HEET P ILING is based on the engineering practice of having a phased design, using more
that one stage during construction. In the first two tutorial examples, only one phase was
considered for simplicity, and the user could ignore the staged approach of D-S HEET P ILING.

Staged calculations are necessary because the sheet piling must be stable in all phases dur-
ing construction, and because the construction sequence influences the results of subsequent
stages.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To analyze the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one stage and to check
that the sheet piling is stable in all phases of construction.
⋄ To apply an anchor.
⋄ To lower the water level on one side of the sheet pile wall.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-3a.shi and Tutorial-3b.shi.

10.1 Introduction to the case

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the first tutorial example chap-
ter 8 are used. A pre-stressed anchor is added during one of the three stages of construction
that are modeled. For the sake of simplicity, the earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ) model
is used.

25.0

GL=0

-2.0 2.0
CLAY
-4.0

-6.0 PEAT

CLAY

AZ 13

-13.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 10.1: Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (Tutorial 3)

For this example the three stages of construction are as follows:

⋄ Stage 1 (Initial stage), the soil surfaces on the left and the right hand sides of the sheet
pile wall are at -2 m and 0 m respectively, and the water level is at -2 m.

Deltares 199 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

⋄ Stage 2 (Apply anchor), a row of anchors is installed with one anchor every 3 m, on the
right hand side at -1.5 m. The properties of the anchors are laid out in Table 10.1, along
with their conversion to values per running meter.

⋄ Stage 3 (Excavate and lower water table), the soil on the left hand side is excavated to
-7 m and the water level on that side is also lowered to -7 m.

pre-stress 80 kN/m'

-2.0

stage 1 stage 2

-7.0

stage 3

Figure 10.2: Excavation stages shown separately (Tutorial 3)

10.2 Surfaces
To model the staged excavation, one more surface level needs to be input for the left side of
the sheet pile wall.

1. First, open the input file that was saved earlier under the name <Tutorial-1.shi>, and save
it with the name <Tutorial-3a>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 3 for D-Sheet Piling> and <Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu.
5. Click the Insert button.
6. Change the name of this new surface into <GL-2> and enter the level as -2 m.

200 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor

Figure 10.3: Surfaces window

10.3 Water Levels

The two water levels that will be used in the different stages should be entered:

7. Open the Water Levels window in the Soil menu.

8. Add another water level as indicated in Figure 10.4 below.

Figure 10.4: Water Levels window

10.4 Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.

9. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.

10. Specify the anchor parameters as given in the last column of Table 10.1. Anchor parame-
ters should be entered per running meter.
11. Click OK to close the window.

Deltares 201 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 10.1: Anchor properties

Property Value per anchor Value per meter acting width

8 2
Young’s modulus 2.1 × 10 kN/m 2.1 × 108 kN/m2
Cross section 12.0 × 10-4 m2 4.0 × 10-4 m2 /m’
Wall height 2.0 m 2.0 m
Length 25.0 m 25.0 m
Angle 0◦ 0◦
Design yield force 720.0 kN 240.0 kN/m’

Figure 10.5: Anchors window

10.5 Staged Construction

Although all the additional data has now been entered, it has yet to be connected to any
construction stages. It is helpful to understand that D-S HEET P ILING uses “building blocks”
to compose the input of its calculations. First, all “building blocks” are defined in the input
dialogs. Then they are assembled to make the construction stages.

10.5.1 Stages Manager

After the new water levels, surfaces and anchors have been defined, the construction stages
can be specified.

12. Click Stages on the menu bar and choose Manager.

13. In the input window displayed, rename <New Stage> to <Excavation -2m>.
14. Add two more stages by using the Add button and name them <Apply anchor> and
<Excavation and lowering WL -7m>.

202 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor

Figure 10.6: Stages Manager window

When adding or inserting a construction stage, a copy is made of the current stage. This
implies that three equal stages are now present.

10.5.2 Stages Overview

The construction stages need to be assembled from the defined building blocks.

15. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on
the icon bar. The window displayed enables assembly of the construction stages from the
building blocks that have been defined.
16. Select the Water levels and Surfaces as shown in Figure 10.7.
17. Select the anchor in the last two stages.
18. Enter a pre-stress force of 80 kN/m’ after selecting the <Anchor> in the Pre-tensioning
forces sub-window.

Note: Anchors should normally be applied as a separate stage. When anchors are combined
with other loads, such as a change in excavation level, or change in water level the stiffness
is active prior to applying the loads.

Note: Anchor pre-stress forces need only be entered for the first stage that they are applied.
For the first stage where an anchor is added, the anchor is modeled as a force applied to the
wall, with no associated stiffness. For subsequent stages D-S HEET P ILING models the anchor
as a spring.

Note: The excavation and the lowering of the water table are implemented by changing the
water level and the surface, not by changing the soil profile.

Deltares 203 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 10.7: Stages Overview window

10.6 Calculation and Results

The input of the construction stages is now finished. The calculation can be started:

19. Click Start in the Calculation menu to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
20. Click Start to perform the calculation. The message Calculation finished in the Calculation
Progress window indicates that the sheet piling is stable in all stages. If the wall was
unstable in any stage then a message would indicate so at this point.

10.6.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts

21. Inspect the moments, forces and displacements by opening the output window in the Re-
sult menu. To view a different stage either use the drop down list at the top of the window
or use the Previous stage and Next stage arrows, , to move forward and backward
through the stages.

For example, in the second stage the applied anchor pre-stress force can be seen to be 80 kN
as expected, as indicated in Figure 10.8. In the final stage it can be seen that the anchor force
has risen to about 147 kN, as indicated in Figure 10.9.

204 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor

Figure 10.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the second stage

Figure 10.9: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage

Moreover, in the final stage, part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum al-
lowable moment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm, as shown in Figure 10.9. That means the
selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an
AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 270 N/mm2 (section S270) instead of 240 N/mm2 (current

Deltares 205 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

S240 section), the maximum moment for elastic behavior is raised to 351 kNm.

22. Click File and select Save As on the menu bar to select the Save As window and rename
the file into <Tutorial-3b>.
23. Click the Save button to save the file for Tutorial-3b.
24. In the Sheet Piling window, click the button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
25. In the Select steel quality sub-window, select <S270> which means steel with a yield
stress of 270 N/mm2 This will give a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior of
351 kNm/m’.
26. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment (346.0 kNm)
is now less than this section’s maximum moment for elastic behavior which means the wall
will not fail in bending (Figure 10.10).

Figure 10.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile

Note: Changing the maximum moment section of the sheet piling has any effect on the
calculated bending moments as the stiffness is unchanged. Only the maximum allowable
moment (dotted green lines) will be shifted making the calculated moment acceptable.

206 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchor

10.6.2 Report
27. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 10.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in both stages.

Figure 10.11: Report window, Summary section

10.7 Conclusion
This third tutorial example analyzes the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one
stage and checks that the wall is stable in all phases of construction. It also shows how to
apply a pre-stressed anchor and lower the water level on one side of the wall. However, in
the final stage, the maximum moment exceeded the maximum moment for elastic behavior.
Therefore, the sheet piling section has been changed to avoid failure in bending.

Deltares 207 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

208 of 477 Deltares

11 Tutorial 4: Applying loads
The input of this example is based on the results of the tutorial example Tutorial 3: Staged
excavation with pre-stressed anchor in chapter 10. A final stage is added to model the effect
of a traffic load along the edge of the retaining wall, and a force from boat moorings on a
windy day. These are modeled as a surcharge load and a horizontal line load respectively, as
indicated in Figure 11.1.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To learn how loads, such as surcharges and horizontal line loads, are modeled in
D-S HEET P ILING;
⋄ To note that when a surcharge load is applied, only the c, phi, delta method can be
used.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-4.shi.

11.1 Introduction to the case

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the third tutorial example are
used. A fourth stage is added in which a traffic load of 20 kN/m2 and a horizontal load of
50 kN/m representing ships mooring are applied. See also Figure 11.1 for an overview.

25.0
2.0

2.0 kN/m2

GL=0
50 kN/m
-2.0 2.0
CLAY
anchor level -1.5m -4.0

-6.0 PEAT

CLAY

AZ 13

-13.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 11.1: Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (Tutorial 4)

1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3b.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-4>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 4 for D-Sheet Piling> and <Applying loads> for Title 1 and Title 2 respec-
tively in the Identification tab.

Deltares 209 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

11.2 Inputting Loads

In stage 4, a surcharge load will be applied, together with a horizontal line load applied to the
top the sheet pile wall and directed to the left.

11.2.1 Surcharge Loads

Surcharge loads can only be analyzed if the c, φ, δ model is used.

4. In the Project menu select Model and select c, phi, delta soil parameters.

To input the surcharge, modeling the traffic load:

5. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Surcharge Loads.
6. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Traffic load>, working from
a distance <0 m> to a distance <2 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of
<20 kN/m2 >.
7. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 11.2: Surcharge Loads window

Note: Surcharge loads which have the same value throughout and continue to a very long
distance from the wall can be modeled using the Uniform Loads option. See section 4.4.1 for
more information.

210 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 4: Applying loads

11.2.2 Horizontal Line Loads

To input the horizontal line load, modeling the moorings:

8. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Horizontal Line Loads.
9. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Mooring force>, acting at a
level of 0 m and with a magnitude of -50 kN/m’.
10. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 11.3: Horizontal Line Loads window

11.3 Using Surcharge Loads

Now that the loads have been defined, they can be introduced in a new stage.

11. Open the Stages Manager and select the last stage.
12. Click the Add button to add a stage, that is copied from the selected stage and change the
name to <Loads applied>.
13. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Traffic load> acting on the right hand
side and <Mooring force> in the last stage. Apply all other levels, supports and so on as
in the fourth stage.

Deltares 211 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 11.4: Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage

14. Click OK to see the representation of the traffic load and the mooring force in the fourth
stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 11.5).

Figure 11.5: Input Diagram window for the fourth stage

A new calculation can now be made.

15. Select Calculation from the menu and then choose Start or press the function key F9.
16. In the Start Calculation window, click Start to perform the calculation.

212 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 4: Applying loads

17. Close the Calculation Progress window when finished.

Note: If the c, φ, δ model is not selected then D-S HEET P ILING cannot perform the calculation
and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in the Model
window to c, φ, δ and start the calculation again.

Note: A warning will be issued when the range of Phi for the different materials is larger
than 15 degrees (which is the case here). According to Cur-166 article 4.5.8, under such
circumstances a Culmann calculation with straight slip surfaces is not allowed.

11.4 Results
18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu for a graph-
ical overview of the effect of applying the loads in the final stage.

It can be seen that the displacement at the top is around zero, while the maximum displace-
ments are around 101 mm, the magnitude of the bending moments is slightly reduced, the
shear force has increased and the anchor force is now around 194 kN/m.

Figure 11.6: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads

11.5 Conclusion
This tutorial shows how to input a surcharge load and a horizontal line load. When a surcharge
load is applied, only the c, φ, δ model (Culmann) can be used.

Deltares 213 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

214 of 477 Deltares

12 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length
In the previous tutorial examples, the sheet piling length was assumed to be 16 m, and the cal-
culations showed that the sheet piling was stable. The design met the basic requirements.In
practice, the engineer is not only interested in stability and other technical requirements such
as allowable forces, moments and displacements, but also in the cost of the design. A shorter
length sheet piling will cost less, therefore the engineer may wish to know the shortest length
of the sheet piling for which the design is still stable.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To use D-S HEET P ILING to find the shortest sheet piling length for which the design is still
stable.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-5a.shi and Tutorial-5b.shi.

12.1 Introduction to the case

The input file of Tutorial 1 is used to design the sheet piling length.

GL=0

-2.0
CLAY
-4.0

-6.00 PEAT

CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13

-13.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 12.1: Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1 (Tutorial 5)

1. Open <Tutorial-1.shi> and save it under the name <Tutorial-5a>.

2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 5 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design of required sheet piling length> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.

12.2 Design Sheet Piling Length

To determine the shortest length for the sheet piling:

4. Click Start in the Calculation menu or press the function key F9 to open the Start Calcula-
tion window.
5. Select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
6. In the window displayed, specify a step-by-step reduction from 18 m to 8 m, using a decre-
ment of 1 m, as indicated in Figure 12.2. This will cause the sheet pile wall to be succes-
sively analyzed for sheet piling lengths between these values, reducing by the decrement

Deltares 215 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

each time.

Figure 12.2: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Pile Length tab

7. Click Start to start the calculation. The following results will be displayed:

Figure 12.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab, design calculation
results

Instability occurs at a length of 11 m. As decrements of 1.0 m were used, it can be concluded

that the sheet piling needs to be at least 12 m long.

The calculation can be repeated for smaller decrements, over a smaller range, for further
optimization. Once the length is optimized a calculation needs to be performed using the
optimized length. This will provide the additional output information.

To change the sheet piling length to this more economical value of 12 m:

8. Save the current file as <Tutorial-5b>.

9. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
10. Change the Section bottom level to <-12> m.

216 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length

Figure 12.4: Sheet Piling window

11. Click OK to confirm.

12. Select Start under the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
13. In the Start Calculation window displayed select the Standard tab to perform a standard
calculation.
14. Click Start to start the calculation.
15. Once the calculation is complete click Close.
16. Open the Report window from the Results menu to view the results as shown in Fig-
ure 12.5.

It can be seen that the maximum mobilized resistance (section 5.2.2) is around 64% and
therefore the design is indeed stable. Moreover, the maximum moment (158.7 kN) is below
the maximum allowable moment for elastic behavior (312 kNm for the actual wall section).

Figure 12.5: Output report showing the mobilized resistance

Note: D-S HEET P ILING declares numerical instability when the calculation could not conver-
gence. For more information, see section 5.2.2.

12.3 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to analyze a range of sheet piling lengths to determine the short-
est length for which the wall will still be stable. This length can then be input by the user if
desired.

Deltares 217 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

218 of 477 Deltares

13 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor
This tutorial example shows how to use D-S HEET P ILING to model a piled concrete floor which
is constructed under water, with the excavation subsequently being dried above the level of
the floor. The presence of an impermeable layer of concrete on one side of the wall, at a level
lower than the “natural” water table, requires some careful modeling in order to represent the
situation correctly.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To model the effect of a concrete floor positioned below the “natural” water level.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-6.shi.

13.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial example involves a pit excavation with an anchored sheet pile wall and an under-
water concrete floor. The floor is supported by tension piles to prevent uplift after the pit is
pumped dry for use as an underground car park.

15.0
-4.0
-4.5

-6.0 TOP SAND

CLAY
-10.0
PU 6
CONCRETE -11.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 13.1: Final situation after construction (Tutorial 6)

Construction is to be carried out in 4 stages:

⋄ Stage 1: Excavation of the left hand surface from -4 m to -6 m.

⋄ Stage 2: Installation of an anchor on the right hand side at -5.5 m, with a pre-stress
force of 200 kN/m.
⋄ Stage 3: Excavation on the left hand side to -11 m.
⋄ Stage 4: De-watering of the pit by reducing the water level to -11 m and construction of
1 m of concrete on the bottom.

Deltares 219 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

-6.0

Initial stage (not modeled) Stage 1

pre-stress 200 kN/m'

-6

-11.0

Stage 2 Stage 3

-11.0

Stage 4

Figure 13.2: Overview of the construction stages (Tutorial 6)

13.2 Modeling an underwater concrete floor

The first point of attention is the water pressures acting on the bottom of the concrete floor in
the final stage. As the sand layer beneath the concrete floor is permeable, pore pressures left
and right need to be equal, once the pit is pumped dry. D-S HEET P ILING allows for the input of
a water level left and right of the retaining structure. As the excavation is made dry in the final
stage, a water level equal to the bottom of the concrete floor is entered (see A in Figure 13.3).
Using the option to enter an additional pore pressure profile, the total water pressures left and
right are made equal (see B, Figure 13.5). The magnitude of the additional pore pressure that
needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) × 10 = 65 kN/m2 , in which the unit weight of water is set to
10 kN/m3 .

220 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor

Forces from tension piles

B A Water pressure

Figure 13.3: Modeling concrete below the “natural” water level

Secondly, the effect of the tension piles underneath the floor, preventing the floor from uplift in
the final stage needs modeling. The difference in water level heights on each side of the wall
results in an up thrust acting on the base of the concrete floor. This up thrust is countered
by the pull of the floor’s tension piles. Note that the weight of the concrete is not taken into
account as it is assumed to be born by the piles and therefore will not act on the soil layers
directly below the concrete. In this example, the water level is at -4.5 m on the right hand side,
and at -11 m on the left hand side, i.e. touching the bottom of the impermeable concrete floor.
Therefore the magnitude of this load that needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) × 10 = 65 kN/m2 .
For background information on this topic, see section 42.3.

Note: The sum of the weight of the concrete floor and the forces of the piles connected to
the floor equals the excess pore water pressure: there must be equilibrium at the base of the
floor.

13.3 General input

The following steps permit the definition of the model, the sheet piling, the soil surfaces and
the water levels for this tutorial:

1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu.

2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 6 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Submerged construction of concrete floor>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Select Sheet piling as the Model and select Mixed since the c, φ, δ method allows greater
precision for the soil layer stiffness modeling, but the concrete is simplest to model using
Ka , K0 , Kp and therefore different methods will be applied to different materials.
6. Deselect the Check vertical balance, the Settlement by vibration and the Verification (EC7/CUR)
option, as they are not used in this example.
7. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
8. Select an Arcelor PU 8R sheet piling (click on the “. . . ” button and select the <PU 8R>

Deltares 221 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

profile from the <Arcelor> library with a <S240> section).

9. Enter a top level of -4 m and a bottom level of -16 m, i.e. a length of 12 m.
10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define surfaces named <-4>, <-6>,
<-10> and <-11> with constant levels <-4 m>, <-6 m>, <-10 m> and <-11 m>
respectively.

Figure 13.4: Soil Surfaces window

13.3.1 Soil Materials

The concrete is modeled as an extra soil layer. The Young’s modulus of the concrete is
E = 20 GPa and the width of the (symmetrical) pit excavation is b = 40 m. The modulus of
subgrade reaction of the concrete layer can be calculated from this data in the following way:

E 20 × 106
K= = = 1 × 106 kN/m3 (13.1)
b/2 40/2

The unit weight of the concrete is not zero, but it is modeled here as almost zero because it is
assumed that the floor’s weight is transmitted to the support piles and therefore does not act
on the soil directly below the floor. Phi and delta are modeled as zero to better represent the
homogeneous, as opposed to granular, nature of concrete when compared to soil. The value
for the cohesion is taken as half the compressive strength of the concrete, so that with Kp = 1
the passive stress is equal to the concrete’s compressive stress – see Equation (33.2).

11. Open the Materials window from the Soil menu, and select Tangent modulus of subgrade
reaction, with 1 curve for spring characteristics in the window opened by clicking on the
Curve Settings button.
12. For concrete select Manual to input the Earth pressure coefficients. The behavior of con-
crete is well modeled using, use Ka = K0 = 0 and Kp = 1 (‘Active’, ‘Neutral’ and ‘Passive’),
provided the cohesion has been defined as described above.
13. For the other soil materials select Kötter (curved slip surfaces) for automatic calculation of
the earth pressure coefficients using Kötter’s method (the Müller-Breslau method should
not be used because the sands have high friction angles; for the clay either method could
be used, using Kötter for all layers has been chosen for consistency). When using the
Culmann method, the input of the earth pressure coefficients will be ignored, but these
coefficients are needed for when the Ka , K0 , Kp method is selected, as will be the case for
the left hand side once the concrete is in place. Then define the sands, clay and concrete
as described in Table 13.1.

222 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor

Table 13.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 6)

Top Sand Clay Sand Concrete

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 17 15 17 0.01
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 20 15 20 0.01
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 2 0 15000
Friction angle [deg] 30 20 35 0
Delta friction angle [deg] 20 10 23 0
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1 1
Overconsolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine Fine
Mod. sub. reaction at top [kN/m ] 3
5000 500 10000 1 × 106
Mod. sub. reaction at bottom [kN/m3 ] 5000 800 10000 1 × 106
Earth pressure coefficients [-] Kötter Kötter Kötter Manual

13.3.2 Soil Profiles

In this exercise two soil profiles need to be specified. One profile that represents the situation
up to the point where the concrete floor in constructed. The second profile is used on the left
hand side, including the concrete floor and the water pressure acting on the concrete floor,
using additional pore pressures. The second profile needs to be active when the floor is being
constructed and the pit is pumped dry.

14. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soils menu and define two soil profiles. Input the
soil profiles left and right as indicated in Figure 13.5 and Figure 13.6.

Figure 13.5: Soil Profiles window, Soil profile before construction

Deltares 223 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 13.6: Soil Profiles window, Soil profile with concrete on the left side and additional
pore pressures

13.3.3 Water Levels

15. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu
16. Define two water levels with names <WL-4.5> and <WL-11> at levels <-4.5> m and
<-11> m respectively. The level <WL-11> is the water level for the left hand side once
the excavation has been dewatered.
17. Click OK.

13.3.4 Water Properties

18. Open the Water Properties window from the Soil menu.
19. Enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance with the previously calculated
additional pore pressures.

Figure 13.7: Water Properties window

20. Click OK.

224 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor

13.3.5 Uniform Loads

21. In the Uniform Loads window of the Loads menu, add a load with the name <Forces from
piles> and with a magnitude of <65 kN/m2 > on the left hand side. The right hand side
should remain at <0 kN/m2 >.
22. Click OK to close the window.

Figure 13.8: Uniform Loads window

13.3.6 Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.

23. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.

24. Input a <15.0 m> long anchor on the <Right> side named <Anchor>, at level <-
5.5 m>, with a Young’s modulus of <2.1 × 108 kN/m2 >, a cross-section of <8 × 10−4 m2 /m’>,
<0 m> wall height and <0> inclination angle, and a design yield force of <600 kN/m’>.

Figure 13.9: Anchors window

25. Click OK to confirm.

13.4 Stages implementation

The construction stages can now be assembled from the defined building blocks.

26. Open the Stages Manager window from the Stages menu.
27. Define four stages with the names <Excavation to -6m>, <Anchor on right side>, <Excavate
to -11> and <Dewatering left side>.
28. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on
the icon bar.
29. For all stages the c, φ, δ method is selected except for stage 4, where the Ka , K0 , Kp method
is used on the side of the concrete i.e. on the left side.
30. Select the Water levels, Surfaces and Soil profiles as shown in Figure 13.10.

Deltares 225 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

31. Select the anchor in stages 2, 3 and 4. For stage 2 only, enter a pre-stress force of
<200 kN/m2 > after selecting pre-stressed anchor check-box in the Pre-tensioning forces
sub-window.
32. Select the Uniform load <Forces from piles> for the final stage.

Figure 13.10: Stages Overview window

33. Click OK to see the effect in the last stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 13.11).

Figure 13.11: Input Diagram window for the last stage

226 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 6: Submerged construction of concrete floor

13.5 Calculation and results

34. Start the Calculation saving the file under the name <Tutorial-6>.
35. After calculation is complete, open the Stress State Charts window from the Results menu.
The Resulting Stress chart for stage 4 (Figure 13.12) shows that the concrete layer exer-
cises a compressive shear force on the sheet piling in this stage.
36. In addition, by clicking the right-hand mouse button, the View Data window shows that the
pore water pressure below the level of the floor is the same on both sides of the sheet pile
wall, as expected (i.e. 65 kN/m2 ).

Figure 13.12: Stress State Charts window showing compression caused by the concrete
floor

The Resulting Stress graph has two lines:

⋄ the black line represents the resulting total stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the
difference between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides). The total
stress is the sum of the effective stress and the water pressure.
⋄ the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e.
the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive sides).

37. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu. The Bend-
ing Moment chart for stage 4 (Figure 13.13) shows that the maximum allowable moment
is not reached which means no failure by bending.

Deltares 227 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 13.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage

13.6 Conclusion
Concrete floors that are below the “natural” water table can be modeled as a soil layer with
adapted properties. The effects caused by the absence of water above the impermeable floor
are modeled by a uniform load acting on the floor, and a water table with additional pore
pressures below the floor.

It should be noted that in this tutorial the anchor is applied under water, which is not very
realistic. It would me more appropriate to first lower the water table to a level that allows
for construction of the anchor. In that case, modeling the water pressures in the sand and
clay layers would need extra attention. As the short term behavior of the clay layer can be
assumed impermeable this needs similar attention as for the modeling of the concrete floor.

228 of 477 Deltares

14 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166
In this tutorial, the application of the CUR 166 design procedure (CUR, 2005) is followed, using
slightly modified input values compared to Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed
anchor that was presented in the preceding sections (chapter 10). A design of the sheet pile
length is performed according to the CUR 166 design procedure by prescribing partial factors
on soil properties and also variations of the soil and water levels. See chapter 38 (CUR 166
step-by-step design procedure) for background information.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To select the modulus of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of the CUR 166 design code.
⋄ To design the sheet piling length according to the CUR 166 design code by performing a
standard verification of the sheet piling stability for different lengths, using partial factors
and level variations for all stages.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-7a.shi, Tutorial-7b.shi, Tutorial-7c.shi and Tutorial-
7d.shi.

14.1 Introduction to the case

The geometry is the same as for Tutorial 3 (Figure 14.1) but the soil properties are slightly
modified, as shown in Table 14.1. Also the method for determining the earth pressure co-
efficients is to be changed to the Culmann method (c, φ, δ model) as the CUR 166 design
procedure is available only with this model. A fourth stage is added during which a temporary
surcharge of 40 kN/m2 is applied on the right side (see Figure 14.1).

Figure 14.1: Construction stages (Tutorial 7)

Deltares 229 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 14.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 7)

Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 15 10 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 11 19
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 10 2 0
Friction angle [deg] 17 20 35
Delta friction angle [deg] 11 0 27
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
Secant moduli of subgrade reaction (from CUR 166 Table 3.3):
k1 [kN/m3 ] 4000 2000 20000
k2 [kN/m3 ] 2000 800 10000
3
k3 [kN/m ] 800 500 5000

The CUR 166 design procedure distinguishes three safety classes, corresponding to three
different reliability indices β . In this tutorial, the selected safety class is class II, which corre-
sponds to considerable damage in the case of overall failure and minor personal safety risks,
and has a reliability index β = 3.4.

The design of the sheet pile wall with a single anchor is performed by determining the mini-
mum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis. For different lengths, D-S HEET P ILING
checks that the mobilized resistance does not reach 100% and that the maximum displace-
ment does not exceed 125% of the sheet pile length. During each analysis with a given sheet
pile length, five combinations (referred as steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5) of modified soil
properties, surface levels and water levels are checked. See section 38.2 for a description of
those five combinations and the design values used, as well as the other steps supported by
D-S HEET P ILING.

The CUR 166 procedure allows application of partial factors and level variations:

⋄ during all stages (i.e. Method A), as performed by Tutorial-7a, Tutorial-7b and Tutorial-
7c;
⋄ or during just the most unfavourable stage (i.e. Method B), as performed by Tutorial-7d.

Method A is more conservative (section 38.3.1). User-defined partial factors and level changes
can also be applied, once they have been defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window
(section 4.1.2).

Note: When performing a CUR verification for Safety Class III a partial factor of 1.25 also
needs to be applied to unfavourable uniform loads (see section 38.2). For all other cases the
partial factor is 1.00. As D-S HEET P ILING cannot tell which loads are favourable and which are
unfavourable, the user themselves needs to specify the partial factor to be applied to each
uniform load in the Uniform Loads window (section 4.4.1).

230 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

14.2 Model
First modify the method for the determination of the earth pressure coefficients.

1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3b.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-7a>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 7 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design code checking acc. CUR 166> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu, and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model and the Verification (EC7/CUR) option.
5. Click OK to confirm this choice.

14.3 Soil Materials

Next, modify the general properties and the modulus of subgrade reaction of the three soil
materials by direct selection from CUR 166 table 3.3.

6. Select the Materials option from the Soil menu.

7. Open the Curve Settings window by clicking the Curve Settings button.
8. Select the Secant option and click OK to confirm.
9. Click the Select From CUR 166 (Table 3.3) button to display the CUR 166 (Table 3.3)
window (Figure 14.2).
10. Select the values of successively Clay moderate, Peat moderate and Sand moderate for
the soil types <Clay>, <Peat> and <Sand>.

Figure 14.2: CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window

Deltares 231 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 14.3: Soil Materials window

14.4 Temporary surcharge

To input the temporary surcharge in stage 4:

11. Click Loads in the menu and choose Surcharge Loads.

12. Define a load with the name <Temporary load>, working from a distance <2 m> to a
distance <5 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of <40 kN/m3 >.
13. In the Verification sub-window at the top right, define the load as <Variable> (which means
temporary) and <Unfavourable> as it is on the active side.
14. Click OK to confirm.

Figure 14.4: Surcharge Loads window

Note: The Verification sub-window in the Surcharge Loads window is only available if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option in the Model window was marked.

232 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

A last stage where the surcharge applies should now be created:

15. In the Stages Manager window add a new stage named <Apply load>.
16. Click OK.
17. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Temporary load> acting on the right side
for stage 4. Apply in stage 4 the same levels, supports and so on as in stage 3 as shown
in Figure 14.5.
18. Click OK.

Figure 14.5: Stages Overview window

14.5 Sheet Piling

The sheet piling needs to be changed as the surcharge load previously defined will increase
the calculated moment along the sheet piling.

19. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
20. Select an Arcelor <AZ 17> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.

14.6 Partial factors and level variations acc. to CUR 166

21. Open the User Defined Partial Factors window from the Project menu, and select the CUR
tab.
22. The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each input
area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. Check that all input values are equal to
the default values. When a value differs from the default value it appears in red color. In
that case, click on the Reset button to reset all values to the default values.

Deltares 233 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 14.6: User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab

14.7 Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)
The following steps determine the minimum sheet pile length according to the CUR 166 design
procedure. All stages are checked implicitly for method A, with level variations and partial
factors applied for all stages.

Figure 14.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab

23. Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
24. In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.

234 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

25. Select the CUR design code.

26. Select the last Construction stage <4: Apply load>, to check all stages up to and including
the final stage.
27. Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <Class II>.
28. Select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
29. Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decre-
ment of <1 m>.
30. Click the Start button.

The results (Figure 14.8) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable.
Therefore, the minimum length is 14 m.

Figure 14.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 20 m
down to 12 m (Tutorial 7a)

Note: D-S HEET P ILING assumes input of low representative values for soil strength and stiff-
ness when applying partial factors (section 38.1).

31. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting
each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the
final stage earlier than in the others.

To get a more accurate result of when the piling becomes unstable or when the anchor yields,
the Pile length inputs at the top of the window must be adapted.

32. Save the current file as <Tutorial-7b>.

33. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Down
to <13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again.

Deltares 235 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 14.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 14 m
down to 13 m (Tutorial 7b)

The results (Figure 14.9) show that the minimum stable length is 13.75 m. It seems acceptable
to reduce the sheet piling length from 16 m to 14 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.

See section 5.2.2 for more details on designing sheet piling lengths.

14.8 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method A
The sheet piling design calculation just performed (section 14.7) does not provide a lot of
results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall, or about which com-
bination between steps 6.1 to 6.5 gives the most unfavourable results. It does not check all
combinations required according to CUR 166. To get all of this information, a Verify Sheet
Piling calculation must be performed for the modified length of 14 m.

34. Save the current file as <Tutorial-7c>.

35. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
36. Change the Section bottom level from <-16 m> to <-14 m>.
37. Click OK to confirm.

14.8.1 Verification Calculation (Method A)

38. Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
39. Select the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window displayed.
40. Select the CUR design code.
41. Select Partial Factors (design values) in all stages (method A) as partial factors are applied
to all construction stages for a Method A check.
42. Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <Class II> and leave the Anchor stiffness mul-
tiplication factor as its default value of <1>.
43. Mark the Check stability for all stages check-box to check the overall stability of this project
according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure.
44. Then click the Start button.

236 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

Figure 14.10: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab

See section 5.2.3 for more details on verifying sheet piling.

14.8.2 Verification Report

45. To view the results of the verification, choose Report in the Results menu.

Figure 14.11: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 7c)

In the Summary section at the beginning of the Report, it can be seen that the results for
step 6.3 are the same as those of Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m (The Design
Sheet Piling Length option only checks for step 6.3 as it is intended as a rough guide rather
than a full verification). The maximum moment is -707.2 kNm and the maximum mobilized
resistance is 87.5%. As the maximum displacement is given only for step 6.5 in the Summary

Deltares 237 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

section, no direct comparison is possible with the value of -183.1 mm found from Figure 14.9.
The displacements diagram must be used.

14.8.3 Verification Charts

46. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.

In the window displayed (Figure 14.12), note that the largest displacement occurs when se-
lecting the last construction stage and <Step 6.3> at the top of the window. The minimum
displacement is equal to -183.1 mm, the value obtained from the Design Sheet Piling Length
in Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m. Also note that the moment doesn’t exceed the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 716 kNm.

Figure 14.12: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage (Tutorial 7c)

47. Click the View Verification Step icon at the top of the window to open a diagram of the
changes made for the verification step 6.3 (Figure 14.13).

Figure 14.13: CUR Step 6.3 window

238 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

According to the default level variations for class II given in Figure 14.6, step 6.3 includes the
following geometry changes:

⋄ the water level is lowered by 0.2 m on the passive side

⋄ the surface level is lowered by 0.3 m on the passive side
⋄ the water level is highered by 0.05 m on the active side.

For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see section 38.2.

14.8.4 Stability Verification

48. In the Report window, use the Move to next page and Move to previous page buttons,
to see the Overall Stability results for stage 4 (Figure 14.14).

The overall stability for the verified stage is estimated using the Bishop method with circular
slip planes. See chapter 36 for background information. As the stability factor is more than 1
for all stages, the wall will be stable according to the Bishop method.

Figure 14.14: Report window, Overall Stability for the final stage (Tutorial 7c)

Note: The Overall Stability can also be determined using the Overall Stability tab of the Start
Calculation window by selecting the appropriate safety class and stage.

The verification report also contains the modified values of the soil parameters and levels.
See section 6.3.2 and section 6.4.2 for more details on the verification report and charts.

14.9 Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method B
In the previous paragraph, a “Method A” design according to the CUR 166 procedure was
performed, which means that partial factors and level variations were applied to all stages.

Deltares 239 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

To perform a “Method B” design, these partial factors need to be applied only to the most
unfavourable stage.

14.9.1 Verification Calculation (Method B)

49. Save the current file as <Tutorial-7d>.
50. Open the Start Calculation window from the Calculation menu or press the function key
F9.
51. In the Verify Sheet Piling tab, select the CUR design code.
52. Select Partial Factors (design values) in verified stage only in the CUR method sub-
window as design values according to the CUR 166 procedure are applied to only one
stage for a Method B check.
53. Mark the fourth check-box to select stage 4 as a Stage for which verification is to be
performed. Then select the Partial factor set <II> for this stage and leave the Anchor
stiffness multiplication factor as its default value of <1>.
54. Mark the Check stability for all verified stages check-box to check the overall stability of
this stage of the project according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure.
55. Then click the Start button.

Figure 14.15: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab (Tutorial 7d)

See section 5.2.3 for more details on verify sheet piling calculations.

Note: Method B applies partial factors and level changes only to the final stage. Therefore,
theoretically, every stage must be verified as the final stage, using the appropriate safety
class. The stages to be verified as a final stage are selected in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of
the Start Calculation window. To perform a complete method B verification for a construction
with n stages involves n! calculations. For this tutorial it has been decided to only check the
final stage. Anything can’t be concluded about the performance of the previous construction
stages. Refer to section 38.3.1 for more information about the differences between method A
and method B.

14.9.2 Verification Report

56. To view the results, select Report in the Results menu.

240 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 7: Design code checking acc. CUR 166

Table 14.2: Comparison of methods A and B for the maximum values in stage 4

Displac. Moment Shear force Mob. perc. Mob. perc.

moment resis.
[mm] [kNm] [kN] [%] [%]
Method A (Tutorial 7c) -129.3 -707.19 -224.61 87.5 89.6
Method B (Tutorial 7d) -129.3 -697.38 -222.94 86.5 88.6

Figure 14.16: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 7d)

Deltares 241 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

14.10 Comparison between Methods A and B

After comparison with the results of the previous calculation where the partial factors were
applied to all stages (Figure 14.10), some differences appear on the calculated values of
stage 4 as shown in Table 14.2. However, as those differences are quite small, it can be
deduced that the influence of the differences in the three first stages on the last stage is
minimal in this tutorial case.

Applying partial factors on the representative input values in all stages will give different results
to when applying them only in one of the stages. The CUR 166 design procedure allows both
methods. Applying partial factors to the final stage only (method B) can result in a more
economical design, but requires verification of each stage as the “final stage”.

14.11 Conclusion
The Design Sheet Piling Length option allows the minimum stable length for the sheet piling
to be found, using a global check according to CUR 166. After inputting this new length, a
complete verification can be performed with the Verify Sheet Piling option giving more final
results. CUR Method A (Tutorial 7c) applies the same partial factor set to all construction
stages, whereas CUR Method B (Tutorial 7d) only applies partial factors to a selected stage.

242 of 477 Deltares

15 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)
This example illustrates how to check the stability of an anchor wall. For background informa-
tion, see "Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength" chapter 35. The objectives of this exercise
are:

⋄ To check the stability of an anchor applied to a sheet pile wall.

⋄ To learn how to increase the allowable force for an anchor.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-8a.shi and Tutorial-8b.shi

15.1 Introduction to the case

The same input file as Tutorial 3b is used. The anchor plate/wall stability is only checked
for the last stage as it is the most unfavourable stage for which the anchor is present. The
geometry of this situation is shown in below.

25.0

GL=0

-2.0 2.0
CLAY
-4.0

-6.0 PEAT

CLAY

AZ 13

-13.0

SAND
-16.0

Figure 15.1: Excavation showing anchor to be checked (Tutorial 8)

1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3b.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-8a.shi>.

15.2 Characteristic Kranz anchor strength

The verification of the anchor stability is performed using the Characteristic Kranz Anchor
Strength tab in the Start Calculation window. However, this option is available only if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option in the Model window is selected.

2. Open the Model window from the Project menu.

3. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 8 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.

Deltares 243 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

5. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the Model window.
6. In the window displayed, select the C, phi, delta model and the Verification (EC7/CUR)
option.
7. Click OK to close the window. A Confirm window appears. Click OK to confirm this choice.
8. In the Calculation menu, select Start to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
9. Select the Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab to check if the stability of the anchor
is reached.
10. Select the last stage in the Construction stage sub-window and click the Start button.

Figure 15.2: Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab

According to the results (Figure 15.2), the characteristic anchor strength is 151 kN. The actual
anchor force according to CUR (1.5×Pmax) is not available, because the CUR verification
calculation has not yet been performed.

11. Save the current file as <Tutorial-8b>.

244 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 8: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)

12. In the Calculation menu, select Start to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
13. Select the Verify Sheet Piling and select CUR on the left side and click the Start button.
14. Close the Calculation Progress dialog and repeat steps 8 through 10.

The results (Figure 15.3) now show that the actual anchor force according to CUR equals
247 kN, which is too large to meet the criterion.

There are different ways to increase the characteristic Kranz anchor strength in case of un-
stable anchors: inclining the anchor downwards, increasing the sheet piling length, increasing
the anchor length, or lowering the application point of the anchor. To decrease the actual
anchor force, the anchor properties must be modified, or the spacing between anchors can
be reduced – this will correspond to an increase in the cross sectional area per running meter
(/m’).

15. Click the Draw Results button. The window displayed (Figure 15.4) shows the active and
passive slip surfaces on the anchor wall.

Figure 15.3: Start Calculation window, Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength tab, after
completing a CUR verification

For more details on the passive and active anchor wall pressures calculation, see chapter 35.

Deltares 245 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 15.4: Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength Results Diagram window

15.3 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can calculate the characteristic Kranz anchor strength in an anchor making it
possible for the user to compare this value to the actual force in the anchor. To increase the
characteristic Kranz anchor strength, the sheet piling length can be increased, the anchor can
be inclined, it can be made longer or it can be applied lower down the wall.

246 of 477 Deltares

16 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls
This example illustrates the analysis of a combined wall with a variable flexural stiffness. For
background information, see section 42.1.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To enter a combined pile and sheet piling wall using D-S HEET P ILING’s combined wall
wizard.
⋄ To make the necessary correction to compensate for arching of the piles below the
depth of the sheet piling.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-9.shi.

16.1 Introduction to the case

This example models a single stage excavation with a combined wall consisting of King piles
connected along the upper part by sheet piling, as show in Figure 16.1. It follows that the
flexural stiffness of the upper and lower parts is different. The soil profile consists of two clay
layers of thickness 5 m and 1 m respectively, with a sand layer below. The layer properties
are provided in Table 16.1.

GL=0
-1.0

CLAY HZ775C-12+PU12

-5.0

DEEP CLAY -6.0 DEEP CLAY

SAND
SAND

HZ775C-12

-10.0

Figure 16.1: One stage excavation with a combined wall

The center-to-center distance between the piles is 2.33 m. The King pile is an H-profile, by
Arbed, type HZ775C-12, has a width of 0.53 m, a wall thickness of 10 mm and a flexural
stiffness of 843759 kNm2 . The sheet piling between each pair of piles consist of three sheet
piling sections, type PU 12, each part having a width a 0.6 m and a flexural stiffness of
45360 kNm2 /m. The length of the piles is 10 m and the length of the sheet piling is 5 m.

Deltares 247 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 16.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 9)

Clay Deep Clay Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 14 14 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 14 14 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 2 5 0
Friction angle [deg] 20 20 30
Delta friction angle [deg] 10 10 20
Shell factor [-] 1 2 2.5
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
3
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m ] 800 1600 25000

Plan view

sheet piling
(EI=45360 kNm2/m)
2,33m
RL 0m

clay

RL -5m
clay/2
0,6m RL -6m
5m
sand

RL -10m

0,53m Pile (EI=843759 kNm2)

Figure 16.2: Combined wall example: dimensions and soil profile

One section of the combined wall, consisting of one pile and three sheet-piling parts, will be
considered for calculation purposes. Output of discrete moments and forces is required for
this section. The calculation of the action width and the flexural stiffness per running meter
can be performed conveniently, by using the combined wall wizard (section 4.2.2).

The amount of soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than the pile width
as a result of arching. Therefore the soil properties along the lower part of the combined wall
must be modified, using a shell factor s of 2 for clay and 2.5 for sand. These values are
obtained from tests or calculations. For more information, see section 42.1.2. A shell factor of
1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents arching from
taking place.

248 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls

16.2 General input

1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-9>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 9 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of combi-walls> for Title 1 and
Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Ka, Ko, Kp soil parame-
ters, deselect the Check vertical balance, the Settlement by vibration and the Verification
(EC7/CUR) option.

16.3 Combined Wall

Now the combined wall shown in Figure 16.2 can be modeled.

5. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
6. Click on the Combined Wall. . . button.
7. In the window displayed, select the appropriate pile and sheet pile types that will be used
in the wall by clicking the button: for the Piles, select the <HZ775C-12> type with
section S240 and for the Sheet pile select the <PU 12> type. The Name and the Stiffness
EI are automatically filled in. Enter the Number of sheet piles between each pair of piles
as <3>.

Figure 16.3: Combined wall (top view): position of the neutral axis of the piles and the
sheet piles

As shown in Figure 16.3, the neutral axes of the piles and sheet piles do not coincide. Such a
case can be handled by D-S HEET P ILING as explained hereafter.

8. Uncheck the checkbox Neutral axes of piles and sheet piles coincide. Enter <0.441> m
for the Distance between the neutral axis of the piles and the most extreme boundary of
the system and <0.750> m for the Distance between the neutral axis of the sheet piles
and the most extreme boundary of the system as given in Figure 16.3. For the Bottom
level values, see Figure 16.4 below or refer to Figure 16.2.

Deltares 249 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 16.4: Design Combined Wall window

9. Click OK to confirm the input.

As a result, the acting width, flexural stiffness and bottom levels of the combined wall are au-
tomatically calculated by D-S HEET P ILING in the Sheet Piling window, as shown in Figure 16.5
below.

Figure 16.5: Sheet Piling window

The combination wall calculation process is also explained in section 42.1.

16.4 Soil
The following steps permit the definition of the soil materials, surfaces, profiles and water
levels for this tutorial:

10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define two surfaces with names <Left>
and <Right> with levels 0 m and -5 m respectively.
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the param-
eters given in Table 16.1, using the Müller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING. Select Tangent

250 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls

with <1> as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window
to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 16.1.

Figure 16.6: Soil Materials window for Sand

12. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Fig-
ure 16.1, with the top levels of <Clay>, <Deep Clay> and <Sand> at 0 m, -5 m and
-6 m respectively.
13. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL>
at -1 m.
14. Open the Stages Overview window of the Stages menu to define the left and right surfaces.
15. In the Start Calculation window, click OK to calculate the results.

16.5 Results
The calculation results can be found in the report.

16. Start the calculation by selecting Start in the Calculation menu and clicking OK. When the
calculation is complete close the Calculation Progress window.
17. In the Results menu, click Report.

Deltares 251 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 16.7: Report window, Sheet Piling Properties section

In the Input Data section of the report, the input data can be found. The stiffness EI of the
upper and lower sections is given in kNm2 in the column Corrected stiffness EI. This value
corresponds to the stiffness per running meter calculated in section 16.3, multiplied by the
acting width:

⋄ Upper section: EI = 5.237028 105 × 2.33 = 1.2202 106 kNm2

⋄ Lower section: EI = 1.592000 106 × 0.53 = 8.4376 105 kNm2

In the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph of the report (Figure 16.8), note that the
values of the moduli of subgrade reaction correspond to the user-defined values (Figure 16.6)
multiplied by the shell factor:

⋄ For Clay: k = 800 × 1 = 800 kN/m3

⋄ For Deep Clay: k = 1600 × 2 = 3200 kN/m3
⋄ For Sand: k = 25000 × 2.5 = 62500 kN/m3

252 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 9: Modeling of combi-walls

Figure 16.8: Report window, Modulus of Subgrade Reaction paragraph

The resulting moments and forces apply to one full section of the wall, consisting of one pile
and three sheet-piling parts. The maximum moment acting on the upper 5 m can be seen
by opening the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from the Results menu and right clicking
over the moment graph to select the Chart Data. Scrolling down to a Depth of 5 m shows
that the maximum moment in this part is around 120 kNm at the level of -5 m. The maximum
moment acting on the lower 5 m is around 215 kNm. The pile therefore has to be able to resist
215 kNm. If the maximum is reached in the upper part, it is common practice to assume that
this maximum moment acts on the pile only. The dimensioning of the sheet piling is usually
based on the transmission of moments in the horizontal direction, and is therefore outside
the scope of this example. In this tutorial, the maximum allowable moment for the pile only is
2184 kNm (according to Figure 16.4). Therefore, this maximum is not reached.

Figure 16.9: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window

16.6 Conclusion
The combined wall wizard is a useful tool for inputting a combined wall: it converts the con-
stituent parts into the correct D-S HEET P ILING model. Moduli of subgrade reaction need to be
modified for the soil materials where only the piles are present, to compensate for arching.

Deltares 253 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

254 of 477 Deltares

17 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution
In this example, the sheet pile wall has a water-retaining function in addition to the standard
soil-retaining function. The difference in water pressures on either side of the wall gives rise to
water seepage under the toe of the wall. This effect is taken into account in D-S HEET P ILING by
inputting appropriate additional pore pressures. For background information, see section 42.4.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To calculate and input the additional pore pressure distribution in order to model the
total pore pressures caused by the water flow under the toe of the sheet piling.
⋄ To analyze the effect of these pressures on the sheet pile wall.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-10.shi.

17.1 Introduction to the case

This example involves a pit excavation in stratified soil. On the right hand side, the surface
level is 0 m. The water table is at -1 m. The pit is excavated on the left hand side to -
9 m. The pit excavation is kept dry by means of a dewatering systems. The water table in
the pit excavation is at -10 m. This means that there is a difference in water pressure of
9 × 10 = 90 kPa. Two struts at -2 m and -7 m support the sheet piling.

5.0m
GL=0
-1.0
-2.0
Strut 1

-7.0
Strut 2 CLAY

-9.0
-10.0 AZ 14
CLAY -12.0
-13.0
PEAT PEAT

SAND
-18.0

Figure 17.1: Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (Tutorial 10)

Deltares 255 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 17.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 10)

Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 14 11 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 14 11 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 5 2 0
Friction angle phi [deg] 17 20 32
Delta friction angle [deg] 11 0 21
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
Earth pressure coefficients Müller Müller Kötter
3
Mod. of sub. reaction (top side) [kN/m ] 800 500 10 000
Mod. of sub. reaction (bottom side) [kN/m3 ] 1 200 500 20 000
−8 −9
Permeability [m/s] 10 10 10−3

17.2 Additional pore pressure

The sand is relatively permeable. The pressure head differences occur, therefore, over the
clay layer and the peat layer. To determine the effect of the water flow, the additional pore
water pressures are calculated on both sides of the sheet piling using Equation (42.11) in
section 42.4:

di 1
∆Wi = ∆h × γw × × P di (17.1)
ki k i

On the low side this leads to:

2 1
∆Wclay = 9 × 10 × × 2 1

= 5.45 kN/m2 (17.2)
10−8 10−8
+ 10−9
+ 101−9 + 1011−8
1 1
∆Wpeat = 9 × 10 × −9 × 2 1 1 11

= 27.27 kN/m2
10 10−8
+ 10−9
+ 10−9 + 10−8
(17.3)

On the high side this leads to:

11 1
∆Wclay = −9 × 10 × × 2 1 1 11

= −30 kN/m2
10−8 10−8
+ 10−9
+ 10−9
+ 10−8
(17.4)
1 1
∆Wpeat = −9 × 10 × × 2 1 1 11

= −27.27 kN/m2
10−9 10−8
+ 10−9
+ 10−9
+ 10−8
(17.5)

Note that the sum of the magnitudes of these additional pore pressures is 90 kN/m2 (ignoring
rounding errors) which is the same as the pressure difference between the levels of the two

256 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution

phreatic surfaces. It can also be seen that the water pressure on both sides of the toe of the
sheet pile is the same: 8 × 10 + (5.45 + 27.27) = 17× 10 - (30.00 + 27.27) = 112.7

0.0
-1.0

clay

∆Wpeat
-9.0 ∆Wclay
-10.0

∆Wpeat
-12.0
25.5 20.0 80.0 110.0
62.8 30.0 peat -13.0
62.7 120.0

∆Wclay sand
62.8 60.0 92.7 150.0
total hydrostatic total hydrostatic
pressure pressure pressure pressure

Figure 17.2: Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling

Note: In general, this approximation method is sufficient. For cases with a major difference
in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be performed using a
specialized program, such as Deltares Systems’ MSeep.

17.3 General input

The geometry of Figure 17.1 is inputted in D-S HEET P ILING.

1. Create a new file with the name <Tutorial-10>.

2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 10 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.

17.3.1 Model
4. In the Model window, select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model.
5. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this tutorial.

17.3.2 Sheet Piling

6. In the Sheet Piling window, define a sheet pile with a stiffness of 44730 kNm2 /m’ by choos-
ing an <AZ 14> profile from <Arcelor> with a <S320> section in the Sheet Piling Pro-
files Library window.
7. Enter its top and bottom positions according to Figure 17.1.

Deltares 257 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

17.3.3 Soil Surfaces

8. In the Surfaces window, define two surfaces with names <Left> and <Right> respec-
tively at level <-9 m> and <0 m>.

17.3.4 Soil Materials

9. In the Soil Materials window, define the three materials as shown in Table 17.1.

17.3.5 Soil Profiles

10. In the Soil Profiles window, enter the additional pore water pressures distribution as shown
in Figure 17.2 and calculated in section 17.2. The <Clay> layer is separated at the water
table level into two layers (as shown in Figure 17.3 for the left side and Figure 17.4 for
the soil profile on the right side). D-S HEET P ILING will assume a linear distribution between
these values.

Figure 17.3: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side

258 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution

Figure 17.4: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side

17.3.6 Water Levels

11. In the Water Levels window, define two water levels with names <WL-1> and <WL-10>
respectively at levels <-1 m> and <-10 m>.

17.3.7 Water Properties

12. In the Water Properties window, enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance
with the previously calculated additional pore pressures.

17.3.8 Struts
13. In the Struts window from the Supports menu, define two struts at levels -2 m and -7 m
with properties as indicated in Figure 17.5. As only half of the problem is considered due
to symmetry, the length of the strut needs to be entered as 5.0 m. In this example buckling
is not taken into account, therefore a large value for the buckling force is entered.

Figure 17.5: Struts window

Deltares 259 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

17.3.9 Stages Overview

14. In the Stages Overview window, activate these different inputs as indicated in Figure 17.1
by selecting them in the appropriate sub-window.

17.4 Water pressure results

The water pressure distribution calculated by D-S HEET P ILING can be checked.

15. In the Start Calculation window click Start.

16. In the Stress State Charts window of the Results menu (Figure 17.6), click the right mouse
button and select View Data.

Figure 17.6: Stress State Charts window

17. In the window displayed (Figure 17.7), read the water pressures values at different depths
at the left side in the Water Pressure Left tab. They are the sum of the excess pore
pressure and the hydrostatic water pressure (γw × depth).

260 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 10: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution

Figure 17.7: Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab

18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacements window to view the effect of this seepage on the
construction.

Figure 17.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the ad-
ditional pore pressures

Deltares 261 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

17.5 Conclusion
Water flow under the toe of a sheet pile wall causes a pore pressure distribution in the sur-
rounding soil that is not proportional to the depth below the water table. The correct total
pressure distribution can be modeled by calculating and inputting additional pore pressures
for each soil layer.

262 of 477 Deltares

18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions
This example illustrates the method used to calculate the effect on a sheet pile wall of a
surcharge load with limited dimensions in two directions. This could be, for instance, the load
from a crane near a harbor wall. For background information, see section 42.2.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To model a load with limited size in the directions parallel and perpendicular to the sheet
pile wall.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-11a.shi and Tutorial-11b.shi.

18.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial example models a harbor wall construction, similar to the construction in Tutorial
3. The sheet pile wall is designed to resist a platform load (extending infinitely) of 20 kN/m2
In addition, there is a crane load of a total of F = 600 kN, acting over a surface area of
b = 1.5 m × L = 1.5 m. The front of the crane is located at d = 1.5 m behind the wall, as
indicated in Figure 18.1. The lower part of Figure 18.1 also indicates how this load is to be
modeled.

Deltares 263 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Top view Platform load = 20 kN/m2

Crane load F = 600 kN

1,5m
d1=1.5m

45o

d2=2.25m

q1
q2

Platform load = 20 kN/m2

GL=0
-1.5
-2.0
2.0
CLAY

PEAT
-7.0

CLAY AZ 13 CLAY
-13.0

SAND -16.0

Figure 18.1: Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (Tutorial 11)

18.2 General input

1. Open <Tutorial-3b.shi> by clicking Open in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-11a>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 11 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of loads with limited dimensions>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model since surcharge loads are used in this example.
5. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this example.

264 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions

18.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling
The crane load has a limited size parallel to the sheet piling. In order to model it in D-S HEET P ILING,
this load is considered in two parts in order to roughly model the changing width of the load
spread as a function of its distance from the sheet pile wall. Each part is modeled as being
distributed over an assumed load spread angle of 45◦ (see Figure 18.1). This produces the
following distribution formula:

F L
qi = · (18.1)
L · b L + 2di
Therefore:
F 600
q1 = = = 88.89 kN/m2 (18.2)
b (L + 2d1 ) 1.5 × (1.5 + 2 × 1.5)
(from 1.5 m to 2.25 m behind the wall)

F 600
q2 = = = 66.67 kN/m2 (18.3)
b (L + 2d2 ) 1.5 × (1.5 + 2 × 2.25)
(from 2.25 m to 3 m behind the wall).

Note: This crane load could be treated as just one part, since it has a rectangular shape. It
has been considered in two parts for better accuracy. For more information on modeling loads
with limited dimensions see section 42.2.

The platform and crane loads can now be inputted:

6. Select Uniform Loads in the Loads menu, and enter a load of 20 kN/m2 on the right side.
Use the name <Platform load> for easy reference in the Stages Overview.
7. Select Surcharge Loads in the Loads menu to enter the crane load.
8. In the window displayed, add a surcharge with the name <Crane load> as shown in
Figure 18.1. The <Crane load> has the distribution given in Figure 18.2 below.

Figure 18.2: Surcharge Loads window

9. In the Stages Manager window, add a fourth stage, named <Platform load and crane
load>.
10. In the Stages Overview window, activate the uniform load and the surcharge by selecting
them in the Surcharges right sub-window, as indicated in Figure 18.3.

Deltares 265 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 18.3: Stages Overview window

11. Start the calculation by selecting Start from the Calculation menu.

18.4 Results
As a result of the platform load and the crane load the bending moments have increased, as
indicated in Figure 18.4.

12. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to see the effect of the increased
loading. The maximum bending moment has increased to 515 kNm and exceeds now the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 351 kNm, as shown in Figure 18.4. That
means the selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. In the
next steps, by selecting an AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 430 N/mm2 (section S430),
the maximum moment for elastic behavior is raised to 559 kNm.

266 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions

Figure 18.4: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage (Tu-
torial 11a)

13. Save the current file as <Tutorial-11b>.

14. In the Sheet Piling window, click the “. . . ” button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window and select <S430>.
15. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment is now
less than this section’s maximum moment for elastic behavior which means the wall will
not fail in bending (Figure 18.5).

Figure 18.5: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with
a new sheet piling profile (Tutorial 11b)

Deltares 267 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

18.5 Conclusion
Loads with a limited size parallel to the sheet pile wall need to be adjusted so their effect can
be correctly calculated. This modification is performed by assuming the load acts over the
wall within the limits of lines extending at 45◦ from the front of where the load is applied.

268 of 477 Deltares

19 Tutorial 12: Obsolete (Previously: prediction of feasibility using
experience data)
This tutorial is no longer available, since the GeoBrain option was removed in release 19.3.

Deltares 269 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

270 of 477 Deltares

20 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)
This tutorial example illustrates the use of the Single pile model in D-S HEET P ILING. The cal-
culation of forces and displacements for a mooring pile loaded by a ship is performed here.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To use the single pile model of D-S HEET P ILING to analyze a pile subjected to a horizontal
force.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-13.shi.

20.1 Introduction to the case

In this example, the stability of a mooring post that is subject to a ship load is verified. The
maximum displacement of the pile is to be calculated in order to check that it is less than
10 cm. Figure 20.1 shows the problem geometry, and the relevant soil parameters are given
in Table 20.1.

Ship load 500 kN -0.5

-2.0

-4.5

CLAY -6.8
-8.3 SAND
-9.6
CLAY 2
-11.6 SAND 2
CLAY 3 -13.2

SAND 3 SAND 3

-20.5

Figure 20.1: Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) – Tutorial 13

Table 20.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 13)

Clay Sand Clay 2 Sand 2 Clay 3 Sand 3

Unsat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 15 18 15 18 17 18
3
Sat. total unit weight [kN/m ] 15 20 15 20 17 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 0 10 0 10 0
Friction angle [deg] 22.5 32.5 22.5 32.5 17.5 32.5
2
E-Modulus Ménard [kN/ ] 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 9000
Soil type Ménard [-] Clay Sand Clay Sand Clay Sand

Deltares 271 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

20.2 Pile loaded by forces

1. Create a new project by selecting New in the File menu.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 13 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Horizontally loaded pile> for Title 1 and
Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Choose the first option for this model: Pile loaded by forces.

Figure 20.2: Model window

6. Click OK to close the window.

To enter the pile data:

7. Open the Pile window from the Construction menu or click on the Pile button on the
icon bar.
8. Enter a pile consisting of one single element named <Mooring post>, with a Pile top level
of <-0.5 m> and a Section bottom level of <-20.5 m>, i.e. a length of 20 m.
9. In this example a Steel tubular pile is used, having a Diameter of 1200 mm, i.e. <1.2 m>,
an Elastic stiffness EI of <4 000 000 kNm2 > and a maximum characteristic moment
Mr;char;el for elastic behavior of <3800 kNm>. Enter a Reduction factor for EI and for
the maximum moment of <1> as no reduction factor is used in this project.

272 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)

Figure 20.3: Pile window

Note: The Pile window is similar to the Sheet Piling window for the Sheet Piling model, but
the parameters differ because of the dimensions of the input. Also the available options in
the main menu are slightly different. Note also that working with construction stages is not
possible for the single pile model.

20.3 Soil Profile

10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at -4.5 m.
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils as given in Ta-
ble 20.1. Select Brinch-Hansen as the method to be used to calculate the earth pressure
coefficients.

Figure 20.4: Soil Materials window

12. Enter the Soil Profiles as shown in Figure 20.5.

Deltares 273 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 20.5: Soil Profiles window

13. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-2 m>.

Note: The Brinch-Hansen and Menard method automatically takes into account the effect
of arching (section 41.2), but if the user chooses to define their own coefficients then these
should be modified as described in section 41.1. When using the Brinch-Hansen method, the
same soil layer can not be used at different depths in a profile, as the strength is a function
of depth. Instead, a duplicate of the soil layer should be created under a different name. It is
also recommended that thick soil layers be split section 41.2.1.

20.4 Horizontal Force

14. Open the Horizontal Forces window from the Loads menu and enter a horizontal force
named <Ship load> of <500 kN> at a level of <-0.5 m>.

Figure 20.6: Horizontal Forces window

15. Select these different inputs in the Stage Overview window, such as the <Ship load> to
activate them.

20.5 Results
16. Start a calculation and save the project using <Tutorial-13> as file name. Note that the
pile is stable as no message is displayed to the contrary.
17. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to view the results of the calcula-
tion.

274 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 13: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)

The maximum displacement of the pile is around 9 cm, which meets the condition that was
stated in the case description, of a maximum allowable displacement of 10 cm. The maximum
allowable bending moment of 3800 kNm is also not exceeded.

Figure 20.7: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

20.6 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the modeling of simple single pile models, loaded by forces and mo-
ments. The single pile calculation option allows the effect of arching to be taken into account,
by application of Brinch-Hansen’s theory. The input and calculation method is similar to that
for a sheet pile wall.

Deltares 275 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

276 of 477 Deltares

21 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment
This tutorial gives another example of using the Single pile model in D-S HEET P ILING. In this
example the option Pile loaded by soil displacements is used.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To define the behavior of the layers for soil displacements calculation;

⋄ To analyze a single pile that is loaded by soil deformations.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-14.shi.

21.1 Introduction to the case

In this case, calculations will be made for a foundation pile below a building. The building is
situated near a site where a road embankment will be constructed. It needs to be verified that
the maximum moment experienced by the pile after the embankment is built does not exceed
the maximum allowable value of 1000 kNm.

For this project, the road embankment is implemented as a surcharge load and the soil dis-
placements caused by this road embankment are automatically calculated, by D-S HEET P ILING
using the De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw, 1963).

Note: An alternative to De Leeuw tables is to calculate the soil displacements at the location
of the pile caused by the road embankment using finite element program. In such cases,
the output displacements of this FEM analysis are used as User defined displacements in
D-S HEET P ILING.

-0.5
-1.5
-2.5 SAND 1

CLAY 1
-4.5

CLAY 2
-6.5

CLAY 3
-8.5

CLAY 4
-10.5

-12.5

SAND 2

Figure 21.1: Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embank-
ment raise (Tutorial 14)

Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect

Deltares 277 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 21.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 14)

Sand1 Clay1 Clay2 Clay3 Clay4 Sand2

3
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m ] 18 15 15 15 15 18
Sat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 20 15 15 15 15 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 10 5 5 3 0
Friction angle [deg] 30 25 25 25 25 35
Behavior Stiff Elastic Foundation

of arching into account. Selecting the option Pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
will cause this to happen automatically because in such cases the Brinch-Hansen method is
automatically used for the calculation of the earth pressure coefficients.

21.2 Pile loaded by soil displacements

1. Create a new project and save it with the name <Tutorial-14>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 14 for D-S HEET P ILING >, <Horizontal pile deformation caused> and <by
soil embankment> for Title 1, Title 2 and Title 3 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Choose the second option for this model: Pile loaded by soil displacements and the Cal-
culated displacements.

Figure 21.2: Model window

6. Click OK to close the window.

To enter the pile data:

7. Open the Pile window from the Construction menu or click on the Pile button on the
icon bar.
8. Enter a pile consisting of one single element, with a Pile top level of <-0.5 m> and a
Section bottom level of <-12.5 m>, i.e. a length of 12 m. The Stiffness EI of the pile is

278 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment

<63900 kNm2 >, the Diameter is <40 cm> and the Maximum moment is <300 kNm>.
Enter a Reduction factor for EI and for the maximum moment of <1> as no reduction
factor is used in this project.

21.3 Soil input

9. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level <-0.5 m>.
10. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according
to Table 21.1. For Elastic materials, mark the Use default elasticity check-box to leave
D-S HEET P ILING estimate the elasticity using the unsaturated unit weight as explained in
section 41.1.1.

Figure 21.3: Soil Materials window

11. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define manually the soil profile as
shown in Figure 21.1.
12. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-1.5 m>.

21.4 Surcharge Load

The road embankment is implemented as a surcharge load. D-S HEET P ILING will automati-
cally calculate the soil displacements caused by this road embankment using the De Leeuw
tables(De Leeuw, 1963).

13. Open the Surcharges Loads window from the Loads menu.
14. Enter the road embankment properties given in Figure 21.4 below.

Deltares 279 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 21.4: Surcharge Loads window

15. Active the surcharge load in the Stage Composer by selecting it on the right.

21.5 Rigid Support

16. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu.
17. Enter a rigid support which suppresses Translation of the sheet piling at level <-0.5 m>.
This represents the resistance to translation provided by the connection of the pile to the
building.

Figure 21.5: Rigid Supports window

18. Active the rigid support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.

The Input Diagram window confirms the entered Surcharge Load and Rigid Support.

280 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment

Figure 21.6: Input Diagram window

21.6 Results
19. Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the
contrary.
20. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window.

Deltares 281 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 21.7: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

The Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 21.7) shows that the maximum mo-
ment in the pile is around 162 kNm, which is much less than the allowable maximum (i.e.
1000 kNm), so constructing the road embankment should not cause problems for this pile.
In the Displacements chart, the dotted line corresponds to the calculated soil displacements.
The numerical values can be found in the report.

21. Open the Report window to see the Calculated Displacements with Tables from De Leeuw
section (Figure 21.8).

Figure 21.8: Report window showing the calculated soil displacements

282 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 14: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment

Note: The results of a calculation are highly influenced by the soil displacements and the
value of the horizontal subgrade modulus in the displacing soil layers.

21.7 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING also allows the analysis of single piles subjected to impose soil deformations.
Those soil displacements can either be user-defined or automatically calculated displace-
ments from De Leeuw tables.

Deltares 283 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

284 of 477 Deltares

22 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7
In this tutorial, the Eurocode 7 design procedure is applied, using the prescribed partial fac-
tors. The same project as Tutorial 7 (chapter 14) is used, except that the design code is now
different.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To verify the stability of a sheet pile wall according to Eurocode 7.

⋄ To determine the design moment according to Eurocode 7.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-15a.shi to Tutorial-15g.shi.

22.1 Introduction to the case

The same input file as Tutorial 7 (chapter 14) is used, but the design of the sheet pile wall with
a single anchor and a temporary surcharge is performed by applying the EuroCode design
Code instead of the Dutch CUR 166 recommendation. The project geometry is illustrated in
Figure 22.1.

Figure 22.1: Construction stages (Tutorial 15)

Deltares 285 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

22.2 Introduction to Eurocode 7

According to the Eurocode 7, three Design Approaches, with different partial factors are de-
fined for the Ultimate Limit State. The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the
country where the verification is performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform
to their design methods. It should be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not
occur with the appropriate set of partial factors applied.

The partial factors recommended by Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given in Fig-
ure 22.2. These partial factors apply to actions or their effects, ground resistance and mate-
rial properties. In this tutorial, the verification is performed for three design approaches of the
Eurocode 7: design approaches 1, 2 and 3.

According to EuroCode 7, use of the Culmann method (c, φ, δ soil parameters) for the cal-
culation of the active and passive earth pressure coefficients is acceptable. For the calcu-
√ earth pressure coefficient, the formula used in D-S HEET P ILING (k0 =
lation of the neutral
(1 − sin φ) × OCR) is the one prescribed in the Eurocode for a horizontal ground sur-
face.

22.3 Partial factors according to Eurocode 7

The stages are the same as for Tutorial 7:

1. Open the input file <Tutorial-7a.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-15>.
2. In the Project Properties window, fill in <Tutorial 15 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design
code checking acc. to Eurocode 7> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification
tab.
3. Open the User Defined Partial Factors window from the Project menu, and select the EC7
General tab (Figure 22.2).
4. Check that all input values are equal to the default values. If a value differs from the default
value prescribed by the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) it will be displayed in red. In
that case, click on the Reset button to reset all values to the default values.

286 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Figure 22.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab

Note: The default values of the User Defined Partial Factors window can be modified to be
in accordance with the values prescribed in the National Annex of the EuroCode 7 of each
European country. The EC7 NL tab prescribed the values given by the Dutch National Annex
(NEN, 2017).

22.4 Determine the minimum length using partial factors from Eurocode 7
The minimum sheet pile length is first determined according to the Eurocode 7 for the four
design approaches. Level variations and partial factors given in Figure 22.2 are applied for all
stages.

22.4.1 Design Approach 1 set 1

5. Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
6. In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
7. Select EC7 General and Design approach 1 set 1.
8. Select the last Construction stage <4: Apply load>.
9. Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decre-
ment of <1 m>.
10. Click the Start button.

Deltares 287 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 22.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 17/S430 profile (Tutorial 15a)

The results (Figure 22.3) show that for a length of 20 m the maximum allowable moment is
reached. Therefore, a different sheet piling profile must be selected with a higher maximum
allowable moment.

11. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15b>.

12. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
13. Select an Arcelor <AZ 25> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.
14. In the Design Sheet Piling Length tab of the Start Calculation window perform a new design
calculation by clicking the Start button.

The results (Figure 22.4) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable.
Therefore, the minimum length is approximately 14 m.

288 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Figure 22.4: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 25/S430 profile (Tutorial 15b)

15. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting
each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the
final stage earlier than in the others.

To get a more accurate estimate of the conditions under which the piling becomes unstable
or the anchor yields, the Pile length inputs can be adapted.

16. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15c>.

17. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Down
to <13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again.

Deltares 289 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 22.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 1
(Tutorial 15c)

The results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length is approximately 13.25 m.

22.4.2 Design Approach 1 set 2

18. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15d>.
19. Repeat the design length procedure described above for design approach 1 set 2. The
minimum stable length (with anchor yielding) is 16.50 m as shown in Figure 22.6.

290 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Figure 22.6: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 2
(Tutorial 15d)

22.4.3 Design Approach 2

20. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15e>.
21. Repeat the design length procedure for design approach 2. The minimum stable length is
14.25 m as shown in Figure 22.7.

Deltares 291 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 22.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 2 (Tutorial
15e)

Note: For design approach 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100%
but 100%/1.40 = 71.7% as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead
of 1.0 for the others (see Figure 22.2). That’s why for a length of 14 m with a mobilized
resistance of 75.4% (> 71.7%) the sheet piling is considered as unstable.

22.4.4 Design Approach 3

22. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15f>.
23. Repeat the design length procedure described above for design approach 3. The minimum
stable length (with anchor yielding) is 16.50 m as shown in Figure 22.8.

292 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Table 22.1: Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches

Design Design Mob. Anchor Max. Max.

Approach length resistance force moment displacement
[m] [%] [kN] [kNm] [mm]
DA 1 set 1 13.50 89.8 285.06 907.2 114.4
DA 1 set 2 16.50 83.8 240.00 667.9 547133.5
DA 2 14.25 70.9 287.23 917.8 110.5
DA 3 16.50 83.8 240.00 667.9 547133.5

Figure 22.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 3 (Tutorial
15f)

22.4.5 Results overview

The results obtained for each design approach are summarized in the following table.

For this project, the design sheet piling length can vary from 13.50 m to 16.75 m depending
on the chosen design approach: both design approaches DA 1 set 2 and DA 3 give the largest
sheet piling length (including anchor yielding) whereas design approach DA 1 set 1 gives the
smallest sheet piling length (without anchor yielding).

Results of DA 1 set 2 (Figure 22.6) and DA 3 (Figure 22.8) are identical because both ap-
proaches use the same default partial factors (Figure 22.2). Both approaches give the largest
design length.

Deltares 293 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

For DA 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100% but 100%/1.40 = 71.7%
as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead of 1.0 for the others (see
Figure 22.2).

22.5 Design calculation using Verify Sheet Piling

The sheet piling design calculation just performed (section 22.4) does not provide a lot of
results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall. To get all of this
information, a Verify Sheet Piling calculation must be performed for the design length. In this
tutorial, only design approach 1 set 1 is verified but the same verification can be performed
for the other approaches.

22.5.1 Verification calculation

For design approach 1 set 1, the results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length
is approximately 13.25 m. It seems acceptable to reduce the sheet piling length from 14 m to
13.5 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.

24. Save the current file as <Tutorial-15g>.

25. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
26. Change the Section bottom level to <-13.5 m>.
27. Click OK to confirm.
28. Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
29. In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
30. Choose EuroCode and then select Design approach 1.

Figure 22.9: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab

31. Click Start to perform the design calculation.

294 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Figure 22.10: Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 15g)

At the end of the calculation, the message Calculation finished but becomes numerically un-
stable in one or more stages appears in the Calculation Progress window (Figure 22.10),
which means that the current length of the sheet piling is not acceptable according to Design
Approach 1 of the EuroCode 7. The report results must be therefore investigated.

32. Click on the Close button to close the Calculation Progress window.

22.5.2 Results overview

To view the results of this verification:

33. Select the Report option from the Results menu.

The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 22.11 and Figure 22.12) shows that the
sheet pile wall is considered as stable according to Design Approach 1 set 1 but unstable
according to Design Approach 1 set 2 of Eurocode 7 for stage 3.

Deltares 295 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 22.11: Report window, Overview per Stage and Test and Anchors and Struts sec-
tions for Design Approach 1 (Tutorial 15g)

296 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 15: Design code checking using EuroCode 7

Figure 22.12: Report window, Calculation Errors and Warnings sections for Design Ap-
proach 1 (Tutorial 15g)

22.5.3 Charts
34. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.

Figure 22.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the last stage (Tutorial
15g)

In the moment chart, the continuous line with a maximum value of 907.2 kNm is represented in
black. This means that the maximum allowable moment (1056 kNm) is not reached otherwise
the moment curve exceeding the maximum allowable moment would have been represented
in red.

Deltares 297 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

22.6 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to check a sheet pile wall according to the Eurocode 7, which
will become the only relevant design code for geotechnical projects in Europe within the next
few years. In this tutorial, the partial factors prescribed in “EuroCode 7, Part 1: General
rules” (NEN-EN, March 2005) have been used. However, each country can prescribe its own
design method and partial factors via the National Annex of the Eurocode. As information,
D-S HEET P ILING now supports the Dutch Annex and the Belgian Annex.

298 of 477 Deltares

23 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile
installation
This tutorial example looks at the surface settlements during the installation of a sheet piling
by vibration.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To predict to surface settlements during the sheet pile installation.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-16.shi.

23.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial involves the four stages excavation as used in Tutorial 7. The groundwater level
is located 2 meters below the initial surface level. The sheet piling is an Arcelor AZ 19 profile,
section S430. The top of the wall is located at surface level (SL) and the toe of the wall is at
GL -16 m.

Figure 23.1: Geometry of Tutorial 16

The soil parameters needed for a settlement by vibration calculation are given in Table 23.1.

23.2 Model
1. Open <Tutorial-7a.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-16>.
2. In the Identification tab of the Project Properties window, change Title 1 and Title 2 to re-
spectively <Tutorial 16 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Prediction of settlements by vibration>.

Deltares 299 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 23.1: Soil parameters for Tutorial 16

Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 15 10 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 11 19
Relative density [%] n.a. n.a. 72.5
-8 -9
Horizontal permeability [m/s] 10 10 10-3
Soil type [-] Clay Peat Sand

3. In the Model window, deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as it is not used and
select the Settlement by vibration option.

Figure 23.2: Model window

23.3 Sheet Piling

Prediction of settlement by vibration is based, among other things, on the geometry of the
sheet piling:

4. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.

5. Click the Browse button in the Import profile from library column to open the Sheet Piling
Profiles Library window.
6. Select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> with a steel quality <S430>.

300 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation

Figure 23.3: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window

7. Click the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window (Figure 23.4). The needed
parameters are automatically filled in.
8. Enter a Section bottom level of <-16 m> and leave the Number of simultaneously installed
piles to <2>.

Figure 23.4: Sheet Piling window

9. Click OK to close the window.

Deltares 301 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

23.4 Soil Materials

10. In the Soil menu, select Materials to open the Soil Materials window.
11. Enter the values given in Table 23.1 for the Soil layer type, the Relative density and the
Horizontal permeability. Note that for Clay and Peat the Relative density is not relevant
and thus disabled.
12. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 23.5: Soil Materials window for Clay material

23.5 Calculation
13. In the Feasibility menu, select Settlement by vibration to start the calculation.

A window appears showing the calculation progress. The calculation can take some time.

Figure 23.6: Calculation progress window

23.6 Results
14. To see the charts output, select Settlement by Vibration Charts from the Results menu.

The Settlement by vibration Charts window displays the settlement vs. the distance to sheet
pile. The settlements are calculated for the active side (i.e. right side in this example) of the
sheet pile and first step.

Three types of charts are displayed:

⋄ Settlements during installation of the sheet piling (Figure 23.7);

⋄ Settlements during removal of the sheet piling (Figure 23.8);
⋄ Total settlements (Figure 23.9).

302 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation

15. Choose During installation from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements during installation of the sheet piling
(Figure 23.7).

Figure 23.7: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during installation

16. Choose During removal from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements during removal of the sheet piling (Fig-
ure 23.8).

Deltares 303 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 23.8: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Settlement during removal

17. Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements due to “installation + removal” of the
sheet piling (Figure 23.9).

304 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 16: Prediction of surface settlements during sheet pile installation

Figure 23.9: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement (installation + re-
moval)

For each chart, three lines are shown. The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to
sheet pile volume. The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification. The black
line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile volume and soil
densification).

18. Click the right hand mouse button and select View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 23.10).

In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied, for example for
use in spreadsheets. For this tutorial, the maximum settlement after installation and removal
of the sheet pile wall is estimated to 23.5 mm, which is acceptable.

Deltares 305 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 23.10: Chart Data window for the Total settlement (installation + removal)

23.7 Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the Settlement by vibration option from the Feasi-
bility menu can be used to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal
of the sheet pile wall.

306 of 477 Deltares

24 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall
This example illustrates the modeling of a synthetic wall: a combination of a ProLock synthetic
profile and wooden piles. For background information, visit www.prolock.nl.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To enter a combined wall consisting of three sections

⋄ To make the necessary correction to compensate for arching of the piles below the
depth of the synthetic wall
⋄ To design manually the combined wall length with the allowable bending moment

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-17a.shi, Tutorial-17b.shi, Tutorial-17c.shi and

Tutorial-17d.shi.

24.1 Introduction to the case

This example models a single stage excavation with a combined wall consisting of a ProLock
Sigma profile and wooden piles. The wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Sigma pro-
file. The wooden piles are longer than the profile. Because of decomposition of wood, the
contribution of the wooden piles above the water level is neglected (Figure 24.2).

The soil profile consists of a clayey sand land layer and a sand layer. The layer properties
are provided in Table 24.1. On the excavated site the surface is not horizontal. An occasional
uniform surcharge of 2 kPa can be present on the right surface.

Figure 24.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17)

To start, the calculation is made for a synthetic profile length of 1.5 m, with 2 wooden piles
per meter and for a pile tip level of -2.5 m, as shown in Figure 24.1. This tutorial will show
that the calculated bending moment for such construction exceeds the allowable moment
(section 24.2.6). That’s why the synthetic profile must be lengthened from 1.5 m to 2 m
(section 24.2.7).

Deltares 307 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The question is to design the wall for two situations:

⋄ long term situation, without the surcharge (Tutorial 17a and Tutorial 17b),
⋄ short term situation, with the surcharge (Tutorial 17c and Tutorial 17d).

Figure 24.2: Dimensions of a ProLock Sigma wall

Table 24.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 17)

Sand, clayey Sand, moderate

3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 16 18
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 18 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 0
Friction angle [deg] 27.5 32.5
Delta friction angle [deg] 18.33 21.67
Shell factor [-] 1 2
Over-consolidation ratio [-] 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine
3
Mod. of sub. reaction, first branch [kN/m ] 12000 20000
3
Mod. of sub. reaction, second branch [kN/m ] 6000 10000
Mod. of sub. reaction, third branch [kN/m3 ] 3000 5000

The properties of the ProLock Sigma profile are shown in Table 24.2. The properties of the
(soft) wooden piles used in this project are provided in Table 24.3, per pile and per linear
meter (considering 2 wooden piles per linear meter).

308 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

Table 24.2: Properties of a ProLock Sigma profile (Tutorial 17)

Flexural strength fm;char 60.0 N/mm2

Partial material factor γM 1.20 -
Modification factor kmod 0.45 long term 0.50 short term
Section modulus W 222.5 cm3 /m’
Allowed bending moment 5.42 kNm/m’ long term 6.03 kNm/m’ short term
Flexural stiffness EI 34.7 kNm2 /m’

Table 24.3: Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 17)

Number of piles 1 2 2
Width D [m] 0.1 0.2 1
2
Flexural strength fm;rep [N/mm ] 18.0 - -
Partial material factor γm [-] 1.3 - -
Modification factor long term kmod [-] 0.589 - -
short term 0.746 - -
Design flexural strength(a) long term fu;d [N/mm2 ] 8.16 - -
short term 10.33 - -
2
Modulus of elasticity E [N/mm ] 9000 - -
3
Section modulus W [cm ] 98.17 196.34 981.70
(b)
Allowed bending moment long term Mmax [kNm] 0.80 1.60 8.01
short term 1.01 2.03 10.14
2
Bending stiffness EI [kNm ] 44.18 88.36 441.79
(a)
fu;d = fm;rep × kmod /γm
(b)
Mmax = W × fu;d

Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Sigma profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 24.4.

Table 24.4: Properties of the ProLock Sigma wall (Tutorial 17)

ProLock Wooden ProLock Sigma wall

Sigma piles (×2) with wooden piles
Width [m] 1 0.2 1
3
Section modulus [cm ] 222.50 196.34 418.84
Allow. moment short term [kNm] 6.03 2.03 8.05
Allow. moment long term [kNm] 5.42 1.60 7.02
2
Bending stiffness [kNm ] 34.70 88.36 123.06

24.2 Design at long term (Tutorial 17a)

Deltares 309 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

24.2.1 Project
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:

1. Start D-S HEET P ILING from the Windows task bar (Start/All Programs/Deltares Systems/D-
Sheet Piling).
2. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project.
3. Click Project on the menu bar and then choose Model.
4. Select Sheet piling.
5. Select the Mixed model.
6. Deselect the options Check vertical balance and Settlement by vibration
7. Select the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as a EuroCode design check will be performed.
8. Save the project with name <Tutorial-17a> by clicking Save in the File menu.

To give the project a meaningful description, follow the steps described below:

9. Open the Project Properties window from the Project menu or click on the Project Proper-
ties icon on the icon bar.
10. Fill in <Tutorial 17 for D-Sheet Piling> and <ProLock Sigma with 2 wooden piles per
meter> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.

24.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles

The combined wall shown in Figure 24.2 can be modeled.

11. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
12. In the window displayed, define the top part consisting of the synthetic sheet profiles only
because the contribution of the wooden piles above the water level (i.e. -0.5 m) is neglected
due to the decomposition of wood. Enter a Section bottom level of <-0.5 m> and then use
the “...” button in the Import profile from library column to import the specifications of the
ProLock Sigma profile.
13. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, select the Synthetic sheet piles tab. In the
drop-down list at the top of the window, select <ProLock> and then <Sigma> (Figure 24.3).

Figure 24.3: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab

14. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window. The sheet properties of the
selected synthetic pile type will be displayed in the window.
15. Change the Modification factor into <0.45> (short term) and leave the Reduction factor EI

310 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

and the Reduction factor maximum moment to their default value (1) as no reduction factor
is used in this project (Figure 24.4).

Figure 24.4: Sheet Piling window after importation of the ProLock Sigma profile

16. In the second row, define the second part of the synthetic wall consisting of the ProLock
Sigma profile with 2 wooden piles per meter by importing this combined profile from the
library. Enter a Section bottom level of <-1.5 m> and use the “...” button in the second
row of the Import profile from library column to import the specifications of the combined
profile.
17. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, select the Combined sheet piles tab. In the
drop-down list at the top of the window, select <ProLock> and then <Sigma + 2 soft wood
piles Ø100 mm/m’> (Figure 24.5).

Figure 24.5: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Combined sheet piles tab

18. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window. The sheet properties of the
selected combined pile type will be displayed in the window.
19. Change the Modification factor into <0.48> (short term).
20. The last profile consisting of the 2 wooden piles will be added manually. Enter the Name
of the wooden part <2 softwood piles/m>.
21. Enter a Section bottom level of <-2.5 m>.

Deltares 311 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

22. Select <User defined> as Material type.

23. Enter <0.2 m> as Acting width.
24. Finally, use the properties given in the last column of Table 24.3 as they are per running
meter so as requested in the Sheet Piling window (Figure 24.6).
25. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 24.6: Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial 17a)

24.2.3 Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.

24.2.3.1 Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is not horizontal. This can be defined in the Surfaces
window:

26. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define a surface with name <Right>
with level 0 m.
27. Define a second surface with name <Left> and fill in the values that are listed in the table
of Figure 24.7.

Figure 24.7: Surfaces window

Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now
be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left side of the
Input Diagram window.

28. In the upper box of the Stage Composer, click Surface left and select the surface with
description <Left> in the lower box (Figure 24.8). The effect can be directly seen in the
Input Diagram window.

312 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

29. Repeat this for Surface right by linking it with the <Right> surface.

Figure 24.8: Stage Composer to assign the surface levels

24.2.3.2 Soil Materials

30. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the param-
eters given in Table 24.1, using the Müller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING.

Figure 24.9: Soil Materials window for Sand moderate

24.2.3.3 Soil Profiles

31. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Fig-
ure 24.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey> and <Sand, moderate> at 0 m and
-1.5 m respectively.

Deltares 313 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

24.2.3.4 Water Levels

32. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL>
at <-0.5 m>.

24.2.4 Model selection

Slopes can only be analyzed if the c, φ, δ model is used, that’s why the left side of the
construction is analyzed with the c, φ, δ model whereas the right side is analyzed with the
Ka , K0 , Kp model.

33. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on the
icon bar.
34. Select method <C, phi, delta> for the Left side.
35. Click OK to confirm.

24.2.5 Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.

36. Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
37. In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
38. Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
39. Select <RC 0> as Partial factor set. Select Check stability for all stages.

Figure 24.10: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab

314 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

24.2.6 Results
40. Click Start to perform the Verify Sheet Piling calculation. When the calculation is complete,
a warning message appears at the bottom of the window (Figure 24.11) indicating that
errors were found.

Figure 24.11: Calculation Progress window

41. Close the Calculation Progress window and open the Report from the Results menu to get
more details about this message.
42. Go to paragraph 2 named Summary using the Move to next page button.

Figure 24.12: Report window - Summary for Tutorial 17a

The Calculation Errors section (Figure 24.12) indicates that the maximum calculated moment
moment exceeds the maximum allowable moment. To know in which step(s) this happens,
the moment chart need to be inspected for each step:

43. In the Results menu, click Moment/Force/Displacement Chart.

44. Inspect the results for the available steps (i.e 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.5 x factor) using the Next
step button.

For steps 6.3 and 6.4, the calculated moment (2.69 kNm) exceeds the allowable moment
(1.60 kNm) in the lowest section of the wall composed of 2 wooden piles per meter (Fig-
ure 24.13). The bottom position of the middle section of the wall (i.e. synthetic profile with two
wooden piles) must be lowered so that the maximum calculated moment takes place in the
middle section of the wall because, in this section, the allowable moment is higher (7.02 kNm).

Deltares 315 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 24.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3

24.2.7 Manual design of the wall length (Tutorial 17b)

The bottom position of the middle part of the wall (i.e. synthetic profile with two wooden piles)
can be first lowered by 0.5 m and a new calculation must be performed to check the moments:

45. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-17b> as project name.
46. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu and change the Section bottom
level of the middle part of the wall into <-2 m>.

A shell factor of 1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents
arching from taking place. As a consequence, the Sand, moderate layer must be divided into
2 layers, from -1.5 m to -2 m and below -2 m with a shell factor of 1 and 2 respectively.

47. Open the Materials window.

48. Select material named Sand, moderate.
49. Click the button.
50. Rename the created material with <Sand, moderate no shell> and change the Shell factor
into <1> (Figure 24.14).

316 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

Figure 24.14: Materials window

51. Open the Soil Profiles window and enter the new profile (Figure 24.15).

Figure 24.15: Soil Profile window

52. Perform a new calculation. No error message appears at the end of the calculation.
53. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.16).

Deltares 317 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 24.16: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3

The maximum calculated moment (2.6 kNm) is now situated in the middle part of the wall
(composed of the ProLock Sigma profile and 2 wooden piles per meter). In this part, the
allowable moment (7.02 kNm) is higher than in the lowest part (1.60 kNm), that’s why the
maximum calculated moment now passes.

Note: Usually, to design the length of the wall, the option Design Sheet Piling Length is used
(section 5.2.2). However, in case of combined wall, this option can be used only to design the
lower part of the wall (i.e. wooden piles), but not the upper part. That’s why, the design length
will be determined manually, by changing the bottom level of the ProLock Sigma profile.

24.3 Design at short term (Tutorial 17c)

The design must also be verified at short term situation, where an occasional uniform sur-
charge can be present at the active side.

54. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-17c> as project name.

318 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

24.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall

The allowable bending moment at short term is higher than at long term, so it must be updated:

55. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling icon
on the icon bar.
56. In the window displayed, change the Modification factor of the Sigma profile to <0.5>.
Change the Modification factor of the Sigma + 2 soft wood piles to <0.55> to get an al-
lowable design moment Mr;d;el of 8.05 kNm/m’ as required in Table 24.4. And change the
allowable characteristic moment Mr;char;el of the 2 soft wood piles into <10.14 kNm/m’>
57. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 24.17: Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial 17c)

24.3.2 Adding a uniform load

For the short term, a uniform surcharge of 2 kPa is present on the right surface:

58. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Uniform Loads.
59. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Surface load>, with a mag-
nitude of <2 kN/m2 >. The load is defined as <Permanent> and <Unfavourable> as it
is on the active side.
60. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 24.18: Uniform Load window

61. Activate the Surface load in the Stage Composer by selecting Uniform loads in the upper
box and by marking Surface load in the lower box (see Figure 24.19).

Deltares 319 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 24.19: Stage composer to assign the uniform load

24.3.3 Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:

62. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. A warning message
appears at the end of the calculation.
63. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.20):
the allowable moment is exceeded in steps 6.3 and 6.4.

Figure 24.20: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3

The bottom position of the middle part of the wall (i.e. synthetic profile with two wooden piles)

320 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 17: Design length of a synthetic wall

can be first lowered by 0.1 m and a new calculation must be performed to check the moments:

64. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-17d> as project name.
65. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu and change the Section bottom
level of the middle part of the wall into <-2.10 m>.
66. Open the Soil Profile window and change the Top level of the bottom layer ‘Sand, moderate’
to <-2.10 m>.
67. Perform a new calculation. No error message appears at the end of the calculation.
68. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.21).

Figure 24.21: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3

In the lowest part of the wall, the maximum calculated moment (2.01 kNm) is now lower than
the maximum allowable moment (2.03 kNm).

24.4 Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for a combined wall consisting of a ProLock Sigma
profile and wooden piles has been performed. With a length of 2.1 m for the combined pile
(ProLock Sigma + 2 soft wood piles), the maximum calculated moments do not exceed the
allowable moments for both long and short terms; the strength of the wall is therefore enough.

Deltares 321 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

322 of 477 Deltares

25 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage
This example illustrates the modeling of a ProLock anchored combined wall. This wall is
a combination of a synthetic profile and wooden piles. For background information, visit
www.prolock.nl.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To enter a combined wall consisting of three sections;

⋄ To make the necessary correction to compensate for arching of the piles below the
depth of the synthetic wall;
⋄ To design manually the combined wall length with the allowable bending moment;
⋄ To apply an oblique anchor;
⋄ To determine the input data of the anchor from the technical specifications given by the
manufacturer.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-18a.shi and Tutorial-18b.shi.

25.1 Introduction to the case

This example models a single stage excavation with an anchored combined wall consisting
of a ProLock Omega profile and wooden piles. The wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock
Omega profile. The wooden piles are longer than the profile. Because of decomposition of
wood, the contribution of the wooden piles above the water level is neglected (Figure 25.2).

The soil profile consists of a clayey sand land layer, a clay layer and a sand layer. The layer
properties are provided in Table 25.1. An occasional uniform surcharge of 5 kPa can be
present on the right surface.

Figure 25.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18)

To start, the calculation is made for a synthetic profile length of 3 m, with 2 wooden piles per

Deltares 323 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

meter and for a pile tip level of -4 m, as shown in Figure 25.1. A row of inclined anchors is
installed at level -0.25 m, with one anchor every 2 m. This tutorial will show that the calculated
bending moment for such construction does not exceed the allowable moment.

Note: As the construction is loaded by the vertical component of the anchor force, the bearing
capacity of the piles has to be verified. This verification is not part of this tutorial.

The question is to design the wall for two situations:

⋄ long term situation, without the surcharge (Tutorial 18a),

⋄ short term situation, with the surcharge (Tutorial 18b).

Figure 25.2: Dimensions of a ProLock Omega wall

324 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

Table 25.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 18)

Sand, Clay Sand,

clayey moderate,
shell
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 16 15 18
3
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 18 15 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 2 0
Friction angle [deg] 27.5 25 32.5
Delta friction angle [deg] 18.33 16.67 21.67
Shell factor [-] 1 1 or 1.5 2
Over-consolidation ratio [-] 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine
st 3
Mod. of sub. reaction, 1 branch [kN/m ] 12000 2000 20000
Mod. of sub. reaction, 2nd branch [kN/m3 ] 6000 800 10000
rd 3
Mod. of sub. reaction, 3 branch [kN/m ] 3000 500 5000

The properties of the ProLock Omega profile are shown in Table 25.2. The properties of the
(soft) wooden piles used in this project are provided in Table 25.3, per pile and per linear
meter (considering 2 wooden piles per linear meter).

Table 25.2: Properties of a ProLock Omega profile (Tutorial 18)

Deltares 325 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 25.3: Properties of the round wooden piles (Tutorial 18)

per pile per m’

Number of piles [m] 1 2
Diameter D [mm] 150
Strength class C18
2
Flexural strength fm;rep [N/mm ] 18.0
Partial material factor γm [-] 1.3
Modification factor long term kmod [-] 0.55
short term 0.70
Height factor kh [-] 1
(1) 2
Design flexural strength long term fu;d [N/mm ] 7.62
short term 9.69
2
Modulus of elasticity SLS Erep [N/mm ] 9000
ULS Ed 6000
(2) 3
Section modulus W [cm ] 331 662
(3)
Allowed bending moment long term Mmax [kNm] 2.52 5.04
short term 3.21 6.42
2
Bending stiffness SLS EIrep [kNm ] 224 447
ULS EId 149 298
(1)
fu;d = fm;rep × kmod × kh /γm
(2)
also called resisting moment
(3)
Mmax = W × fu;d

Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Omega profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 25.4.

Table 25.4: Properties of the ProLock Omega wall (Tutorial 18)

ProLock Wooden ProLock Omega wall

Omega piles (×2) with wooden piles
Section modulus [cm3 /m’] 315 662 977
Allow. moment long term [kNm/m’] 7.09 5.04 12.13
Allow. moment short term [kNm/m’] 7.88 6.42 14.29
2
Bending stiffness at SLS [kNm /m’] 91 224 538
Bending stiffness at ULS [kNm2 /m’] 28 149 326

The anchor is chosen from the JLD anchor systems: a MK-SR anchor wall with the char-
acteristics given in Figure 25.3 and a GEWI anchor bar of 16 mm diameter and 6 m length
(Table 25.5).

326 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

Figure 25.3: Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18)

Table 25.5: Technical data for the GEWI Threadbar (Tutorial 18)

25.2 Design at long term (Tutorial 18a)

25.2.1 Project
This tutorial is based on the previous tutorial (chapter 24) as the input is quite similar:

1. Open the previous tutorial by clicking Open in the File menu and selecting <Tutorial-
17a.shi>.
2. Save the project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by entering
<Tutorial-18a> as project name.

To give the project a meaningful description, follow the steps described below:

Deltares 327 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

3. Open the Project Properties window from the Project menu or click on the Project Proper-
ties icon on the icon bar.
4. Fill in <Tutorial 18 for D-Sheet Piling> and <ProLock Omega with 2 wooden piles per
meter> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.

25.2.2 Synthetic wall with wooden piles

The combined wall shown in Figure 25.2 can be modeled.

5. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button on the icon bar.
6. In the window displayed, define the top part consisting of only sheet profiles as the con-
tribution of the wooden piles above the water level (i.e. -0.5 m) is neglected because of
decomposition of wood. Use the Import profile button to import the specifications of the
ProLock Omega profile. Change the Modification factor into <0.45>.
7. In the second row, define the second part of the synthetic wall consisting of the ProLock
Omega profile with 2 wooden piles per meter as given in Table 25.4.
8. In the third row, define the lowest part consisting of only 2 wooden piles. The proper-
ties given in the last column of Table 25.3 correspond to a width of 300 mm (2 piles).
The request values in the Sheet Piling window are per running meter. All the values
of the table must therefore be divided by 0.3 m (i.e. the Acting width) to get an input
in running meter: W = 662/0.3 = 2207 cm3 /m’, Mmax =5.04/0.3 = 16.80 kNm/m’ and
EI = 224/0.3 = 1491 kNm2 /m’.
9. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 25.4: Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial 18a)

Note: For the bending stiffness EI , the maximum value (between SLS and ULS) given in
Table 25.3 is used as it provides the maximum calculated bending moment.

Note: The use of the Combined Wall tool as in Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) is not applicable in this
tutorial because the wooden piles are inserted into the synthetic profile.

25.2.3 Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.

328 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

25.2.3.1 Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is horizontal, on the contrary of the previous tutorial. This
can be changed in the Surfaces window:

10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define the surface named <Left> with
<-2.5 m>.

25.2.3.2 Soil Materials

Both clay layers (with and without arching effect) are added to the list of materials:

11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and add the <Clay> material by
clicking the button. Enter the parameters given in Table 25.1, using the Müller-
Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an automatic calculation of the Earth pressure
coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING and using a Shell factor of <1>.
12. Click again the button to duplicate this layer and rename the created material with
<Clay, shell>. Change the Shell factor into <1.5>.

Figure 25.5: Soil Materials window for Clay, shell

25.2.3.3 Soil Profiles

13. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Fig-
ure 25.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey>, <Clay>, <Clay, shell> and <Sand,
moderate, shell> at 0 m, -2 m, -3 m and -3.5 m respectively.

Deltares 329 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

25.2.4 Anchor
For this project, an anchor wall type MR-SR in combination with a GEWI bar 16 mm are
chosen and represented in Figure 25.6.

Figure 25.6: Anchor Wall type MR-SR in combination with a GEWI bar

The input parameters for the anchor needed by the program first have to be determined (per
running meter) using the data’s given in Figure 25.3 and Table 25.5:

⋄ the Young’s modulus is that one of steel: E = 2.05 × 108 kN/m2 ;

⋄ the cross sectional area must include the effect of possible corrosion (1.75 mm after 50
2
year): A = π × ((16 − 1.75) /2) = 123 mm2 .
Per running meter, the section becomes: A = 123 × 10-6 /2 = 6.136 × 10-5 m2 /m’.
⋄ the height of the MR-SR wall is 317.5 mm. But the wall height as input value in
D-S HEET P ILING in the vertical projection of the wall height:
H = 317.5 × cos 35◦ = 0.26 m;
⋄ the length is the total length of the anchor system (bar + anchor):
L = 6 m + 436.9 mm = 6.44 m;
⋄ the (representative) yield force Fy is determined using the tensile strength ft = 550 N/mm2 :
Fy = ft × A = 550 × 123 = 67.50 kN.
To get the design yield force, a safety factor of 1.4 is applied according to CUR 166
recommendations: Fy;d = Fy /1.4 = 48.21 kN.
Per running meter, the force becomes: Fy;d = 48.21 kN/2 m = 24.11 kN/m’.

14. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.

15. Enter <JLD MR-SR anchor + GEWI d16> as name (Figure 25.7).
16. Specify the anchor parameters as determined above.
17. Click OK to close the window.

Figure 25.7: Anchors window

330 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

To activate the anchor:

18. In the upper box of the Stage Composer, click Anchors and select the anchor <JLD MR-
SR anchor + GEWI d16> in the lower box (Figure 25.8). The effect can be directly seen in
the Input Diagram window.

Figure 25.8: Stage composer to activate the anchor

25.2.5 Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode
7, with safety class RC1.

19. Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
20. In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
21. Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
22. Select <RC 1> as Partial factor set.
23. Click Start to perform the calculation.

Figure 25.9: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab

25.2.6 Results
No error occurred. The charts of the bending moment can be inspected:

Deltares 331 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

24. In the Results menu, click Moment/Force/Displacement Chart.

25. Inspect the results for the available steps (i.e 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.5 x factor) using the Next
step button.

For the middle section of the wall (ProLock Omega with 2 wooden piles, the maximum calcu-
lated moment (10.0 kNm) does not exceed the allowable moment (12.1 kNm), likewise for the
lowest section of the wall composed of 2 wooden piles per meter (Figure 25.10).

Figure 25.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3

26. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 25.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in all CUR steps.

332 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

Figure 25.11: Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a)

25.3 Design at short term (Tutorial 18b)

The design must also be verified at short term situation, where an occasional uniform sur-
charge can be present at the active side.

27. Save the current project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by
entering <Tutorial-18b> as project name.

25.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall

The allowable bending moment at short term is higher than at long term, so it must be updated:

28. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling icon
on the icon bar.
29. In the window displayed, change the Maximum moment for the three parts using the values
given in Table 25.4.
30. Change the Modification factor to <0.5> because that is the factor for the short term design
calculation.
31. Click OK to confirm the input.

Deltares 333 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 25.12: Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial 18b)

25.3.2 Adding a uniform load

For the short term, a uniform surcharge of 5 kPa is present on the right surface:

32. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Uniform Loads.
33. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Surface load>, with a mag-
nitude of <5 kN/m2 >. The load is defined as <Permanent> and <Unfavourable> as it
is on the active side.
34. Click OK to confirm the input.
35. Activate the Surface load in the Stage Composer by selecting Uniform loads in the upper
box and by marking Surface load in the lower box.

25.3.3 Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:

36. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. No error message
appears at the end of the calculation.
37. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 25.13):
the allowable moment is not exceeded in all calculation steps.

334 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 18: Modeling of synthetic wall with anchorage

Figure 25.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3

In the three sections of the combined wall, the maximum calculated moment does not exceed
the allowable moment (Figure 25.13).

25.4 Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for an anchored combined wall consisting of
a ProLock Omega profile and wooden piles and a JLD anchor has been performed. The
maximum calculated bending moments per section do not exceed the allowable moment. The
stability of the anchored wall is therefore enough.

Deltares 335 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

336 of 477 Deltares

26 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic
behaviour
This tutorial gives an example of using the Plastic calculation option in D-S HEET P ILING for a
single pile. In this example the option Pile loaded by soil displacements is used.

The objectives of this exercise are:

⋄ To define the elasto-plastic behavior of cross-section;

⋄ To define the behavior of the layers for soil displacements calculation;
⋄ To analyze a single pile that is loaded by soil deformations.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-19.shi.

26.1 Introduction to the case

In this case, calculations will be made for a foundation piles (composed of pre-tensionned
concrete piles) below a building. The building is situated near a site where a pond will be
digged. It needs to be verified that the maximum moment experienced by the piles after the
pond is digged does not exceed the maximum allowable value.

Figure 26.1: Horizontal pile loaded by soil deformations caused by pond digging (Tuto-
rial 19)

The soil displacements at the location of the pile caused by the digging of the pond were
calculated using a finite element program. In such case, the output displacements of this
FEM analysis are used as User defined displacements in D-S HEET P ILING. The modulus of
subgrade reaction in the soft layers is also derived from the results of this FEM analysis.

Deltares 337 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 26.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 19)

Port Clay1 Clay2 Clay3 Peat Sand

mud
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m3 ] 14 16 16 16 10 17
3
Sat. unit weight [kN/m ] 14 16 16 16 10 20
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0 0 0 0 0 0
Friction angle [deg] 20 20 20 20 20 30
3
Modulus of subgrade reaction [kN/m ] 538 269 538 1615 269 10000

Table 26.2: Horizontal soil displacements after 30 years (Tutorial 19)

Level Horizontal soil displacements

[m NAP] [m]
-1.55 0.091
-5.5 0.139
-7 0.287
-9 0.307
-16 0.045
-18 0

The flexural stiffness of the pre-tensionned concrete pile is based on M-N-Kappa diagrams
(Figure 26.2). In those diagrams, four branches are distinguished:

⋄ Branch 1: the pile is in an uncracked state;

⋄ Branch 2: the pile cracks in the concrete section;
⋄ Branch 3: the steel reinforcement is in yielding state;
⋄ Branch 4: the stress remains constant but strain keeps increasing.

Figure 26.2: M-N-Kappa diagrams for cross-sections 1 and 2 (Tutorial 19)

Two cross-sections of the pile are distinguished:

⋄ Cross-section 1 for the pile head, see Table 26.3

338 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour

⋄ Cross-section 2 for the rest of the pile, see Table 26.4

Table 26.3: Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 1
(Tutorial 19)

Point My κ EIpoint
-3
[kNm] [10 /m] [kNm2 ]
Point 0 0.0 0.000
Point 1: Concrete starts cracking 54.0 2.296 23522
Point 2: Steel starts yielding 118.5 13.048 9082
Point 3: Start plasticity 169.2 31.564 5361

Table 26.4: Moment and curvature values of the M-N-Kappa diagram of cross-section 2
(Tutorial 19)

Point My κ EIpoint
[kNm] [10-3 /m] [kNm2 ]
Point 0 0.0 0.000
Point 1: Concrete starts cracking 89.1 3.574 24929
Point 2: Steel starts yielding 141.6 6.634 21341
Point 3: Start plasticity 186.3 17.438 10686

26.2 Pile loaded by user defined soil displacements

1. Create a new project and save it with the name <Tutorial-19>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 19 for D-S HEET P ILING >, <Horizontal pile deformation> and <with elasto-
plastic behaviour> for Title 1, Title 2 and Title 3 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Choose the second option for this model: Pile loaded by soil displacements and the User
defined displacements.
6. Unmark the Elastic calculation option in order to perform an elasto-plastic calculation.

Deltares 339 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 26.3: Model window

7. Click OK to close the window.

26.3 Pile
To enter the pile data:

8. Open the Pile window from the Construction menu or click on the Pile button on the
icon bar.

Enter a pile consisting of two elements:

9. For the first element, enter <Head> as Name, a Material type as <User defined>, a Pile top
level of <-1.55 m>, a Section bottom level of <-2.05 m> and a Diameter of <35 cm>.
10. Click on Edit moment-curvature diagram to open the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-
Kappa) window (Figure 26.4).
11. Enter the moments given in Table 26.3 and use the flexural stiffness per point to calculate
the flexural stiffness per branch, see Note below.
12. Mark Symmetric to use the same values in traction and in compression.
13. Click OK to return to the Pile window.

Note: The flexural stiffness given in Table 26.3 and Table 26.4 is a value at a point, but in the
Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window the flexural stiffness of a branch must be
given:

EIbranch 1 = EIpoint 1 = 23522 kNm2

M2 − M1 118.5 − 54
EIbranch 2 = = 118.5 2.296 = 5999 kNm2
M2
− κ1 −
EIpoint 2 9082 1000

M3 − M2 169.2 − 118.5
EIbranch 3 = = 169.2 13.048 = 2739 kNm2
M3
− κ2 −
EIpoint 3 5361 1000

340 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour

Figure 26.4: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 1 (top)

14. For the second element, enter <Rest> as Name, a Material type as <User defined>, a
Section bottom level of <-25.5 m> and a Diameter of <35 cm>.
15. Click on Edit moment-curvature diagram to open the Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-
Kappa) window (Figure 26.5).
16. Enter the moments given in Table 26.4 and use the flexural stiffness per point to calculate
the flexural stiffness per branch (see equations below).
17. Mark Symmetric to use the same values in traction and in compression.
18. Click OK to return to the Pile window.

EIbranch 1 = EIpoint 1 = 24929 kNm2

M2 − M1 141.6 − 89.1
EIbranch 2 = = 141.6 = 17151 kNm2
M2 3.574
− κ1 −
EIpoint 2 21341 1000

M3 − M2 186.3 − 141.6
EIbranch 3 = = 186.3 = 4139 kNm2
M3 6.635
− κ2 −
EIpoint 3 10686 1000

Deltares 341 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 26.5: Moment-Curvature Diagram (M-N-Kappa) window for cross-section 2 (bot-

tom)

19. Click OK to return to the Pile window (Figure 26.6).

20. Set the Mr;char;el and the Mr;char;pl equal to Moment point 1 and Plastic moment re-
spectively for both sections.

Figure 26.6: Pile window

342 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour

26.4 Soil input

21. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level <-1.55 m>.
22. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according to
Table 26.1.

Figure 26.7: Soil Materials window

23. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define manually the soil profile as
shown in Figure 26.1.
24. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-2.2 m>.

26.5 Rigid Support

25. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu.
26. Enter a rigid support which suppresses the Rotation of the pile at level <-1.55 m> as the
pile is at the top completely stuck.

Figure 26.8: Rigid Supports window

27. Activate the rigid support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.

Deltares 343 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

26.6 Spring Support

The pile is at the top horizontally supported. In the calculation, this is modelled by a horizontal
spring with a translation stiffness. The measurements show that the building has a displace-
ment of 0.035 m. The stiffness of the spring is determined in such a way that the displacement
of the pile top is equal to the displacement of the building. This happens for a spring stiffness
of about 1500 kN/m.

28. Open the Springs Supports window from the Supports menu.
29. Enter a spring support at level <-1.56 m> with a Translation stiffness of <1500> kN/m.

Figure 26.9: Spring Supports window

Note: D-S HEET P ILING does not allow defining several supports at the same level. That’s why
the level of the spring support is not exactly at the pile top (-1.55 m) but 1 cm below because
a rigid support is already defined at the pile top (see Figure 26.8).

30. Activate the spring support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.

26.7 Soil Displacements

31. Open the Soil Displacements window from the Loads menu.
32. Enter the soil displacements given in Table 26.2 (Figure 26.10).

344 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 19: Horizontal pile deformation with elasto-plastic behaviour

Figure 26.10: Soil Displacements window

The Input Diagram window (Figure 26.11) confirms the entered Rigid Supports, Spring Sup-
ports and Soil Displacements.

Figure 26.11: Input Diagram window

Deltares 345 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

26.8 Results
33. Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the
contrary.
34. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window.

Figure 26.12: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

The Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 26.12) shows that the maximum
moment in the pile is around 181.3 kNm in the Rest section. This is more than the allow-
able elastic moment (89.1 kNm), but less than the allowable plastic moment (186.3 kNm), so
digging the pond should not cause problems for this pile.

26.9 Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the plastic analysis of a single pile. This tutorial shows that the maxi-
mum calculated moment can be reached for an elastic analysis, but not for a plastic analysis.

346 of 477 Deltares

27 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis
In this example, the Reliability Analysis calculation method of D-S HEET P ILING is used to gain
insight in the probability of failure of a sheet pile wall construction and assess the influence of
input parameters.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To find the design point settings given a set of stochastic parameters with regards to
three different definitions of the Z-function.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-20a.shi, Tutorial-20b.shi and Tutorial-20c.shi.

27.1 Introduction to the case

The construction is a sheet pile wall, consisting of steel profiles, anchored with grout anchors.
This construction was used as retaining wall for a building pit on the airport of Schiphol. The
surface level is NAP -3.85 m. Groundwater level is NAP -4.5 m. The building pit is constructed
in 4 stages (Figure 27.1):

⋄ Stage 1: Installation of the sheet pile, lowering of the water table to NAP –6 m and
excavating to NAP –6 m.
⋄ Stage 2: Installation of the grout anchors at the right side and pre-stressing of the
anchors.
⋄ Stage 3: Excavation of the pit to -12.85 m and raising of the water level to -3.85 m on
the left side.
⋄ Stage 4:
On the left side: driving of foundation piles, construction of a submerged concrete
⋄

floor (thickness 1.25 m) and lowering the water table to NAP -11.6 m. The building
pit is dry.
On the right side: application of a traffic load.
⋄

Deltares 347 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 27.1: Overview of the four construction stages (Tutorial 20)

Table 27.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 20)

Mat 1 Mat 2 Mat 3 Mat 4 Mat 5 Concrete

3
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m ] 18.5 17.5 16 11.5 16 24
3
Saturated unit weight [kN/m ] 18.5 17.5 16 11.5 19 24
(Drained) Cohesion (c):
Mean [kN/m2 ] 7.44 4.46 4.46 7.44 0 10000
2
Standard deviation [kN/m ] 1.49 0.89 0.89 1.49 0 0
Distribution For all soil types: LogNormal
Friction angle (φ):
Mean [deg] 28.7 23.9 23.9 29.9 35.9 1
Standard deviation [deg] 2.87 2.39 2.39 2.99 3.59 0
Distribution For all soil types: LogNormal
Delta friction angle (δ ) [deg] 19.13 15.93 15.93 0.00 23.9 1
Shell factor [-] 1 1 1 1 1 1
OCR [-] 1 1 1 1 1 1
Grain type Fine Fine Fine Fine Fine Fine
3
k1 [kN/m ] 12000 2000 2000 2000 20000 1000000
3
k2 [kN/m ] 6000 800 800 800 10000 1000000
3
k3 [kN/m ] 3000 300 300 300 5000 1000000

348 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis

27.2 Model
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:

1. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project.
2. In the Model window, choose Sheet piling and check Elastic calculation.
3. Under Sheet piling select Mixed. Make sure Reliability analysis is checked and the other
checkboxes are unchecked.
4. Click OK.
5. Save the project with name <Tutorial-20a> by clicking Save in the File menu.

Figure 27.2: Model window

27.3 Sheet Piling

6. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu
7. Set the Sheet piling top level to <-3.85 m>.
8. Access the library of sheet pile profiles by clicking the “...” button in the Import profile from
library column.
9. From Arcelor, select type PU12 with steel quality S240 and click Select to close the library
window.
10. Set the Section bottom level to <-15.8 m>.
11. Click OK to confirm the sheet piling settings.

27.4 Soil Materials

12. Open the Soil Materials window under Soil.
13. Enter the properties for five soil types listed in Table 27.1 and the properties of the Concrete
layer.
14. For Concrete, select Manual to input the Earth pressure coefficients. The behavior of
concrete is well modeled using, use Ka = K0 = 0 and Kp = 1 (‘Active’, ‘Neutral’ and
‘Passive’), as explained in section 13.3.1
15. For the other soil materials select Kötter (curved slip surfaces) for automatic calculation of
the earth pressure coefficients using Kötter’s method. When using the Culmann method,
the input of the earth pressure coefficients will be ignored, but these coefficients are
needed for when the Ka , K0 , Kp method is selected, as will be the case for the left
hand side once the concrete is in place.

Deltares 349 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

16. The lines ‘Distribution type’ and ‘Standard deviation’ of Table 27.1 refer to properties in the
Reliability Analysis box describing the stochastic properties of soil parameters. The mean
values cannot be modified; they are always equal to the deterministic properties under
General.

Figure 27.3: Soil Materials window

27.5 Soil Surfaces

In this exercise four soil surfaces need to be specified (see Figure 27.1):

17. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define surfaces named <Surf right>,
<Surf left 1/2>, <Surf left 3> and <Surf left 4> with a Level of <-3.85 m>, <-6 m>, <-
12.85 m> and <-11.6 m> and with a Standard deviation of <0 m>, <0.18 m>, <0.18 m>
and <0.18 m> respectively.
18. Use a <Normal> distribution for the four surfaces.

27.6 Soil Profiles

In this exercise four soil profiles need to be specified:

⋄ Profile right: The first profile represents the situation at the right side, up to the point
where the concrete floor in constructed (i.e. stages 1, 2 and 3).
⋄ Profile left stages 1/2: The second profile represents the situation at the left side in
stages 1 and 2, including the additional pore pressures due to the difference in water
level heights on each side of the wall (-4.5 m and -6 m).
⋄ Profile left stage 3: The third profile represents the situation at the left side in stage 3.
⋄ Profile left stage 4: The last profile is used on the left hand side, including the concrete
floor and the water pressure acting on the concrete floor, using additional pore pres-
sures. The last profile needs to be active when the floor is being constructed and the
pit is pumped dry.

350 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis

19. Open the Soil Profiles window under Soil.

20. Create four soil profiles with the names given above and define the layers and additional
pore pressures as in Figure 27.4.

Figure 27.4: Soil Profiles window showing the different soil profiles

27.7 Water Levels

21. Open the Water Levels window under Soil. Notice that two additional columns are visible,
one to set the Standard deviation and one holding a Distribution type selection. Specify
the four water levels as in Figure 27.5.
22. Make sure that the the unit weight of water (option Water Properties under Soil menu) is
set to <10 kN/m3 >.

Deltares 351 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 27.5: Water Levels window

27.8 Loads
The effect of the tension piles underneath the floor, preventing the floor from uplift in the final
stage needs modeling. The difference in water level heights on each side of the wall results
in an up thrust acting on the base of the concrete floor. This up thrust is countered by the pull
of the floor’s tension piles. In this example, the water level is at -4.5 m on the right hand side,
and at -12.85 m on the left hand side, i.e. touching the bottom of the impermeable concrete
floor. Therefore the magnitude of this load that needs to be applied is (12.85 - 4.5) × 10 =
83.5 kN/m2 . This uniform load is deterministic.

23. Open the Uniform Loads window under Loads

24. Create a new entry named “Tension piles” and specify a load of <83.50 kN/m2 > on the left
side and <0 kN/m2 > on the right side, as in Figure 27.6.
25. Set both left and right standard deviation to <0 kN/m2 >. This excludes the uniform load as
a stochastic, so the distributions are ignored.

Figure 27.6: Uniform Loads window

In the last stage, a traffic load is applied.

352 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis

26. Open the Surcharge Loads window under Loads.

27. Enter the surcharge load “Traffic load” as displayed in Figure 27.7.
28. Choose a value of <2 kN/m2 > for the standard deviation and select the <Normal> distribu-
tion.

Figure 27.7: Surcharge Loads window

27.9 Supports
The sheet pile is supported by an anchor on the right side.

29. Open the Anchors window under Supports.

30. Create a new anchor in this table with the following properties:

Name “Anchor”
Level -5.50 m
8
E-modulus 2.10×10 kN/m2
Cross section 5.72×10−4 m2 /m’
Wall height 0.10 m
Length 24.00 m
Angle -38.00 deg
Design yield force 333.00 kN/m
Side Right

Deltares 353 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

27.10 Stages
31. Select option Manager under the Stages menu to open the Stages Manager window.
32. Add four construction stages, simply named <1> through <4>.
33. Select option Overview under the Stages menu to open the Stages Overview window.
34. Configure the stages as shown in Figure 27.8.

Figure 27.8: Stages Overview window

27.11 Calculation
35. Open the Calculation Options window under Calculation.
36. Select the Coarse discretization (Figure 27.9) as the Reliability Analysis calculation might
be a time consuming calculation.
37. Unmark the option Reduce delta friction angle(s) according to CUR.

Figure 27.9: Calculation Options window

27.11.1 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the degree of mobilisation
(Tutorial20a)
38. Open the Start Calculation window under Calculation (or press F9). The focus is set to the
Reliability Analysis tab (Figure 27.10).

354 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis

Figure 27.10: Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab

39. Fill in the control parameters for the reliability method (lower box).
40. Choose Degree of mobilisation as the limit state variable, with the allowable value set to
<95%>.
41. Press Start.

Figure 27.11: Calculation Progress window (Tutorial-20a): iterations (left) and not con-
verged (right)

The progress bar is shown (Figure 27.11 left). The calculation is an optimization procedure
consisting of iterations. The number of iterations required to approach the solution within the
specified tolerance is not known on beforehand. In order for the user to obtain an indication of
the convergence speed, the values of CFIX4 and CFIX2 after each iteration are shown in the
box below the progress bar in the second and fourth column, together with their upper limits
in the third and fifth column. Convergence is reached as soon as both CFIX2 and CFIX4 are
below their limits.

For this calculation the iteration does not converge (Figure 27.11 right) within the given number
of iterations of 15.

Deltares 355 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

42. To see the results for the reliability analysis, open the Report from the Results menu.

Figure 27.12: Report window, Summary of the results of the reliability analysis (Tuto-
rial 20a)

Inspection of the Report, Section 2.4 (Figure 27.12) shows that the criteria DFX <= CFIX4
and XV <= CFIX2 are not met and that the results of the reliability analysis can no longer be
trusted. This can also be seen in the individual iteration in the Calculation Progress window.

27.11.2 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the moment (Tutorial 20b)
The calculation is repeated with another limit state variable.

43. Save the current file as <Tutorial-20b>.

44. Reopen the Reliability Analysis tab of the Start Calculation window.
45. Change the limit state variable to Moment, with the allowable value set to <250 kNm/m>.
46. Press Start.
47. For this calculation the iteration does converge (Figure 27.13).

Figure 27.13: Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 20b)

48. To see the results for the reliability analysis, open the Report from the Results menu.

Section “2.3 Reliability Analysis Results” (Figure 27.14) begins with a summary reporting the
reliability index β , the corresponding probability of failure and the decisive (i.e. critical) stage.

356 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 20: Reliability analysis

For this case, the reliability index is 5.096 and the probability of failure 1.736·10-7 in stage 4.
The summary is followed by a table listing all the stochastic parameters and their properties.

Figure 27.14: Report window, Reliability Analysis Results section (Tutorial 20b)

The calculation options related to the reliability analysis (Figure 27.10) can be found in section
“3.3 Calculation Options” of the Report. Finally, note that the majority of the results in the
Report refer to design conditions, instead of the mean conditions set by the user.

Deltares 357 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

27.11.3 Reliability Analysis with a limit state variable on the anchor (Tutorial 20c)
49. Finally, save the current file as <Tutorial-20c>.
50. Set the limit state variable to Anchor force, with an Allowable anchor force set to <180 kN/m>
(make sure the selected anchor is “Anchor”) and repeat the calculation.
51. For this calculation the iteration does converge (Figure 27.15).
52. Inspect section “2.3 Reliability Analysis Results” of the Report.

Figure 27.15: Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 20c)

27.12 Conclusion
The calculation option Reliability Analysis offers a way to inspect the reliability of a sheet pile
construction, taking into account the stochastic properties of various parameters simultane-
ously and to find the design point according to the First Order Reliability Method. However,
since the calculation is iterative in nature, convergence towards a solution is not in all cases
guaranteed.

358 of 477 Deltares

28 Tutorial 21: Reliability analysis for anchor force using Kranz
theory
In this example, the Reliability Analysis option of D-S HEET P ILING is used to determine the
probability that the anchor force is more than the maximum allowable anchor force determined
using the Kranz theory.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To evaluate the risk that the anchor force reaches the maximum allowable anchor force.

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-21.shi.

28.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial is based on tutorial 3 (chapter 10), except that the excavation level is changed
to -6 m (instead of -7 m), the sheet pile length is reduced to 15 m (instead of 16 m) and the
anchor length is reduced to 20 m (instead of 25 m).

Figure 28.1: Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (Tutorial 21)

For this example the three stages of construction are as follows (Figure 28.2):

⋄ Stage 1 (Initial stage), the soil surfaces on the left and the right hand sides of the sheet
pile wall are at -2 m and 0 m respectively, and the water level is at -2 m.

⋄ Stage 2 (Apply anchor), a row of anchors is installed with one anchor every 3 m, on the
right hand side at -1.5 m. The properties of the anchors are laid out in Table 28.2, along
with their conversion to values per running meter.

⋄ Stage 3 (Excavate and lower water table), the soil on the left hand side is excavated to
-6 m and the water level on that side is also lowered to -6 m. The soil properties are
also different, as given in Table 28.1.

Deltares 359 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 28.2: Excavation stages shown separately (Tutorial 21)

Table 28.1: Soil properties (Tutorial 21)

Clay Peat Sand

3
Unsat. unit weight [kN/m ] 15 10 17
3
Saturated unit weight [kN/m ] 16 11 19
Cohesion (c):
Mean [kN/m2 ] 11.12 2.96 0
2
Standard deviation [kN/m ] 2.23 0.59 0
Distribution LogNormal LogNormal LogNormal
Friction angle (φ):
Mean [deg] 20.32 23.9 35.9
Standard deviation [deg] 2.03 2.39 4.19
Distribution LogNormal LogNormal LogNormal
Delta friction angle (δ ) [deg] 13.55 0 23.93
k1 [kN/m3 ] 2000 800 10 000

360 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 21: Reliability analysis for anchor force using Kranz theory

Table 28.2: Anchor properties (Tutorial 21)

Property Value per anchor Value per meter acting width

8 2
Young’s modulus 2.1 × 10 kN/m 2.1 × 108 kN/m2
Cross section 12.0 × 10-4 m2 4.0 × 10-4 m2 /m’
Wall height 2.0 m 2.0 m
Length 20.0 m 20.0 m
Angle 0◦ 0◦
Design yield force 720.0 kN 240.0 kN/m’

28.2 Model
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3b.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-21>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the Model window.
3. In the Model window, select the C, phi, delta soil parameters model.
4. In the same window also check Reliability analysis.
5. Click OK.
6. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
7. Fill in <Tutorial 21 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Probabilistic calculation using Kranz method>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
8. Click OK to close the window.

28.3 Sheet Piling

The length of the sheet piling must be reduced to 15 m.

9. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.

10. Change the Section bottom level into <-15 m>.
11. Click OK to close the window.

28.4 Surfaces
Change the surface level of the last stage to -6 m.

12. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu.

13. Rename the surface GL-7 into <GL-6> and change the level to <-6 m>.
14. Define a Standard deviation of <0.18 m>, <0.09 m> and <0.18 m> respectively for surfaces
GL-2, GL and GL-6.
15. Use a <Normal> distribution for the three surfaces.
16. Click OK to close the window.

Deltares 361 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

28.5 Soil Materials

17. Open the Soil Materials window under Soil.
18. Change the properties of the three soil types according to Table 28.1
19. Click OK to close the window.

Figure 28.3: Soil Materials window

28.6 Soil Profile

20. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu.
21. Define the top level of the sand layer to <-12 m>.
22. Click OK to close the window.

28.7 Water levels

Distinct stochastic water levels should be applied on each side of the sheet pile, because a
solicitation at the active side has an unfavourable effect whereas a solicitation at the passive
side (most of the time) has a favourable effect. Therefore an extra water level should be
entered that will be used on the right side. Furthermore, change the water level of the last
stage to -6 m.

23. Open the Water Levels window in the Soil menu.

24. Rename the water level WL=GL-2 into <WL left GL-2>.
25. Rename the water level WL=GL-7 into <WL left GL-6> and change the level to <-6 m>.
26. Add a new water level named <WL right GL-2> at <-2 m>.
27. Define a Standard deviation of <0.05 m>, <0.10 m> and <0.05 m> respectively for water
levels WL left GL-2, WL left GL-6 and WL right GL-2.
28. Use a <Normal> distribution for all water levels.
29. Click OK to close the window.

362 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 21: Reliability analysis for anchor force using Kranz theory

28.8 Anchor
The length of the anchor must be reduced to 20 m.

30. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.

31. Change the Length into <20 m>.
32. Click OK to close the window.

28.9 Stages Manager

The name of final stage must be renamed to be in agreement with the water level.

33. Open the Stages Manager window from the Stages menu.
34. Rename the third stage into <Excavation and lowering WL -6m>.
35. Click OK to close the window.

28.10 Stages Overview

Select the water levels in the construction stages.

36. Open the Stages Overview window from the Stages menu.
37. Select the Water levels as shown in Figure 28.4.
38. Click OK to close the window.

Figure 28.4: Stages Overview window

Deltares 363 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

28.11 Reliability Analysis

39. Open the Calculation Options window under Calculation.
40. Select the Coarse discretization (Figure 28.5) as the Reliability Analysis calculation might
be a time consuming calculation.
41. Unmark the option Reduce delta friction angle(s) according to CUR.

Figure 28.5: Calculation Options window

42. Open the Start Calculation window under Calculation (or press F9).
43. Select the Reliability Analysis tab (Figure 28.6).

Figure 28.6: Start Calculation window, Reliability Analysis tab

44. Fill in the control parameters for the reliability method (lower box).
45. Choose Anchor force as the limit state variable, with the option Use Kranz calculation for
the determination of the allowable anchor force.
46. Reduce the Number of iterations to <10> because this type of calculation can be time
consuming.
47. Select the last stage <3> as Stage selection because it is the decisive stage.
48. Press Start.

The reliability analysis converges after 7 iterations (Figure 28.7).

364 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 21: Reliability analysis for anchor force using Kranz theory

Figure 28.7: Calculation Progress window (Tutorial 21)

49. To see the results for the reliability analysis, open the Report from the Results menu.

Figure 28.8: Report window, Summary of the results of the reliability analysis (Tutorial 21)

The reliability index β is 3.225 and the probability of failure 6.296 · 10-4 in stage 3.

Deltares 365 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

366 of 477 Deltares

29 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile
In this example, the construction of a Wooden Sheet Pile is considered.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To learn how to use the library for wooden sheet piles and choose the correct parame-
ters.
⋄ To perform a verification on strength and deformations.
⋄ To learn how to distinguish between short- and long term situations.

This tutorial is presented in the files Tutorial-22a.shi, Tutorial-22b.shi, Tutorial-22c.shi, Tutorial-

22d.shi and Tutorial-22e.shi.

29.1 Introduction to the case

A non-supported timber sheet pile wall is used as a retaining wall along a local waterway with
limited depth of 1.5 m. The waterway will be excavated after placement of the retaining wall.
Measures are taken to prevent differences in water level on both sides of the wall in the final
situation. The water level equals 0.25 m below surface level. A homogeneous soil profile is
assumed, consisting of sand with properties as listed in Table 29.1. The geometry is indicated
in Figure 29.1.

Figure 29.1: Overview of the two construction stages (Tutorial 22)

The construction sequence is that the sheet pile wall is installed, after which the waterside is
excavated under water to the required depth. A surface load of 5 kNm2 /m may be present
next to the sheet pile wall. This load is an incidental load, which is never longer than a few
hours present at the surface, for example the incidental presence of maintenance vehicles.

In view of the construction sequence, only one construction stage needs to be adapted. How-
ever, for the calculation, it is useful to use multiple construction stages as shown later.

The sheet pile wall used has a thickness of 50 mm and the penetration depth is 3.4 m. The
wood quality is D50.

Deltares 367 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 29.1: Soil properties Sand (Tutorial 22)

Sand
3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 19
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0
Friction angle [deg] 30
Delta friction angle [deg] 20
Shell factor [-] 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1
Grain type Fine
3
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m ] 5000

29.2 Model
In the Project menu, the project model and project properties are described.

1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-22a>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 22 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of wooden sheet pile walls> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Wooden sheet piling, Ka, Ko,
Kp soil parameters and Verification (EC7/CUR). Deselect Check vertical balance and Set-
tlement by vibration (Figure 29.2).

Figure 29.2: Model window (Tutorial 22)

368 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile

29.3 Wooden Sheet Piling

5. On the menu bar click Construction and select Wooden Sheet Piling to open the Wooden
Sheet Piling window (Figure 29.3).
6. Under Import from library, click on “...” to import the library.
7. Use the tab Wooden sheet piles, select <Centrum Hout> and select the wood quality
<D50>. Find and select the profile with <Length 3500 mm x thickness 50 mm> and
confirm by clicking Select.

Note: The library gives length and thickness values of wooden sheet pile that are commonly
available and are used in practice. When other dimensions are necessary, the availability can
be checked by a timber supplier, and the properties can be given to a user defined sheet pile.

8. Several parameters that deal with the material of the wooden sheet pile needs to be
adapted. For the background chapter 45. Change the Section bottom level into <-3.4 m>
as the actual length of the sheet pile is determined here and a surface level to be zero is
assumed.
9. In the Vertical force balance box, modify the Maximum point resistance into <5 MPa>.
10. Press OK to close the Wooden Sheet Piling window.

Figure 29.3: Wooden Sheet Piling window (Tutorial 22)

29.4 Soils and surfaces

The following steps permit the definition of the soil material, surfaces, profiles and water levels
for this tutorial:

11. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define two surfaces with names <Left>
and <Right> with levels <-1.5 m> and <0 m> respectively.
12. Click on the Zoom limits button in Tools menu of the Input Diagram window to enlarge the
limits of the diagram.
13. Open the Soil Materials window (Figure 29.4) from the Soil menu, and rename the soil
name into <Sand> and use the parameters given in Table 29.1, using the Müller-Breslau
(straight slip surfaces) method. Select <Tangent> with <1> as the Number of curves
for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window to allow input of the modulus of
subgrade reaction as given in Table 29.1.

Deltares 369 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 29.4: Soil Materials window (Tutorial 22)

14. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and rename the profile into <Profile 1>,
with the top level of <Sand> at <0 m>.
15. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and rename the water level into <WL>
at <-0.25 m>.
16. Open the Uniform loads windows from the Loads menu. Add a load with the name
<Temporary uniform load> with a load on the left side of <0 kN/m2 > and on the right
side of <5 kN/m2 >. Choose the option <Variable> under Permanent/ variable and under
Favourable/ unfavourable choose <D-Sheet Piling determined>.

29.5 Calculation sequence

To be able to distinguish the results of the long term situation and the short term situation, as
described in Calculation of Wooden Sheet Piles in chapter 45, an extra construction stage is
added that includes the temporary uniform load.

17. Open the Stages Manager window of the Stages menu, and define two construction
stages, called <Excavation> and <Surface Load> and close the menu by pressing OK.
18. Now choose Stages Overview in the stages menu and define the left and right surfaces for
both stages and switch the uniform load on for the second stage as shown in Figure 29.5

370 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile

Figure 29.5: Stages Overview window (Tutorial 22)

19. In the Start Calculation window (Figure 29.6), choose the tab Verify Sheet Piling. Choose
EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in verfied stage only (method B).
Check the boxes for verification in both construction stages. Also choose <RC 0>. Click
Start to calculate the results.

Figure 29.6: Start Calculation window (Tutorial 22)

29.6 Results
The calculation results can be found in the report.

29.6.1 Results (Tutorial 22a)

20. When the calculation is finished, select the Report Selection option under the Results
menu. (Figure 29.7).

Deltares 371 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

21. Select <Short Report (only Summary)>. This will lead to a faster generation of the report
and all results of importance for this tutorial can be found in the Summary Section.
22. Use the button <Save As Default>, to select this option automatically when a new project
is opened (existing project will not be affected by this).

Figure 29.7: Report Selection window (Tutorial 22)

23. Select the Report option under the Results menu and scroll to the Summary section (Fig-
ure 29.8).

372 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile

Figure 29.8: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 22a)

In this example, stage 1 is the long term situation and stage 2 a short term situation, which
means that the maximum bending moment of 8.43 kNm should be compared with the allow-
able moment of 11.49 kNm and 12.83 kNm with the allowable moment of 14.93 kNm. Both
bending moments are acceptable.

29.6.2 Results (Tutorial 22b)

The calculated deformations are relatively large, especially in the case of stage 2. The defor-
mation in stage 2 can be optimized by performing an extra calculation for this stage, by taking
into account that no creep will occur in this stage. As indicated in chapter 45 an adapted value
for ψ2;eff can be used based on the ratio of bending moments for step 6.5 in the last 2 stages.
In this case the new value for ψ2;eff = 3.30 / 6.22 = 0.53.

24. Save the current file as <Tutorial-22b>.

25. Fill in the new value for ψ2;eff in the Construction menu and perform the calculation again,
but now only perform the verification in stage 2.
26. A summary of the results can be found in Report (Figure 29.9).

From these results, it can concluded that the deformation in stage 2 is reduced to 202 mm.

Deltares 373 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 29.9: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 22b)

29.6.3 Results (Tutorial 22c)

For this tutorial, it may be concluded that a non-anchored wall with the given dimensions is
strong enough to withstand the bending moments, however the deformation is still relatively
large. The latter could be further limited by choosing a thicker profile, or by anchoring. An
example of an anchored wall is shown in chapter 30.

Choosing a thicker wall is easily performed by taking the following steps:

27. Save the current file as <Tutorial-22c>.

28. Open the Wooden Sheet Piling window under the Construction menu and change the
value for the wall thickness, called Height into <100 mm>. Based on this value, the wall
stiffness and allowable bending moment will automatically be adapted.
29. Modify the value for ψ2;eff into <1> again.
30. Perform a verification for both construction stages and check the summary in the report.
31. The calculated deformation for the first stage is now 21.8 mm.

29.6.4 Results (Tutorial 22d)

32. Save the current file as <Tutorial-22d>.
33. Recalculate the value for ψ2;eff , similar as in section 29.6.2.
34. The result of this is again 0.53. Use this value again in the Wooden Sheet Piling window
for ψ2;eff
35. Perform a verification for the last construction stage. The calculated maximum deformation
is now 39.2 mm instead of the 202 mm found before.

374 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 22: Wooden Sheet Pile

29.7 Conclusion
Often, for deformations a criterion is used related to the retaining height. A common value for
this kind of construction would be: max deformation ≤ (retaining height / 50). If this criterion
is used here, the calculated deformation should not exceed 30 mm. The conclusion would be
that for this case the application of an anchor is needed. For other cases, like a lower uniform
surface load next to the sheet pile, or a reduced retaining height, an unanchored sheet pile
would be possible.

If the full case is repeated with a wall thickness of 100 mm and a reduced uniform surface load
of 2 kNm2 /m instead of 5 kNm2 /m, the recalculated value for ψ2;eff = 0.75. The final calculation
gives in that case a maximum deformation of 27.9 mm, which would be acceptable. These
results should be saved as <Tutorial-22e> for reference.

Deltares 375 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

376 of 477 Deltares

30 Tutorial 23: Wooden Sheet Pile with anchored wall
In this example, the construction of a Wooden Sheet Pile with one anchor level is considered.

The objective of this exercise is:

⋄ To learn how to use the library for wooden sheet piles and choose the correct parame-
ters
⋄ To perform a verification on strength and deformations
⋄ To learn how to use temporary construction stages

This tutorial is presented in the file Tutorial-23.shi.

30.1 Introduction to the case

A wooden sheet pile wall with one anchor level is used as a retaining wall along a local
waterway with depth of 3m. The surface level is NAP + 0.5 m The waterway will be excavated
after placement of the retaining wall. Measures are taken to prevent differences in water level
on both sides of the wall in the final situation. The water level equals 0.5 m below surface
level, i.e. NAP.

The anchorage is provided by ground anchors, placed at NAP + 0 m. The design of the
anchors is not part of this tutorial. For the exercise, it is assumed that the anchorage consists
of horizontal bars of steel of 10 m length, with an endplate. These anchors are placed at
distances of 1 m, the bars have a diameter of 22 mm (Abar = 380 mm2 ) and the elasticity
modulus of the steel is 210.000 N/mm2 .

A homogeneous soil profile is assumed, consisting of clay with properties as listed in Ta-
ble 30.1. The geometry is as indicated in Figure 30.1

Deltares 377 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 30.1: Soil properties Clay (Tutorial 23)

Clay
3
Unsaturated total unit weight [kN/m ] 17
Saturated total unit weight [kN/m3 ] 17
2
(Drained) Cohesion [kN/m ] 0
Friction angle [deg] 25
Delta friction angle [deg] 16.7
Shell factor [-] 1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR) [-] 1
Grain type Fine
3
Mod. of sub. reaction: Virgin loading [kN/m ] 2500

Figure 30.1: Overview of the three construction stages (Tutorial 23)

The construction sequence is done in three stage. In the first stage, the sheet pile wall is in-
stalled, after which a dry excavation (assuming temporary drainage to a level of NAP – 0.6 m)
is performed to 0.3 m below the level of the anchorage, i.e. NAP 0.3 m, in order to be able
to install the anchors. In this stage a temporary load of 5 kN/m3 due to construction mate-
rials and equipment, which may be present next to the retaining wall. In the second stage,
after the installation of the anchors, the drainage is stopped and the waterside is excavated
to the required depth. In the final situation a surface load of 10 kN/m3 may be present next
to the sheet pile wall. This load is a variable load, due to storage of goods, which can more
or less be permanently present. The sheet pile wall used has a thickness of 100 mm and the
penetration depth is 5.5 m. The wood quality is D70.

378 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 23: Wooden Sheet Pile with anchored wall

30.2 Model
1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-23>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 23 for D-SHEET PILING> and <Modeling of wooden sheet pile with an-
chored wall> for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Wooden sheet piling, Ka, Ko,
Kp soil parameters and Verification (EC7/CUR). Deselect Check vertical balance and Set-
tlement by vibration.

30.3 Wooden Sheet piling

5. On the menu bar click Construction and open the Wooden Sheet Piling window
6. Under Import from library, click on “...” to import the library.
7. Use the tab Wooden Sheet Piles, select Centrum Hout and select the wood quality <D70>.
Find and select the profile with length <Length 6000 mm x thickness 100 mm> and con-
firm by clicking Select. Several parameters that deal with the material of the wooden sheet
pile needs to be adapted. For the background see chapter 45.
8. Modify the Sheet piling top level into <0.5 m>.
9. Change the Section bottom level into <-5.0 m>.
10. In the Vertical force balance box, modify the Maximum point resistance into <1 MPa>.
11. Press OK to close the Wooden Sheet Piling window.

30.4 Soils, surfaces and loads

The following steps permit the definition of the soil material, surfaces, profiles and water levels
for this tutorial:

12. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define three surfaces with names <Left
anchor>, <Left final> and <Right> with levels <-0.3 m>, <-2.5 m> and <0.5 m>
respectively.
13. Open the Soil Materials window (Figure 30.2) from the Soil menu, and rename the soil
into <Clay>, using the parameters given in Table 30.1, using the Müller-Breslau (straight
slip surfaces) method. Select <Tangent> with <1> as the Number of curves for spring
characteristics in the Curve Settings window to allow input of the modulus of subgrade
reaction as given in Table 30.1.

Deltares 379 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 30.2: Soil Materials window (Tutorial 23)

14. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and rename the profile into <Profile 1>,
with the top level of <Clay> at <0.5 m>.
15. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and rename the water levels into <Normal>
and <Drained> at <0.0 m> and <-0.6 m> respectively.
16. Open the Loads menu and choose Uniform Loads.
17. Add a load <Final> with load on the left side <0 kN/m2 > and on the right side <10 kN/m2 >.
Choose the option <Permanent> under Permanent/ variable and under Favourable/ un-
favourable choose D-Sheet Piling determined
18. Add a second load named <Temporary> with load on the left side <0 kN/m2 > and on the
right side <5 kN/m2 >. Choose with the options Variable and D-Sheet Piling determined.
The window will be similar as shown in (Figure 30.3).

Figure 30.3: Uniform Loads window (Tutorial 23)

380 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 23: Wooden Sheet Pile with anchored wall

30.5 Anchorage
19. Choose Anchors in the Supports menu. Give the anchor the name <Anchor 1>, fill in a
level of <0 m>, an E-modulus of <2.1e8 kN/m2 >, a cross section of <3.8e-4 m2 /m’>,
a wall height of <1 m>, a length of <10 m> and an angle of <0 deg>. Choose a large
value for the design yield force, for example 1000 kN/m’. The design of the anchors is no
part of this exercise, so it is assumed that the anchors will not to collapse. Of course this
would in reality have to be checked separately. The anchor will be applied on the <Right>
side. The window will be similar as shown in (Figure 30.4).
20. Press OK to confirm the input.

Figure 30.4: Anchors window (Tutorial 23)

30.6 Calculation sequence

21. Open the Stages manager window of the Stages menu, and define three construction
stages, called <Place anchor>, <Excavation> and <Surface load> and close the menu
by pressing OK.
22. Click on the Zoom limits button in Tools menu of the Input Diagram window to enlarge the
limits of the diagram.
23. Now choose Stages Overview in the stages menu and define the left and right surfaces
for both stages, water levels, uniform loads and anchorage for each stage as as shown in
Figure 30.5

Figure 30.5: Stages Overview window (Tutorial 23)

Deltares 381 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

24. In the Start Calculation window (Figure 30.6), choose the tab Verify Sheet Piling. Choose
EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in verified stage only (method B).
Check the boxes for verification in all construction stages. Also choose <RC 0>. Click
Start to calculate the results.

Figure 30.6: Start Calculation window (Tutorial 23)

30.7 Results
The calculation results can be found in the report.

25. When the calculation is finished, select <Short Report (only Summary)>. This will lead to
a faster generation of the report and all results of importance for this tutorial can be found
in the Summary Section.
26. Select the Report option under the Results menu and scroll to the Summary section (Fig-
ure 30.7).

382 of 477 Deltares

 Tutorial 23: Wooden Sheet Pile with anchored wall

Figure 30.7: Report window, Summary section (Tutorial 23)

30.8 Conclusion
In this example stage 1 is the short term situation and stage 2 and 3 are the long term situ-
ations, which means that the maximum bending moment of 6.38 kNm should be compared
with the allowable moment of 67.10 kNm and the maximum bending moment of 23.66 kNm
with 51.61 kNm. Both bending moments are acceptable.

Note that in this case the first construction stage is temporary, but the calculation is based on
ψ2;eff = 1 as specified in the Wooden Sheet Piling window. This means that the deformations
calculated are conservative (larger than realistic) for the temporary situation of the construc-
tion stage. The calculated bending moment in that stage could be slightly optimistic, because
a stiffer wall would lead to larger bending moments. The last two construction stages, the final
situation with and without permanent load are correct.

If the deformation in the construction stage is significant, or if the bending moment in this
stage is almost normative, an additional calculation with an adapted value of ψ2;eff = 0 could
be considered. The results of such an additional calculation would of course only be relevant
for the construction stage. Often, for deformations a criterion is used related to the retaining
height. A common value for this kind of anchored construction would be: max deformation
≤ (retaining height / 75). Using that criterion for this case leads to the conclusion that the
deformation is acceptable because it does not exceed 40 mm.

Deltares 383 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

384 of 477 Deltares

31 Governing Equation
The retaining wall is modeled as an elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled springs
(representing the soil). D-S HEET P ILING applies the assumption of Bernoulli; this means that
cross-sections of the beam are assumed to remain straight and perpendicular to the beam
axis. The behavior of such a beam can be described by the following differential equation:

d4 w d2 w
b × EI × + N × = b × f (x, w) (31.1)
dx4 dx2
where:

w is the horizontal displacement of the beam, in m;

f is the total pressure on the beam per running meter, including the reaction of the
soil springs, in kN/m;
EI is the flexural stiffness of the beam (E = Young’s modulus, I = moment of inertia) in
kNm2 /m. If a Plastic calculation is performed, the flexural stiffness EI is variable,
deduced from the inputted moment-curvature relationship in Figure 4.32;
x is the co-ordinate along the axis of the beam, in m;
N is the normal force in the beam, in kN;
b is the acting width of the beam, in m.

D-S HEET P ILING solves Equation (31.1) numerically using the finite element method. This
means that the wall is divided into a number of sub-sections (called elements) that are con-
nected at the edges. These connections are called nodes. At these nodes, the displacements
and rotations of both connected elements are equal, thus creating a continuous beam.

D-S HEET P ILING automatically defines the position of the nodes. Nodes are always created at:

⋄ boundaries of soil layers

⋄ boundaries of water pressures
⋄ boundaries of wall segments with different properties
⋄ points with discontinuities (for example, an anchor point).

The length of an element never exceeds 1/20 of the total wall length. For an Elastic cal-
culation, each element is further sub-divided into 5 sections. For a Plastic calculation, the
number of nodes is multiplied by 5 compare to the Elastic calculation, but the elements are
not sub-divided. Displacements, shear forces, bending moments and horizontal water and
soil pressures are determined for each boundary of a section.

Deltares 385 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

386 of 477 Deltares

32 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio
The lateral earth pressure ratio K is defined as the ratio between the horizontal and vertical
effective stresses.

σh′
K= (32.1)
σv′
This ratio depends on the stress state:

⋄ Initial Stress (section 32.1): D-S HEET P ILING uses Jáky’s formula to determine the lateral
stress ratio at initial stress;

⋄ Yield (section 32.2): D-S HEET P ILING uses slip surface theories to determine the lateral
stress for active and passive yielding. Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under compression is reached. Active yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under extension is reached.

Surcharge or non-horizontal surface (c, φ, δ method)

When the c, φ, δ method is used, D-S HEET P ILING determines an additional lateral pressure
ratio due to surcharge or non-horizontal surface, using Boussinesq’s formula (see Equa-
tion (32.22) in section 32.3), to obtain the neutral earth pressure. The Culmann method
(section 32.2.1) is used to determine the active and passive earth pressures.

32.1 At rest earth pressure coefficient

D-S HEET P ILING determines the neutral coefficient of earth pressure (at rest) for a horizontal
soil surface using Jáky formula (Jáky, 1948) for coarse grain:
( √
OCR × (1 − sin φ) for coarse grain
K0 = (32.2)
OCRsin φ × (1 − sin φ) for fine grain

32.2 Passive and active earth pressures coefficients

Slip surface theories are used to determine the lateral stress for active and passive yielding.
Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under compression is reached. Active
yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under extension is reached.

The assumed shape of the slip surface will influence the calculated earth pressure values.
Theoretically, straight slip surfaces only occur when wall friction is absent. Since wall friction
is always present in reality, actual slip surfaces will always be curved. However, when deter-
mining the active lateral earth pressure there is just a minor difference between values based
on straight and curved slip surfaces. On the other hand, a passive lateral earth pressure
based on a straight slip surface can considerably exaggerate the real value. This is especially
true for soils with high friction angles (φ). The Müller-Breslau and Culmann methods of deter-
mining earth pressure coefficients are based upon straight slip surfaces. Using straight slip
surfaces has limitations, as described in art. 9.5.3(h) of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017)
and CUR 166 (CUR, 2005). Generally the Müller-Breslau (and Culmann) method is used
when the soil’s friction angle, phi, is equal or less than 30◦ . The Kötter method is generally
used for larger friction angles. The method selected also has an impact on the way the delta
friction angle is determined. Suggestions for correlations between the friction angle and the
delta friction angle are available in literature.

Deltares 387 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The yield values of the lateral stress ratio can be determined using one of the following meth-
ods:

⋄ section 32.2.1 – Culmann: straight slip surfaces with arbitrary directions;

⋄ section 32.2.2 – Müller-Breslau: straight slip surface, assuming zero weight and hori-
zontal surface;

⋄ section 32.2.3 – Kötter: curved slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizontal sur-
face.

32.2.1 Culmann
For non-horizontal soil surfaces or/and presence of surcharge(s), values of the coefficients of
active and passive lateral earth pressure can be found using Culmann’s formulas (Culmann,
1866).
The method is based on the equilibrium between the following forces, as illustrated in Fig-
ure 32.1:

⋄ Q: Pressure on the sheet pile

⋄ W : Weight of the sliding mass of soil
⋄ B : Surcharge
⋄ T : Friction along the straight slip surface
⋄ N : Normal reaction of the soil

388 of 477 Deltares

 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio

(a) Active situation

(b) Passive situation

Figure 32.1: Determination of the active (a) and passive (b) lateral earth pressure Q ac-
cording to Culmann’s method

Note: The active and passive pressures depend on the sign of δ . When entering positive
values, D-S HEET P ILING assumes the following:

⋄ when calculating active pressures the soil settles more than the sheet pile wall;
⋄ when calculating passive pressures the sheet pile wall settles more than the soil.

This also represents the most common situation.

Active and passive lateral earth pressures

For the active situation (Figure 32.1a), the horizontal and vertical force equilibrium yield two
conditions of the following form:

Qact cos δ + T sin θ − N cos θ = 0

(32.3)
− Qact sin δ + W + B − T cos θ − N sin θ = 0
where:
1
W = γ H 2 tan θ if the surface line is horizontal and H is the height of the sliding area.
2

Deltares 389 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The friction along the straight slip surface is equal to:

H
T =c + N tan φ (32.4)
cos θ

Substituting Equation (32.4) into Equation (32.3) and applying goniometric formulas leads to:

cos (φ + θ)
Qact cos δ + c H tan θ − N =0
cos φ
(32.5)
sin (φ + θ)
− Qact sin δ + W + B − cH − N =0
cos φ

Substituting N of the first expression into the second gives the active pressure Qact :

H
(W + B) cos (φ + θ) − c cos φ
Qact = cos θ (32.6)
sin (φ + θ + δ)

Finally, the horizontal active pressure Qh;act is expressed as:

H
(W + B) cos (φ + θ) − c cos φ
Qh;act = Qact cos δ = cos θ cos δ (32.7)
sin (φ + θ + δ)

For the passive situation (Figure 32.1b), the horizontal and vertical force equilibrium yield two
conditions of the following form:

Qpas cos δ − T sin θ − N cos θ = 0

(32.8)
Qpas sin δ + W + B + T cos θ − N sin θ = 0

Substituting Equation (32.4) into Equation (32.8) and applying goniometric formulas leads to:

cos (φ − θ)
Qpas cos δ − c H tan θ − N =0
cos φ
(32.9)
sin (φ − θ)
Qpas sin δ + W + B + c H + N =0
cos φ

Substituting N of the first expression into the second gives the passive pressure Qpas :

H
− (W + B) cos (φ − θ) − c cos φ
Qpas = cos θ (32.10)
sin (φ − θ + δ)

Finally, the horizontal passive pressure Qh;pas is expressed as:

H
− (W + B) cos (φ − θ) − c cos φ
Qh;pas = Qpas cos δ = cos θ cos δ (32.11)
sin (φ − θ + δ)

390 of 477 Deltares

 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio

The Culmann method takes the stratification of soil along the slip surface into account as
illustrated in Figure 32.2. The sliding area is divided in columns where a column separation
coincides with the intersection between the sliding plane and a layer boundary. The horizontal
pressure on the sheet pile Qh;i is calculated for each column i using either Equation (32.7) or
Equation (32.11) depending on the situation. The sum of these horizontal pressures gives the
total horizontal pressure, which writes in case of 3 layers:

Qh;total = Qh;1 + Qh;2 + Qh;3 (32.12)

Figure 32.2: Calculation of the pressure Q in case of stratified soil profile by dividing the
sliding area in columns

The angle θ of the slip surface is determined iteratively (with a precision of 0.001◦ ) to result
in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure. From this calculated
pressure, D-S HEET P ILING determines different coefficients in each point from the top to the
toe of the sheet pile wall as illustrated in Figure 32.3.

Deltares 391 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 32.3: Calculation of the pressure distribution along the wall according to Cul-
mann’s method

Earth pressure coefficients

If the top of element i is the position of the slip plane j and if the bottom of element i is the
position of the slip plane j + 1 (Figure 32.3), then the earth pressure coefficient of element i
is:
σh;i Qh;j+1 − Qh;j
λi = ′
with σh;i = (32.13)
σv;i (zj − zj+1 )
where:

Qh;j is the horizontal pressure on the sheet pile for slip plane j , see Equation (32.7)
and Equation (32.11)
′
σv;i is the vertical effective stress at the middle of element i.

32.2.2 Müller-Breslau (straight slip surface)

The formula of Müller-Breslau (Müller-Breslau, 1906) assumes a straight slip surface with an
π φ


angle in homogeneous soil: 4 ± 2 .

D-S HEET P ILING uses the following equations, which have been simplified by assuming a ver-
tical sheet pile wall and horizontal ground surface:
cos2 φ
Ka =  q 2 (32.14)
sin φ sin(φ+δ)
1+ cos δ

cos2 φ
Kp =  q 2 (32.15)
sin φ sin(φ+δ)
1− cos δ

where δ is the angle of wall friction and φ is the soil friction angle.

The validity of Equation (32.15) is limited to the following conditions for sheet pilings with a
rough surface:

392 of 477 Deltares

 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio

⋄ φ ≤ 30◦ for rough steel sheet pilings and comparable walls

⋄ φ ≤ 35◦ for rough concrete sheet pilings.

The values of Ka and Kp depend on the sign of δ . When entering positive values, D-S HEET P ILING
assumes the following:

⋄ when calculating Ka the soil settles more that the sheet pile wall;
⋄ when calculating Kp the sheet pile wall settles more than the soil.

This also represents the most common situation.

32.2.3 Kötter (curved slip surfaces)

For calculations based on curved slip surfaces, D-S HEET P ILING uses formulas based on Köt-
ter’s equations (Kötter, 1903). These equations assume the following:

⋄ an unloaded horizontal soil surface

⋄ homogeneous soil with a volumetric weight of zero
⋄ a slip plane consisting of a logarithmic spiral and a straight part.

1 − sin φ sin (2α + φ) n π  o

Ka = exp − + φ + 2α tan φ (32.16)
(1 + sin φ) 2
sin δ
with α: cos (2α + φ − δ) = sin φ

1 + sin φ sin (2α′ − φ) n π  o

Kp = exp + φ − 2α′ tan φ (32.17)
(1 − sin φ) 2

sin δ
with α’: cos (2α′ − φ + δ) =
sin φ

The values of Ka and Kp depend on the sign of δ . When entering positive values, D-S HEET P ILING
assumes the following:

⋄ when calculating Ka the soil settles more that the sheet pile wall;
⋄ when calculating Kp the sheet pile wall settles more than the soil.

This also represents the most common situation.

32.3 Surcharge according to Boussinesq

D-S HEET P ILING uses Boussinesq’s formulas to determine the additional horizontal and vertical
earth pressures due to the surcharge loads (Boussinesq, 1885). D-S HEET P ILING also models
a non-horizontal surface as a horizontal surface with an applied surcharge load.

Note: If the distance between the surcharge and the wall exceeds 5 times the height of the
wall, D-S HEET P ILING does not take the surcharge into account.

Deltares 393 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The formula is based on the principle of superposition. A specific surcharge can therefore
be achieved by applying multiple line loads. The formulas for the additional horizontal and
vertical earth pressures due to a line load P are:

2P x2 y
σH.Boussinesq = (32.18)
π (x2 + y 2 )2
2P y 3
σV.Boussinesq = (32.19)
π (x2 + y 2 )2
where:

P is the line load in kN/m;

x, y are the horizontal and vertical coordinates in m.

The additional horizontal and vertical earth pressure due to load q becomes (Figure 32.4):
q
σH.Boussinesq = [(φ1 − φ2 ) − sin φ1 cos φ1 + sin φ2 cos φ2 ] (32.20)
π
q
σV.Boussinesq = [(φ1 − φ2 ) + sin φ1 cos φ1 − sin φ2 cos φ2 ] (32.21)
π

Figure 32.4: Stress distribution under a load column

Since the original formula is valid for a homogeneous, semi-infinite solid, some adaptation
is needed in order to include the influence of the sheet pile wall. Therefore, a multiplication
factor f is applied to the horizontal Boussinesq stress, resulting in the following formulas:

σH.Surcharge = f. σH.Boussinesq (32.22)

σV.Surcharge = σV.Boussinesq (32.23)

with:
(
1 if xi > L
f= (32.24)
2 − xi /L if xi ≤ L

where:

394 of 477 Deltares

 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio

f is the multiplication factor to account for the influence of the sheet pile wall;
L is the length of the sheet pile wall in m.

Note: If Kp < Ka and/or K0 < Ka , then D-S HEET P ILING will calculate new K0 and/or Kp
ratios: Kp = Ka and/or K0 = Ka .

Deltares 395 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

396 of 477 Deltares

33 Soil Strength and Stiffness
D-S HEET P ILING uses an elasto-plastic description to model the strength and the stiffness of
soil. In an elasto-plastic description, the equivalent stiffness during virgin loading differs from
the elastic stiffness during unloading/reloading. The strength and stiffness can be changed
between different construction stages.

33.1 Strength
D-S HEET P ILING uses the equations below to determine the yield stresses from the active and
passive lateral effective earth pressures:

⋄ When applying the calculation formulas of Müller-Breslau or Kötter:

p
σa′ = Ka × σv′ − 2c × Ka (33.1)
σp′ = Kp × σv′ + 2c × Kp
p
(33.2)

⋄ When applying Culmann method:

σa′ = λa × σv′ (33.3)
σp′ = λp × σv′ (33.4)

with σv ’ ≥ 0 and σp ’ ≥ σ0 ’ ≥ σa ’ ≥ 0.

The linear distribution of vertical stress that D-S HEET P ILING assumes in order to apply these
formulas is only accurate for zero or uniform loads and horizontal surfaces.

Wall Friction
The values given in Table 33.1 for the angle of wall friction are prescribed by NEN 9997-
1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) (Table 9.b) for clay, loam, sand and gravel. In the case of peat, the
angle of wall friction should be set to zero.

Table 33.1: Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 9.b
of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017) (NEN, 2017)

Wall surface Roughness δ for straight slip surface δ for curved slip surface
Very rough > 10 d50 0.67 φ′k ≤ φ′k
Rough 0.5 – 10 d50 0.67 φ′k ≤ φ′k - 2.5◦ with a maxi-
mum of 27.5◦
Semi-rough 0.1 - 0.5 d50 0.33 φ′k 0.5 φ′k
Smooth < 0.1 d50 0◦ 0◦

33.2 Stiffness
The modulus of subgrade reaction, k describes the ratio between an increment of horizontal
stress and an increment of sheet pile wall displacement.

dσH
k= (33.5)
dWH

Deltares 397 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The modulus of subgrade reaction is not a constant value, but actually depends on the depth
in the soil and the magnitude of the deformation. Correlation with other data is commonly
used (for example, with a cone penetration resistance qc or a Young’s modulus). General
guidelines on how to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction are contained in Terzaghi
(Terzaghi, 1955) and Ménard (Ménard, 1971). For Dutch conditions, additional guidelines are
provided in CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005). Fortunately, the influence of a change in the
value of k on the resulting moments, forces and displacements is relatively small, since the
effect of k is only to the power of 1/4 (see Equation (31.1) in chapter 31).

Unloading in D-S HEET P ILING results in elasto-plastic behavior, as shown in Figure 33.1, below.

σh D A σp

σa C
B

displacement w

Figure 33.1: Elasto-plastic behavior

33.3 Construction Stages

In D-S HEET P ILING, a calculation may involve several “construction stages”. From stage to
stage soil pressures can change due to excavation, a change in the water table, etc.

In such a case, D-S HEET P ILING uses the following calculation procedure to determine the soil
stress and stiffness.

⋄ If the vertical stress changes, D-S HEET P ILING performs a shift in the diagram that relates
the horizontal stress to the displacement. The horizontal stress increment is related to
the vertical stress increment by means of ∆σH = K0 × ∆σV (see Figure 33.2 below).

⋄ New horizontal soil pressures acting on the wall (σh *) are determined on the basis of
the new spring characteristics (k *) and the wall displacement from the previous stage
(w0 in the illustration).

⋄ These new pressures mean that there is no longer equilibrium for the wall displacement
w0 . Therefore, new displacements are calculated (based on the new spring character-
istics).

Note: In Figure 33.2 the new spring (i.e. modulus of subgrade reaction k ∗ ) is usually identical
to the spring of the previous stage k , except in few cases:

⋄ When arching occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction k must be multiplied by the
shell factor s. This is done automatically by the program, see Equation (42.4) in sec-
tion 42.1.2;
⋄ When a slope is present, k must be reduced compare to the horizontal situation. This
is not done by the program, the user has to determine and enter the new value in the
Soil Materials window (section 4.3.2.4);

398 of 477 Deltares

 Soil Strength and Stiffness

⋄ When excavation occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction can be slightly reduced.
This is not done by the program.

horizontal earth
pressure
σ∗p
σ*h
arctan k* σp

σh
arctan k ∆σh= Ko ∆σv
σ∗
a

σ
a

W displacement w
o

Figure 33.2: Shift of horizontal stress values between stages

Deltares 399 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

400 of 477 Deltares

34 CPT Interpretation
When a soil profile is determined from the results of a CPT, different interpretation rules are
available in D-S HEET P ILING based on the soil classification of Dutch recommendations or
standards (section 34.2). The properties of the materials from those soil classifications are
determined using Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) for the general parameters
and using an extrapolation of Table 3.3 of CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction
(section 34.3).

34.1 CPT Filtering Method

Before the interpretation rules presented in section 34.2 are applied, a filtering of the CPT
data’s is performed. The brut CPT data’s are first averaged along the Minimum layer thickness
Hmin entered in the Soil Profiles window (section 4.3.4) to get the average value Xmean . Then,
for each sub-layer, a filtered value Xfilter is calculated using the average of:

⋄ the Xmean value of the current sub-layer

⋄ the Xmean value of the sub-layer above
⋄ the Xmean value of the sub-layer below

This method is illustrated in Figure 34.1. A soil material is then deduced from the filtered data
Xfilter using one of the available CPT interpretation rules (section 34.2).

Figure 34.1: Schematization of the CPT filtering method

34.2 CPT Interpretation Rules

For the CPT interpretation, two different rules can be used in D-S HEET P ILING to determine the
soil profile from the cone resistance and the friction ratio values:

⋄ section 34.2.1: “Robertson(1983)/CUR rule” based on the CUR 162 recommendations;

⋄ section 34.2.2: “NEN (Stress Dependent)” rule based on the NEN 6740 standard.

Deltares 401 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

34.2.1 CPT interpretation acc. CUR 162

The “Robertson(1983)/CUR” rule is based on the soil classification from CUR 162 recommen-
dations and includes 6 soil material types as shown in Figure 34.2.

Figure 34.2: CPT interpretation according to CUR 162

34.2.2 CPT interpretation acc. NEN 6740

The “NEN (Stress Dependent)” rule is based on the soil classification in Table 1 of the old
Dutch standard NEN 6740 (now known as Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017))
and includes 14 soil material types as shown in Figure 34.3. The cone resistance measured
by the CPT is adapted to take into account the actual effective stress at the measured depth
using the following formula:
 0.67
100
qc;N EN = qc;meas
σ‘v

Figure 34.3: CPT interpretation according to NEN 6740

402 of 477 Deltares

 CPT Interpretation

34.3 Soil Materials Properties

34.3.1 General soil properties acc. NEN 9997-1+C2:2017

The general soil parameters automatically filled by D-S HEET P ILING are the low representative
values prescribed in Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (Table 34.1). For the delta friction
angle δ D-S HEET P ILING uses 0 for peat and 2/3 of the friction angle φ for the other materials.

Table 34.1: General soil parameters from Table 2.b of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017

Material γunsat γsat c φ

3
[kN/m ] [kN/m ]3
[kN/m ] 2
[◦ ]
Gravel, slightly silty, loose 17 19 0 32.5
Gravel, slightly silty, moderate 18 20 0 35
Gravel, slightly silty, stiff 19 21 0 37.5
Gravel, very silty, loose 18 20 0 30
Gravel, very silty, moderate 19 21 0 32.5
Gravel, very silty, stiff 20 22 0 35
Sand, clean, loose 17 19 0 30
Sand, clean, moderate 18 20 0 32.5
Sand, clean, stiff 19 21 0 35
Sand, slightly silty, moderate 18 20 0 27
Sand, very silty, loose 18 20 0 25
Loam, slightly sandy, weak 19 19 0 27.5
Loam, slightly sandy, moderate 20 20 1 27.5
Loam, slightly sandy, stiff 21 21 2.5 27.5
Loam, very sandy, stiff 19 19 0 27.5
Clay, clean, weak 14 14 0 17.5
Clay, clean, moderate 17 17 5 17.5
Clay, clean, stiff 19 19 13 17.5
Clay, slightly sandy, weak 15 15 0 22.5
Clay, slightly sandy, moderate 18 18 5 22.5
Clay, slightly sandy, stiff 20 20 13 22.5
Clay, very sandy, stiff 18 18 0 27.5
Clay, organic, weak 13 13 0 15
Clay, organic, moderate 15 15 0 15
Peat, not preloaded, weak 10 10 1 15
Peat, moderate preloaded, moderate 12 12 2.5 15

Deltares 403 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

34.3.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction acc. CUR 166

The values of the secant modulus of subgrade reaction automatically filled by D-S HEET P ILING
are extrapolated from Table 3.3 of CUR 166 and given in Table 34.2.

Table 34.2: Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166

Material kh;1 kh;2 kh;3

3 3
[kN/m ] [kN/m ] [kN/m3 ]
Gravel, slightly silty, loose 20000 10000 5000
Gravel, slightly silty, moderate 40000 20000 10000
Gravel, slightly silty, stiff 54000 27000 13500
Gravel, very silty, loose 14000 7000 3500
Gravel, very silty, moderate 20000 10000 5000
Gravel, very silty, stiff 40000 20000 10000
Sand, clean, loose 12000 6000 3000
Sand, clean, moderate 20000 10000 5000
Sand, clean, stiff 40000 20000 10000
Sand, slightly silty, moderate 16000 8000 4000
Sand, very silty, loose 14000 7000 3500
Loam, slightly sandy, weak 4000 2000 1000
Loam, slightly sandy, moderate 6000 3000 1500
Loam, slightly sandy, stiff 8000 4000 2000
Loam, very sandy, stiff 6000 3000 1500
Clay, clean, weak 2000 1000 500
Clay, clean, moderate 4000 2000 1000
Clay, clean, stiff 6000 3000 1500
Clay, slightly sandy, weak 3000 1500 750
Clay, slightly sandy, moderate 5000 2500 1250
Clay, slightly sandy, stiff 7000 3500 1750
Clay, very sandy, stiff 5000 2500 1250
Clay, organic, weak 1000 500 250
Clay, organic, moderate 2000 1000 500
Peat, not preloaded, weak 1000 500 250
Peat, moderate preloaded, moderate 2000 1000 500

404 of 477 Deltares

35 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength
D-S HEET P ILING checks if the stability of the anchor wall is influenced by the stability of the
sheet piling. D-S HEET P ILING assumes straight slip planes for this check and uses the Culmann
method to determine the active slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet pile wall and the
passive plane from the toe of the anchor wall. The rotation point of the sheet pile wall is taken
to be the first point above the toe of the wall for which the shear force is zero.

⋄ If the slip planes intersect, the anchor is treated as a short anchorage (section 35.1)
and a slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall
is assumed according to Kranz theory (Kranz, 1953).

⋄ If the slip planes do not intersect, the anchor is treated as a long anchorage (sec-
tion 35.2) and the plate is analyzed as a stand-alone anchorage plate.

Grout anchors are always considered as a short anchorage.

35.1 Short anchorage

For a short anchorage, the active and passive slip planes intersect, as shown in Figure 35.1.
The analysis is therefore performed assuming a deep slide plane between the retaining wall
rotation point and the toe of the anchor wall.

passive slip active slip

plane plane
β
T
Eo
L

H Ec
Ea

Er

H -T
θ = arc tan
L cos B

rotation point

Figure 35.1: Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory)

Note: The angle of the active slip plane and the positions of the rotation point in Figure 35.1
are automatically determined by the program. The rotation point is the first point below the
excavation level for which the calculated shear force is nil.

The equilibrium of the horizontal and vertical forces from the sheet piling, the anchor plate,
the slip plane, the weight of vertical soil slices and the loads lead to the characteristic Kranz
anchor strength:

Ea − (E0 + Er ) + Ec
Rkr;k = (35.1)
Es

Deltares 405 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

where:

Ea is the active pressure on the sheet pile;

E0 is the active pressure on the anchor wall;
Er is the horizontal pressure
 on deep 
slide plane;
H +T
Er = L × cos β γ ′ + q × tan (θ − φ)
2
Ec is the horizontal cohesive force along the slide plane:
Ec = c × L × cos β
Es is the factor due to the anchor inclination:
Es = cos β − sin β × tan(θ − φ)
γ’ is the effective soil unit weight, in kN/m3 ;
q is the surface load in kN/m2 ;
H is the distance between the level of the top of the sheet pile wall and the level at
which the maximum bending moment occurs.

Note: The active pressure on the sheet pile (Ea ) and the active pressure on the anchor wall
(E0 ) are determined using the Culmann method (see section 32.2.1). Hereby, a wall friction
angle δ of 0 is assumed, according to article 9.5.1(a) of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017).

In case of a homogeneous soil, the active pressures Ea and E0 can be estimated with the
following formula’s:

1 p
Ea = Ka γ ′ H 2 − 2c Ka H + Ka q H (35.2)
2
1 p
E0 = Ka γ ′ T 2 − 2c Ka T + Ka q T (35.3)
2
where:
1 − sin φ
Ka is the lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding: Ka =
1 + sin φ

35.2 Long anchor

For a long anchorage, the active and passive slip planes do not intersect, as indicated in
Figure 35.2.

Ep
E0 T

Figure 35.2: Stability of anchor wall for a long anchor

406 of 477 Deltares

 Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength

The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling and the anchor plate lead to the character-
istic anchor strength for long anchor:

Rlong;k = Ep − E0 (35.4)

where:

Ep is the passive pressure on the anchor wall;

E0 is the active pressure on the anchor wall.

Note: The active and passive pressures (E0 and Ep ) on the anchor wall are determined
using the Culmann method (see section 32.2.1).

In case of a homogeneous soil, the pressures Ep and E0 can be estimated with the following
formula’s:
1
Ep = Kp γ ′ T 2 − 2c Kp T + Kp q T
p
(35.5)
2
1 p
E0 = Ka γ ′ T 2 − 2c Ka T (35.6)
2
where:
1 − sin φ
Ka is the lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding: Ka =
1 + sin φ
1 + sin φ
Kp is the lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding: Kp =
1 − sin φ

Note: The applicability of the method for long anchorage is limited to anchor walls where
T is smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. If this is not the case, a
warning message will be displayed.

Note: For long anchorage, the anchor force P is also checked with Kranz theory because it
has been noticed that for long anchorage in some cases de Kranz verification can be decisive.

Deltares 407 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

408 of 477 Deltares

36 Overall Stability
D-S HEET P ILING uses the Bishop method with circular slip planes to estimate the overall soil
stability (Janbu et al., 1956).

A stability analysis according to Bishop assumes a circular slip surface, defined by a center
point and a tangent line. D-S HEET P ILING uses a grid of trial center points for the center of the
slip surface. The initial center points range from 4 m above to 4 m below the top of the sheet
piling in the vertical direction, and from 1 m to 7 m from the sheet piling on the passive side
in the horizontal direction. The grid spacing is 1 meter in each direction. Twelve trial tangent
lines are used, ranging from 1 m below the toe of the sheet piling to half the length of the
sheet piling below the toe. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively moves the grid of trial center points in
the direction of the lowest safety factor. D-S HEET P ILING assumes that all uniform loads end at
a distance from the wall of 5 times the length of the sheet piling. D-S HEET P ILING does not take
into account any stability reduction due to an intersection of the slip plane with the anchorage
plate.

peat peat

AZ 13
clay clay

sand sand

Figure 36.1: Circular slip surface according to Bishop method

Optionally an input file and geometry file can be written for further stability analysis with
D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab), see section 5.2.5. Cohesion and phi are writ-
ten as representative values. A non-uniform surcharge from D-S HEET P ILING is written to the
D-G EO S TABILITY input file as a mean value. This may create a small difference between the
stability results from D-G EO S TABILITY and D-S HEET P ILING.

Note: When using a strut or an anchor in D-S HEET P ILING, these elements are not used in the
calculation of the overall stability factor. This is a limitation of the software as D-S HEET P ILING
can’t convert the anchor or strut force into an horizontal force in the stability analysis. However,
an input file can be exported to D-G EO S TABILITY for further analysis. The horizontal force can
be introduced in that software.

Deltares 409 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

410 of 477 Deltares

37 Vertical Force Balance
The vertical force balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the
sheet pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. D-S HEET P ILING
determines the resulting vertical force in the upward direction. Usually a negative value will
result, meaning the actual force is acting downward and will be transmitted to the soil at the
toe of the sheet piling.

D-S HEET P ILING considers the following contributions to the vertical force acting on the sheet
pile wall:

⋄ Normal forces acting on the wall;

⋄ The vertical component of anchor forces multiplied by a factor of 1.1 according to article
9.7.5(a) of (NEN, 2017) and according to step 9.3 of CUR 166;
⋄ The resulting force downwards from friction on the active side;
⋄ The resulting force upwards from friction on the passive side.
⋄ The dead weight of the sheet piling is neglected. The resulting vertical force by friction
is determined by integration along the sheet piling, assuming that the vertical stress is
equal to the horizontal stress times the tangent of the wall friction angle δ .

D-S HEET P ILING cannot determine the vertical forces caused by soil friction in detail, because
the required knowledge of the relative vertical displacement history is not produced as a result
of D-S HEET P ILING analysis. By default D-S HEET P ILING uses the safe assumption that friction
acts downwards on the active side, and upwards on the passive side (Figure 37.1). This
assumption is only useful if the default direction of the friction along the sheet piling is mainly
caused by the effect of the excavation itself. This may not be the case when normal force
loading also occurs.

Figure 37.1: Assumed vertical friction forces

The calculated design axial compression load on the (sheet) pile Fv is compared to the design
value of the base resistance of the (sheet) pile Rb;d :

⋄ If Fv ≤ Rb;d , the vertical force capacity is sufficient

⋄ If Fv > Rb;d , the vertical force capacity is not sufficient

qb;max × Ab × b
Rb;d = (37.1)
ξ × γb

Deltares 411 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

with:
Rb;k
Rb;d = according to article 7.6.2.3(4) of Eurocode 7 (37.2)
γb
Rb;cal
Rb;k = according to article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (37.3)
ξ
Rb;cal = Ab × qb;max according to article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (37.4)
where:

ξ is a correlation factor as defined in article 7.6.2.3(5) of Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN,

2005). For n = 1, ξ =1.40 acc. to Table A.10 of the general Eurocode 7 (NEN-
EN, March 2005) and ξ =1.39 acc. to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN,
2017). For n ̸= 1, ξ must be derived from Rc;k using Equation (37.5) below.
Rc;k is the characteristic compressive resistance of the ground;
Rb;k is the characteristic value of the base resistance;
Rs;k is the characteristic value of the shaft resistance;
ξ3 , ξ4 are correlation factors depending on the number n of CPTs;
qb;max is the maximum representative point resistance (see below);
Ab is the cross-sectional area depending on the situation (see Figure 37.2):
– for unplugged situation (sheet pile only): Ab = Asheet pile × b
– for plugged situation (sheet pile and soil): Ab = h × b;
where Asheet pile is the section area per running meter and h the height of the
sheet pile defined in the Sheet Piling window (Figure 4.12);
b is the acting width;
γb is the partial factor for the base resistance of the (sheet) pile. If a Verification cal-
culation is performed, the value given in the User Defined Partial Factors window
is used but if a Standard calculation (or a Verification calculation with representa-
tive values, CUR step 6.5 for example) is performed, a fixed value of 1.2 is used.

 
Rb;cal + Rs;cal Rc;cal (Rc;cal )mean (Rc;cal )min
Rc;k = Rb;k + Rs;k = = = min ;
ξ ξ ξ3 ξ4
(37.5)

For the calculation of the vertical force capacity of the soil Fmax , D-S HEET P ILING performs
this check for the case where plugging does not occur and also where it does (Figure 37.2).
In this latter case the area is taken to be the cross-sectional area of the sheet piling plus
the area of the plugged soil. However, for the calculation of the resulting vertical force Fv
in the unplugged case, a wall surface of 1 m2 /m is used instead of the paint surface (Acoat )
in accordance with the CUR 166 recommendations (part 1), leading therefore to the same
results for both plugged and unplugged cases.

Figure 37.2: Plugged and unplugged sheet piling

412 of 477 Deltares

 Vertical Force Balance

The maximum point resistance, qb;max is a special average cone resistance, as defined in the
Dutch annex of the Eurocode NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 article 7.6.2.3(e) (NEN, 2017):
 
1 qc;I;mean + qc;II;mean
qb;max = × αp × β × s + qc;III;mean (37.6)
2 2
where:

qc;I;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory I, that runs from the pile point level
to a level that is at least 0.7 times and at most 4 times the equivalent diameter
(Deq ) deeper (with this lower depth selected to make qb;max a minimum). If
b > 1.5 × a, then Deq is equal to a.
qc;II;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory II, starting at the bottom of trajec-
tory I and ending at the pile point, with this value not larger than the previous
value in the trajectory;
qc;III;mean is the mean cone resistance over trajectory III, between the pile point level to
a level 8 times the equivalent diameter higher, with this value not larger than
the previous value in the trajectory;
Deq is the equivalent pilep
diameter:
Deq = 1.13 × a × b/a
where a and b are respectively the smallest and the largest dimensions of the
largest cross-section of the pile point;
αp is the pile factor, ranging from 0.35 for some bored piles types to 0.7 for some
driven piles;
β is the pile base shape factor;
s is the pile base cross-section shape factor.

For special exceptions and further definition of factors, see the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7
(NEN, 2017).

The CUR method allows some modifications to be made should the vertical balance not be
met, as described below:

If the vertical balance is not met, assuming wall friction upwards on the passive side and
downwards on the active side, then the wall begins to move downwards (relative to the soil on
both sides of the wall). This means that the friction on the active side will now also be acting
upwards. The user can therefore enter a negative value for δ , the wall friction angle, in the
bottom layer on the active side only (a new soil type will need to be defined with this new wall
friction value, and the active and passive sides will need different profiles). This will have the
effect of reversing the friction direction on the side with this negative δ . If the vertical force
balance is still not met with this different friction direction in the bottom layer then the friction
direction in the second layer up on the active side can also be reversed in the same manner,
and so on.

Note: The vertical balance cannot be calculated correctly under combined walls. It is not pos-
sible to indicate CPT resistances for both toe levels. The calculation only takes into account
the lower toe resistance, the upper toe resistance is neglected.

Deltares 413 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

414 of 477 Deltares

38 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure
In general, sheet piling design involves the analysis of all relevant Ultimate Limit States (Fail-
ure) and Serviceability Limit States during each stage of construction. The CUR step-by-step
procedure described in CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005) was developed to design a sheet
pile wall with a single anchorage, using a semi-probabilistic method. As described below,
D-S HEET P ILING supports specific parts of the CUR design procedure.

38.1 Semi-probabilistic approach

A probabilistic design is based on a particular required safety level that is related to the proba-
bility of an occurrence. In this semi-probabilistic approach, variations of soil properties, sheet
piling properties, loading and geometry are taken into account by dividing representative val-
ues (also called characteristic values) by so-called partial safety factors. A representative
value can be a low value, a nominal (average/mean) value or a high value. The low and high
values are usually defined as the values that will be exceeded by 5 % of the samples during
testing.

The values of the partial safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered,
by the variation of the parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety
factor for a certain parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines. The partial
safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered, by the variation of the
parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety factor for a certain
parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines.

The use of representative values in combination with partial factors yields a high and/or low
design value for each parameter. Analysis of different combinations of the high and low val-
ues of parameters inside a variation study can be used to check whether failure is always
prevented or if serviceability is still ensured at the required safety level.

Probability
of this value
occuring

5% 5%

low normal high value

Figure 38.1: Low, nominal and high representative values

The partial safety factors provided in design guidelines are in turn derived from the required
values of a reliability index β . The equation below, for example, produces the low design value

Deltares 415 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

for a normally distributed parameter X with mean µ and standard deviation σ .

X = µ − αβσ (38.1)

The α in this expression is used as an influence parameter to model the predominance of the
parameter in relation to the considered failure mechanism.

The CUR design procedure distinguishes the following three safety classes, with correspond-
ing reliability indexes:

Class I Relatively simple constructions, no personal safety risks and relatively minor
damage in the case of overall failure. β = 2.5
Class II Considerable damage in the case of overall failure; minor personal safety
risks. β = 3.4
Class III Major damage in the case of overall failure and/or considerable personal
safety risks. β = 4.2

38.2 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by D-S HEET P ILING
In CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005), the design of a sheet piling with single anchorage is
summarized by defining 11 steps. D-S HEET P ILING supports particular parts of the following
steps:

Step 5: Determine the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis
(section 5.2.2) including modified soil properties, surface levels and water
levels. Modification is performed according to sub-step 6.3 (as described
below)
Step 6: Determine the design values for sheet piling dimensions
Five combinations of modified soil properties, surface levels and water levels.
Those five combinations are referred as sub-steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5.
Modified soil properties are calculated by applying partial factors on the input
low representative values for cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade re-
action of the soil. Modified ground and water levels are calculated by applying
level variations on the input water levels at the active and passive sides and
on the input surface level at the passive side. Figure 38.2 to Figure 38.6 gives
a schematic representation of the modifications for each sub-steps and Ta-
ble 38.1 gives an overview of the design values for each sub-steps. If safety
classes I, II or III are selected, the values of the partial factors and level vari-
ations defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) are
used.

416 of 477 Deltares

 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure

The design values for the Surcharges (section 4.4.2) and Uniform Loads
section 4.4.1 are calculated using the input partial factor in the correspond-
ing window. Values of partial factors for permanent or temporary loads are
prescribed in table 3.7 of (CUR, 2005). Mean values of bending stiffness
section 4.2.1 and anchor stiffness (section 4.5.1) must be entered. See ta-
bles 3.1 and 3.3 of (CUR, 2005) for representative values of soil parameters.
D-S HEET P ILING offers the “Lowest” values of the modulus of subgrade reac-
tion according to table 3.3 in section 4.3.2. If the “Highest” values are required
the user needs to input them manually, multiplying the “Lowest” value by 2.25.
For a given length of the sheet piling, D-S HEET P ILING calculates the maximum
moment and the maximum displacement obtained from the five sub-steps.
Note: If the iterative calculation cannot converge, the calculation is consid-
ered to be numerically unstable. Most of the time, it means that the sheet
piling is unstable (i.e. too short) but not necessary. Refer to section 5.2.2.2
for more information.
Step 7: Determine the design moment (section 5.2.3) in the sheet piling by performing
analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 presented above. The design
moment corresponds to the maximum moment determined from the five sub-
steps.
Step 9.1: Determine the design force of anchors, struts and spring supports (sec-
tion 5.2.3) by performing analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 pre-
sented above using a higher value for the anchor/strut/spring support stiff-
ness. This new stiffness is determined using a multiplication factor spec-
ified by the user (see the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calcula-
tion window in section 5.2.3) according to the selected safety class. The
design anchor/strut/spring support force corresponds to the maximum an-
chor/strut/spring support force determined from the five sub-steps.
Step 9.7: Check vertical force balance (section 6.3) with the simplified assumption of
total friction on the active and passive sides. If the vertical balance is not met
then reversal of the wall friction force direction in the lower layers is permitted.
See chapter 37 for background information.
Step 10: Determine the design displacements (section 5.2.3) from the Serviceability
Limit calculation which corresponds to Step 6.5. This means that the input
low representative values for the cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade
reaction are used to find the design value, with no modification on the input
ground and water levels needed.
Step 11.1: Check anchor wall stability (section 5.2.4) using the Kranz method. See chap-
ter 35 for background information.
Step 11.3: Check overall sheet piling stability (section 5.2.5) using the Bishop method.
The strength parameter of cohesion and the friction angle phi are divided by
1.5 and 1.2 respectively, for all safety classes (for safety classes see sec-
tion 38.1). The driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II)
or 1.1 (class III) as prescribed in table 3.11 from CUR 166. For background
information, see chapter 36.

Deltares 417 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 38.1: Design values of soil properties according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 proce-
dure

Step Limit kd(1) cd tan φd tan δd

6.1 ULS klow,rep /γk clow,rep /γc tan φlow,rep /γtan φ tan δlow,rep /γtan φ
6.2 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /γc tan φlow,rep /γtan φ tan δlow,rep /γtan φ
6.3 ULS klow,rep /γk clow,rep /γc tan φlow,rep /γtan φ tan δlow,rep /γtan φ
6.4 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /γc tan φlow,rep /γtan φ tan δlow,rep /γtan φ
6.5 SLS klow,rep clow,rep tan φlow,rep tan δlow,rep
(1)
The high representative value of the modulus of subgrade reaction khigh,rep is determined
by multiplying the input low representative value klow,rep by 2.25.

Table 38.2: Design values of ground and water levels according to Step 6 of the CUR 166
procedure

Step Limit Ground (GL) Water level (WL)

Passive side Passive side Active side
6.1 ULS GLrep - ∆GLpas WLrep + ∆WLpas WLrep + ∆WLact
6.2 ULS GLrep - ∆GLpas WLrep + ∆WLpas WLrep + ∆WLact
6.3 ULS GLrep - ∆GLpas WLrep - ∆WLpas WLrep + ∆WLact
6.4 ULS GLrep - ∆GLpas WLrep - ∆WLpas WLrep + ∆WLact
6.5 SLS GLrep WLrep WLrep

step 6.1

Figure 38.2: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure

418 of 477 Deltares

 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure

step 6.2

Figure 38.3: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.2 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 6.3

Figure 38.4: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 6.4

Figure 38.5: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.4 of the CUR 166 design procedure

Deltares 419 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

step 6.5

Figure 38.6: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.5 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 9.1

Figure 38.7: Schematic representation of the anchor/strut/spring support stiffness modi-

fication according to step 9.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure

Note: For steps 6.1 to 6.4, if the water level exceeds the surface level when increased, then
it is set equal to the surface level.

38.3 Partial Safety Factors

38.3.1 Partial safety factors – On all stages (method A) or one stage (method B)
The CUR 166 procedure itself does not prescribe whether partial factors on strength and load
should be applied to all construction stages, or just to the stage that is checked. Application of
partial factors during only one stage can be beneficial, because it allows lower safety factors to
be applied during previous stages. D-S HEET P ILING supports the application of partial factors
to both individual stages (method B) and to all construction stages (method A) (section 38.2).

Method A applies the partial factor set to all construction stages. Method B checks all stages
as a “final” stage. Method B assumes low representative values, with no partial factors, for
all stages apart from the “final” stage being checked. The partial factors corresponding to the
selected safety class are only applied to the “final” stage. Using method B allows each stage
to be checked (as a “final” stage) using a different safety class, which can result in a more
economical design. Method A, however, gives a more conservative approach and requires
less calculation.

420 of 477 Deltares

 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure

38.3.2 Partial safety factors and geometry modifications

Table 38.3: Partial factors applied to soil parameters according to Table 3.7 of the
CUR 166 design procedure

Parameter Class I Class II Class III

Cohesion γc 1.00 1.00 1.10
Tangent Phi γtan φ 1.05 1.15 1.20
Tangent Delta

Table 38.4: Level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure

Level Class I Class II Class III

(a)
Surface level (passive side ) ∆GLpas 0.20 0.30 0.35
(a)
Phreatic line (passive side ) ∆WLpas 0.15 0.20 0.25
Phreatic line (active side(a) ) ∆WLact 0.05 0.05 0.05
(a)
See section 38.3.3 for the determination of the passive side.

Table 38.5: Partial factors applied to loads according to CUR 166

Load effect Class I Class II Class III

(a)
Permanent unfavourable 1.00 1.00 1.00
(a)
Permanent favourable 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temporary unfavourable(a) 1.00 1.00 1.25
(a)
Temporary favourable 0.000 0.00 0.00
(a)
See section 38.3.4 for the determination of the favorable/unfavorable nature of a load.

38.3.3 Automatic determination of the passive side

For a verification calculation according to the Eurocode or the CUR recommendations, the
passive side must be known before starting the calculation in order to determine if a load is
favourable or unfavourable, and to apply the geometrical modifications at the correct side.

The passive side can either be defined by the user or be automatically determined by the
program. If the second option is chosen, the program will determine the passive side based on
the soil collapse results of the SLS calculation. It will use the side with the highest percentage
of mobilized resistance as passive side.

Note: This method is an approximate method, which does not always lead to the expected
result as illustrated in Figure 38.8:

⋄ Case 1: the method concludes that the right side is passive and the results of the
calculation with partial factor (step 6.3, class RC 2) confirm this assumption as the per-
centage of mobilized resistance at right side (28.0%) is higher than at left side (21.4%).

⋄ Case 2: the method concludes that the right side is passive but the results of the calcu-
lation with partial factor refute this assumption.

Deltares 421 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

This is why it is strongly advised to always check the automatic determination: the passive side
initially determined by the program (based on the SLS calculation) should be the same as the
passive side determined after the calculation using the percentage of mobilized resistance. If
not, the passive side should be manually defined by the user.

Figure 38.8: Automatic determination of the passive side for 2 special cases

38.3.4 Automatic determination of the favorable/unfavourable nature of a load

The favourable or unfavourable nature of a load (i.e. surcharge, uniform load) can either be
defined by the user or be automatically determined by the program.

If the second option is chosen, the load is considered as favourable when situated at the
passive side and unfavourable when situated at the active side.
Refer to section 38.3.3 for the determination of the passive side.

422 of 477 Deltares

 39 Design according to Eurocode 7
D-S HEET P ILING allows designing a sheet piling wall according to the European standard Eu-
rocode 7, using either the methods and partial factors prescribed in:

⋄ section 39.1: The general Eurocode 1997 - Part 1: General rules (NEN-EN, March
2005);
⋄ section 39.2: The Dutch annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) which prescribes the
same design procedure as the CUR 166 design procedure (CUR, 2005), except that
the default partial factors are different;
⋄ section 39.3: The Belgian annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN, 2022).

39.1 General Eurocode 7 (EN 1997-1)

39.1.1 General EC 7 – Design approaches

According to the General Eurocode 7, four Design Approaches, with different partial factors
are defined for the Ultimate Limit State.

⋄ Design Approach 1, set 1

⋄ Design Approach 1, set 2
⋄ Design Approach 2
⋄ Design Approach 3

The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the country where the verification is
performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform to their design methods. It should
be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not occur with the appropriate set of
partial factors applied.

39.1.2 General EC 7 – Partial factors

For the design of the retaining wall, the verification of structural (STR) and geotechnical (GEO)
limit states is applied, considering the procedure described in section 2 of Eurocode 1997-1
(NEN-EN, March 2005). The partial factors can be found in Annex A.3 of Eurocode 7:

⋄ Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
⋄ Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
⋄ Table A.13 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining structures.

For design approaches DA 1 combination 2 and DA 3, the partial factors are applied on the
loads whereas for design approaches DA 1 combination 1 and DA 2, the partial factors are
applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING multiplies the calculated
moments and shear forces with a factor of 1.35 and applies a partial factor of only 1.111
(= 1.5/1.35) instead of 1.5 to the temporary unfavourable loads.
For design approaches DA 3, the partial factor set A1 given in Table 39.1 applies on structural
actions (i.e. normal forces, moments and horizontal line loads) whereas the partial factor set
A2 applies on geotechnical actions (i.e. uniform loads and surcharges).

The partial resistance factor γR;e has an effect on the maximum percentage of mobilized
resistance by decreasing it to a limited value of 100%/γR;e instead of 100%.

Deltares 423 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 39.1: Partial factors for retaining structures acc. to the general Eurocode 7

DA 1 DA 1 DA 2 DA 3
set 1 set 2
Partial factors on actions (γF ) or the effects of actions (γE ): A1 A2
(a)
Permanent, unfavourable γG;dst 1.35 1 1.35 1.35 1
(a)
Permanent, favourable γG;stb 1 1 1 1 1
(a)
Temporary, unfavourable γQ;dst 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3
(a)
Temporary, favourable γQ;stb 0 0 0 0 0
Partial factors on soil parameters (γM ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis. γφ 1 1.25 1 1.25
Effective cohesion γc′ 1 1.25 1 1.25
Undrained shear strength γcu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Unconfined strength γqu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Weight density γγ 1 1 1 1
Partial resistance factors (γR ):
Bearing capacity γR;v 1 1 1.4 1
Sliding resistance γR;h 1 1 1.1 1
Earth resistance γR;e 1 1 1.4 1
(a)
See section 38.3.4 for the determination of the favorable/unfavorable nature of a load.

39.1.3 General EC 7 – Geometrical data

Ground surfaces
According to Eurocode 7, the level of the resisting soil is lowered below the nominally expected
level by an amount ∆a equal to 10% of the distance between the lowest support and the
excavation level, limited to a maximum of 0.5 m.

See section 38.3.3 for the determination of the passive side.

Water levels
The design input value for the position of the phreatic surfaces and the free water is defined
by the user.

39.1.4 General EC 7 – Determination of earth pressures

At rest values of earth pressure

For the calculation of the√neutral earth pressure coefficient, the formula used in D-S HEET P ILING
(K0 = (1 − sin φ) × OCR) is the one prescribed in the EuroCode 7.

424 of 477 Deltares

 Design according to Eurocode 7

Limiting values of earth pressure

According to the general EuroCode 7, the active and passive earth pressure may be calcu-
lated using the Culmann method (c, φ, δ soil parameters) as it takes into account the relative
movement of the soil and the wall at failure and the corresponding shape of the failure surface.

Intermediate values of earth pressure

According to the general EuroCode 7, the intermediate values of earth pressure may be cal-
culated using a spring constant method, which is the case in D-S HEET P ILING.

39.1.5 General EC 7 – Overall Stability

To check that an overall stability failure of the sheet piling will not occur, the verification of
structural (STR) and geotechnical (GEO) limit states is applied, considering the procedure
described in section 11 of Eurocode 1997-1 (NEN-EN, March 2005). The partial factors can
be found in Annex A.3 of Eurocode 7:

⋄ Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
⋄ Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
⋄ Table A.14 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for overall stability.

Note: D-S HEET P ILING is not a program dedicated to overall stability and performs therefore a
quick stability check by applying partial factors only on soil parameters. For a complete overall
stability check, the user has to divide the calculated section modulus (also called resisting
moment) by γR;e . Besides, if approaches DA 1,1 or DA 2 are used, the user has to multiply the
driving moment (i.e. resulting effect of the actions on the failure surface) by γE . If approaches
DA 1,2 or DA3 are used, the user has to enter a design magnitude for loads.

The soil parameters of cohesion and friction angle are divided by the prescribed partial factors.
For the unit weight, low and high design values are used (i.e. input representative values are
respectively divided and multiplied by the prescribed partial factor. The minimum calculated
overall stability factor of both calculations is kept.

Deltares 425 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 39.2: Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1

DA 1 DA 1 DA 2 DA 3
set 1 set 2
Partial factors on actions (γF ) or the effects of actions (γE ): A1 A2
Permanent, unfavourable γG;dst 1.35 1 1.35 1.35 1
Permanent, favourable γG;stb 1 1 1. 1 1
Temporary, unfavourable γQ;dst 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3
Temporary, favourable γQ;stb 0 0 0 0 0
Partial factors on soil parameters (γM ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis. γφ 1 1.25 1 1.25
Effective cohesion γc′ 1 1.25 1 1.25
Undrained shear strength γcu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Unconfined strength γqu 1 1.4 1 1.4
Weight density γγ 1 1 1 1
Partial resistance factors (γR ):
Earth resistance γR;e 1 1 1.1 1

The overall sheet piling stability is checked using the Bishop method (chapter 36). According
to Eurocode 1997-1, circular slip surfaces where ground or embankment material is relatively
homogeneous and isotropic can be assumed.

39.2 Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN 9997-1+C2:2017)

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode prescribed the same step-by-step design procedure as
in the Dutch recommendations CUR 166 (section 38.2) applying partial factors on either all
stages (method A) or only one stage (method B) except that the safety classes, partial safety
factors and geometrical modifications are different.

39.2.1 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Reliability Classes

The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 distinguishes the following three reliability classes, with
corresponding reliability indexes:

⋄ Reliability Class 1: Low consequence for loss of human life, and economic, social or
environmental consequences small or negligible. β = 3.3
⋄ Reliability Class 2: Medium consequence for loss of human life, economic, social or
environmental consequences considerable. β = 3.8
⋄ Reliability Class 3: High consequence for loss of human life, or economic, social or
environmental consequences very great. β = 4.3

Note: Another Reliability Class called RC 0 is also available in D-S HEET P ILING (see Figure 4.3
in section 4.1.2.2) corresponding to Class I of the CUR procedure (section 38.1) for the design
a simple constructions (β = 2.5).

426 of 477 Deltares

 Design according to Eurocode 7

39.2.2 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Step-by-step procedure

The Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7 (NEN, 2017) prescribed the same step-by-step procedure as
the CUR 166 procedure. Refer to section 38.2 for a completed description.

39.2.3 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Partial factors and Geometry modifications

The partial factors recommended by the standard NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017) are
given in Table 39.3 and used as default values in D-S HEET P ILING (section 4.1.2). These
partial factors apply to loads and material properties.

The partial factor set A1 given in Table 39.3 applies on structural actions (i.e. normal forces,
moments and horizontal line loads) whereas the partial factor set A2 applies on geotechnical
actions (i.e. uniform loads and surcharges).

Table 39.3: Partial factors according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7

RC 1 RC 2 RC 3
Partial factors on loads: A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
(a)
Permanent, unfavourable 1.215 1 1.35 1 1.485 1
(a)
Permanent, favourable 0.9 1 0.9 1 0.9 1
Temporary, unfavourable(a) 1.35 1 1.5 1.1 1.65 1.25
(a)
Temporary, favourable 0 0 0 0 0 0
Partial factors on soil materials:
Cohesion 1.15 1.25 1.4
Tangent phi and tangent delta 1.15 1.175 1.2
Modulus of subgrade reaction 1.3 1.3 1.3
(a)
See section 38.3.4 for the determination of the favorable/unfavorable nature of a load.

The Dutch annex the level of the resisting soil is lowered below the nominally expected level by
an amount ∆a equal to 10% of the distance between the lowest support and the excavation
level, limited to a maximum of 0.5 m.

Table 39.4: Level variations according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7

Parameter RC 1 RC 2 RC 3
Increase retaining height max(10% × H; ∆GLpas )
Max. increase retaining height ∆GLpas 0.5 0.5 0.5
Change in phreatic line on passive side(a) ∆WLpas 0.2 0.25 0.25
(a)
Raise in phreatic line on active side ∆WLact 0.05 0.05 0.05
(a)
See section 38.3.3 for the determination of the passive side.

Deltares 427 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

39.2.4 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Overall Stability

The prescribed safety factor for soil parameters (Table 39.5) are given in article A.3.2(1)P
of NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017). The cohesion and friction angle are divided by the
prescribed partial factors. For the unit weight, low and high design values are used (i.e. input
representative values are respectively divided and multiplied by the prescribed partial factor.
The minimum calculated overall stability factor of both calculations is kept.

Table 39.5: Partial factors (for overall stability) on soil parameters acc. to the Dutch Annex
of Eurocode 7

Soil parameter Symbol RC 1 RC 2 RC 3

Effective cohesion γc′ 1.3 1.45 1.6
Friction angle γφ′ 1.2 1.25 1.3
Unit weight γγ 1 1 1

39.2.5 Dutch Annex EC 7 – Partial factors on representative values

The partial factors on representative values of the moments, shear forces and anchor forces
on a sheet pile are discussed in NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017), under Table 9.d in section
9.7.1.

Table 39.6: Partial factors on representative values

Soil parameter Symbol RC 1 RC 2 RC 3

General fact. on rep. values 1.2 1.2 1.35

39.3 Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB)

According to the Belgian annex (NBN, 2022), the design of retaining structures must be car-
ried out using the method described in the WTCB report (WTCB/BGGG, 2022) and schema-
tized in Figure 39.1.

428 of 477 Deltares

 Design according to Eurocode 7

Figure 39.1: Schematization of the calculation method according the Belgian annex
based on DA 1 (extract of WTCB report 2022)

39.3.1 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Limit States

In its national annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB, Belgium selected Design Approach DA 1 for verifi-
cation at Ultimate Limit and prescribed partial factors equal to 1 for verification at Serviceability
Limit State.

Deltares 429 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

39.3.2 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Risk Classes

In WTCB/BGGG (2022) three risk classes (RC) are distinguished and are determined from the
combination of a Consequence Class (GK) and a reliability class (BK) according to Table 39.7.

Table 39.7: Determination of the Risk Classes (RC) according to the Consequence
Classes (GK) and the Reliability classes (BK)

GK 1 GK 2 GK 3
BK 1 RC 1 RC 2 RC 2
BK 2 RC 2 RC 2 RC 3
BK 3 RC 2 RC 3 RC 3

The consequence class (GK) depends on the consequences of failure or poor functioning of
the structure:

⋄ GK 1: Low consequence for loss of human life, and economic, social or environmental
consequences small or negligible.
⋄ GK 2: Medium consequence for loss of human life, economic, social or environmental
consequences considerable.
⋄ GK 3: High consequence for loss of human life, or economic, social or environmental
consequences very great.

For the determination of the reliability class, refer to table 5 of WTCB/BGGG (2022).

39.3.3 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Partial factors

The partial factors can be found in Annex A.3 of the Belgian annex:

⋄ Table A.3 ANB gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of
actions for risk class 2;
⋄ Tables A.4 ANB, A.4-bis ANB and A.4-ter ANB give the recommended partial factors for
soil parameters for the three risk classes;
⋄ Table A.13 ANB gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining struc-
tures.

The recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions for risk classes 1 and
3 can be found in Tables 7 and 9 respectively of WTCB/BGGG (2022).

430 of 477 Deltares

 Design according to Eurocode 7

Table 39.8: Partial factors acc. to the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB

Risk class RC 1 RC 2 RC 3
Set Set 1 Set 2 Set 1 Set 2 Set 1 Set 2
Partial factors on actions (γF ) or the effects of actions (γE ):
Permanent, unfavourable(a) γG;dst 1.20 1.00 1.35 1.00 1.50 1.00
(a)
Permanent, favourable γG;stb 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temporary, unfavourable(a) γQ;dst 1.30 1.10 1.50 1.10 1.80 1.20
(a)
Temporary, favourable γQ;stb 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Material factors (γM ), also used for Overall Stability:
Effective cohesion γc′ 1.00 1.10 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.40
Tangent phi γφ′ 1.00 1.10 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.40
(b)
Unit weight γγ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Partial resistance factors (γR ):
Bearing capacity γR;v 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Earth resistance γR;e 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
(a)
See section 38.3.4 for the determination of the favorable/unfavorable nature of a load.
(b)
The partial factor on unit weight is fixed to 1 for a sheet piling calculation but it is a
user-defined value for Overall Stability with a default of 1 (see Figure 4.8).

Note: For set 2, the partial factors are applied on the loads whereas for set 1 the partial
factors are applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING multiplies
the calculated moments and shear forces with the factor γG;dst a factor of 1.35 and applies a
partial factor of only γQ;dst /γG;dst instead of γQ;dst to the temporary unfavourable loads. For
risk class 2, this leads to a factor of 1.5/1.35=1.111 on the temporary unfavourable loads.

39.3.4 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Geometrical data

The WTCB report (WTCB/BGGG, 2022) recommends a change of the surface level at passive
side as given in Figure 39.2.

⋄ For SLS, no change of the surface level is applied;

⋄ For ULS and for dry excavation, the passive surface level is decreased with 0.3 m;
⋄ For ULS and for wet excavation, the change in passive surface level recommended by
the general Eurocode 7 (as given in section 39.1.3) is adopted.

Deltares 431 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 39.2: Design value of the surface level at passive side at ULS (extract of WTCB
report (WTCB/BGGG, 2022))

39.3.5 Belgian Annex EC 7 – Overall Stability

As the Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB doesn’t provide alternative information about
overall stability, the design procedure as given in the general Eurocode 1997-1 is used. The
partial factors on soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) provided in the
Belgian annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB applied, see Table 39.8. No partial factors on loads and
earth resistance are applied in contrast with what prescribed the Belgian annex.

432 of 477 Deltares

40 Initial Stage
D-S HEET P ILING offers a special option to deal with initially non-horizontal surfaces, or initial
surcharges. A previously existing sheet pile wall will deform if a surcharge is later applied or
the surface profile altered, whereas if there is a surcharge already present or if the ground
surface is not horizontal at the time of installation, the sheet pile wall will not deform until a
change is made at a later time.

Without the initial stage option

When this option is not used, a non-horizontal surface or surcharge in the first stage will cause
deformations of the sheet piling. It is assumed that a non-horizontal surface or surcharge on
one side of the sheet piling will only cause additional horizontal stresses on that side of the
sheet pile wall.

loading of sheet pile

wall as as result of
a non-horizontal
surface or a surcharge

Figure 40.1: Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage

The horizontal stress σH.Boussinesq following from the Boussinesq assumption is multiplied by
a factor f to account for the existence of the sheet piling, see section 32.3:
σH.Surcharge.left = fleft . σH.Boussinesq.left (40.1)
σH.Surcharge.right = fright . σH.Boussinesq.right (40.2)

In the example displayed in Figure 40.1, σH.Surcharge.right = 0 because there is no surcharge

at the right side.

With the initial stage option

When the initial stage option is used, D-S HEET P ILING simply assumes that the initial stress
contribution resulting from a non-horizontal surface or an initial surcharge is transferred to
both sides of the sheet piling, see Equation (40.3).

loading of left hand

side of sheet pile wall loading of left hand
as the result of a side of sheet pile wall
non-horizontal surface or as the result of a
a surcharge non-horizontal surface or
a surcharge

Figure 40.2: Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option

Deltares 433 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

σH.Surcharge.left = σH.Surcharge.right = σH.Boussinesq.left + σH.Boussinesq.right (40.3)

The neutral stress changes when the initial stage option is used, whilst the active and passive
yield stresses remain the same as when the initial stress option is not used. This is illustrated
in Figure 40.3 below.

same side as surcharge side without surcharge

horizontal σp horizontal σp
stress stress

with initial
σn without initial
σa
σn without initial σa
with initial

displacement displacement

Figure 40.3: Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used

On both sides of the sheet piling, the same value of initial neutral horizontal stress will result,
as long as the theoretical neutral stress is within the yield limits (σa < σn < σp ). If this
condition can not be satisfied on a certain side however, the neutral stress will be set equal to
the yield limit, and deformation of the sheet piling will occur.

The load correction by the initial option remains active during all following stages, as long as
the soil is not excavated. See Equation (40.4) and Equation (40.5).

σh.correction.left = (1 − fleft ) σH.Boussinesq.left + σH.Boussinesq.right (40.4)

σh.correction.right = (1 − fright ) σH.Boussinesq.right + σH.Boussinesq.left (40.5)

434 of 477 Deltares

 41 Analysis of Single Piles
D-S HEET P ILING’s single pile calculation option calculates the bending moment and deforma-
tion of a single pile, due to lateral deformations of the soil or due to discrete forces and
moments applied to the pile itself.

The solution method for single piles used by D-S HEET P ILING is the same as the solution
method for a sheet pile wall chapter 31 although some changes have been made to account
for the differences between a long wall and a single pile (where arching occurs).

41.1 Loading by soil deformations

When surcharges are applied to a soil surface (for example, when creating a dam or when
making excavations), there will be both vertical and horizontal movements of the soil. If piles
are present, these soil displacements will cause pressure against the piles. This results in
additional bending moments and displacements to those generated by the loads at the pile
head. Since piles are usually only designed for axial loading, these lateral loads could quite
easily become a critical factor in the design.

To calculate the effect of soil displacements on a pile, the following steps should be performed:

⋄ Determine the soil displacements which would exist at the location of interest, where
the pile not presents, using one of both options:

⋄ Calculated soil displacements by D-S HEET P ILING using the De Leeuw tables (section 41.1.1);
⋄ User defined soil displacements calculated from an other program, for example a finite
element program;

⋄ Use D-S HEET P ILING to determine the displacements, moments and forces in the pile as
a result of these input undisturbed soil displacements (section 41.1.2).

41.1.1 Calculation of the soil displacements using the De Leeuw method

Principles of De Leeuw method

The De Leeuw method (De Leeuw, 1963) estimates the horizontal displacements based on an
elastic solution for a single elastic incompressible layer, characterized by the Young’s modulus
E , and loaded by a uniform load with a certain width. The solution assumes that the horizontal
deformations of the elastic layer are always constrained at the bottom by a stiff foundation
layer. Optionally the deformations can also be constrained by a stiff layer at the top.

The method considers the following two situations (Figure 41.1):

⋄ I: elastic layer on a stiff foundation layer;

⋄ II: elastic layer on a stiff foundation layer with a stiff top layer on the top.

Deltares 435 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Figure 41.1: Situations considered by De Leeuw method

Note: In case of an inputted embankment load, D-S HEET P ILING schematizes it as an equiv-
alent uniform load with a certain width as illustrated in Figure 41.2.

Figure 41.2: Non-uniform load schematized as a uniform load

Limitations
The method has the following limitations:

⋄ As Poisson ratio ν = 0.5 is used (i.e. incompressible layer), this gives the elastic re-
sponse of the soil in an undrained situation, so in fact directly after applying the load;
additional horizontal deformations due to consolidation are not accounted for;

⋄ The thickness of the stiff top layer is not taken into account.
⋄ According to De Leeuw theory (De Leeuw, 1963), the adimensional horizontal displace-
E
ment u at the bottom of the elastic layer must be almost zero (+/-0.000). So if it is
hq
more than 0.0005, the results are considered to be invalid and are therefore not avail-
able.

436 of 477 Deltares

 Analysis of Single Piles

Elasticity modulus
The Young’s modulus of the elastic layer can either be directly prescribed by the user or au-
tomatically estimated by D-S HEET P ILING from the average unit weight γ of the elastic layers.
D-S HEET P ILING determines the average unit weight γavg of several soft layers using the fol-
lowing formula:
n
P
γi · hi
i=1
γavg = (41.1)
H
where:

γi is the unit weight of elastic layer i;

n is the number of elastic layers;
hi is the thickness of elastic layer i;
H is the total thickness of the elastic layers.

The elasticity modulus is then derived from the dry unit weight by linear interpolation in the
table below, according to De Leeuw & Timmermans.

Table 41.1: E-modulus vs. unit weight (De Leeuw & Timmermans)

γ E
[kN/m3 ] [kN/m2 ]
10 575
13 1000
18 1500
19 2800

Modulus of subgrade reaction

The modulus of subgrade reaction can either be directly prescribed by the user or automati-
cally estimated by D-S HEET P ILING using the following formula:

σh′
k= (41.2)
uh
where:

σh ’ is the effective horizontal stress against a not-moving pile:

⋄ In the stiff foundation layer: σh = 0;
⋄ In the elastic layer, σh is calculated with De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw, 1963);
⋄ If a stiff top layer is present, σh = 0 in the stiff top layer and surface.

uh is the horizontal soil displacement calculated with De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw,
1963).

Deltares 437 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

41.1.2 Determination of the displacements, moments and forces in the pile

D-S HEET P ILING determines the displacements and forces in the pile by assuming that the soil
reaction is caused by the difference between the pile displacements and soil displacements if
the pile were not present (Figure 41.3).

Figure 41.3: Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation

D-S HEET P ILING does not consider geometrical non-linearity while the prescribed soil displace-
ments are being applied. A normal force (such as the weight of a building supported by the
pile) will therefore not affect the bending moment during analysis of prescribed displacements.

Soil reaction
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation (33.1) and Equation (33.2) to determine the active and passive
lateral pressures from the input of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. The soil stiffness is
determined from the input of the modulus of subgrade reaction. When performing single pile
calculations based upon soil displacements the user needs to take the effect of arching into
account by suitable modification of the earth pressure coefficients. Ka and K0 are usually
modeled as zero, whilst Kp needs to be determined specially:

In soil layers with soil displacements a calculation has to be made for the situation without
a pile. This calculation gives the soil displacements, U , and change in soil pressure (∆σ )
on the location of the pile. The horizontal subgrade modulus can then be calculated in this
way: Khor = s × 2 × ∆σ/U . In this formula s is the shell factor (in soft layers mostly 1.5).
Alternatively, the passive earth pressure coefficient, Kp can be calculated automatically by
selecting the Brinch-Hansen method (see section 41.2.1) in which case Ka and K0 will be
set to zero.

When calculating for piles loaded by soil displacements, the results of the calculation are
highly influenced by the soil displacements and the value of the horizontal subgrade modulus
in the displacing soil layers.

41.2 Loading by forces and moments

For a single pile loaded by forces, D-S HEET P ILING offers the following alternatives for the direct
input of the soil strength and stiffness by forces.

41.2.1 Brinch-Hansen
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation (41.3) to determine the passive pressure against the pile ac-
cording to Brinch-Hansen (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961).

σp = Kq × σv′ + Kc × c, σa = 0, σn = 0 (41.3)

438 of 477 Deltares

 Analysis of Single Piles

Kq and Kc are factors of Brinch-Hansen for piles:

D
Kq0 + Kq∞ × αq ×
Kq = B (41.4)
D
1 + αq ×
B
D
Kc0 + Kc∞ × αc ×
Kc = B (41.5)
D
1 + αc ×
B
where:
π
π φ π φ
( +φ)×tan φ ( − π2 +φ)×tan φ
Kq0 =e 2 × cos φ × tan + −e × cos φ × tan −
h π 4π 2φ  i 4 2
0
Kc = e 2 ( +φ )×tan φ
× cos φ × tan + − 1 × cot φ
4 2
Kq∞ = Kc∞ × K0 × tan φ
Kc∞ = Nc × d∞ c
∞
dc = 1.58 + 4.09 × tan4 φ
2 π φ
h  i
π×tan φ
Nc = e × tan + − 1 × cot φ
4 2
K0 = 1 − sin φ for OCR = 1
Kq0 K0 × sin φ
αq = ∞ ×
Kq − Kq0 sin π4 + φ2

K0 π φ
αc = ∞ c 0 × 2 sin +
Kc − Kc 4 2
D is the average depth at the middle of the layer [m].

By identification with the usual

p formula for the calculation of the passive earth pressure
σp = Kp × σv′ + 2c∗ × Kp , it can be deduced:

Kp = Kq Passive earth pressure coefficient [-]

c × Kc
c∗ = p Adapted cohesion [kN/m2 ]
2 Kq

This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account.

As the pressure is a function of depth, the same soil material cannot be used in D-S HEET P ILING
at different depths. Instead, if the same soil type occurs at different depths then a copy of the
soil type needs to be made for each instance of the soil type. It is also recommended that
thick layers are split into two or more layers for better representation of the change in passive
pressure with depth.

Deltares 439 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Table 41.3: Values of the rheological coefficient α

Peat Clay Loam Sand Gravel

Over consolidated - 1 2/3 1/2 1/3
Normally consolidated 1 2/3 1/2 1/3 1/4
Decomposed, weathered - 1/2 1/2 1/3 1/4

41.2.2 Ménard
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation (41.6) to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction accord-
ing to Ménard (Ménard, 1971). This method automatically takes the effect of arching into
account.
( h  α i
1
1 3Em
1.3R0 2.65 rR0 + αR if R ≥ R0
= 4(2.65)α +3α
(41.6)
kh 2R
× if R < R0
Em 18

where:

kh is the modulus of horizontal subgrade reaction;

Em is the pressiometric modulus, in kN/m2 .
R0 is a constant: R0 = 0.3 m.
R is half width of the pile, in m;
α is the rheological coefficient depending on the kind of the soil and the soil conditions.
In Table 41.3 some general values are presented. D-S HEET P ILING uses the values
of normally consolidated soil.

The following correlation between Em and qc (cone resistance) can be used:

Peat: Em = (3-4) qc
Clay: Em = (2-3) qc
Loam: Em = (1-2) qc
Sand: Em = (0.7-1) qc
Gravel: Em = (0.5-0.7) qc

440 of 477 Deltares

 42 Special Cases
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to make calculations for a number of situations that deviate from
standard daily practice.

42.1 Combination with piles

In the case of combinations of long piles with shorter sheet piling elements, the acting width
can be used to influence the soil pressures and other loads that act on the upper (long piles
and sheet piling) and lower (long piles only) parts of the wall. Using the acting width allows
direct output of the discrete bending moments in the piles. For the part with only piles, the soil
reaction data must be modified in order to model arching.

42.1.1 Acting width

⋄ Berlin Walls. Berlin Walls are a combination of I-shaped piles, with horizontal planks
inserted in the upper part. If the bending stiffness of the planks is negligible then
direct output of the true bending moment of each pile can be produced. The Com-
bined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts the wall into the appropriate
D-S HEET P ILING model using the formula’s given in section 42.1.3. For example, if the
piles of a Berlin wall are positioned 3 m center-to-center and the width of the flange is
0.4 m: For the upper part, an acting width of b = 3 m is used and the stiffness of a pile
is divided by 3: EI = EIpile /3. For the lower part with only piles, the width of the soil
that acts on a single pile is b = 0.4, the stiffness is divided to give EI = EIpile /0.4.

⋄ Combined walls. The Combined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts
a combined wall, which is made from a combination of regular sheet piling parts with
tubular piles, into the appropriate D-S HEET P ILING model using the formula’s given in
section 42.1.3. For instance, for piles positioned 3 m center-to-center, with an outer
diameter of 0.8 m with the sheet piling parts contributing to the bending stiffness: For
the upper part, an acting width of b = 3 m is used, and the stiffness of the section is
divided by 3: EI = EIsection /3. For the lower part with only piles, the acting width is
b = 0.8 m and the pile stiffness is again by the acting width: EI = EIpile /0.8

Note: The vertical balance cannot be calculated correctly under combined walls. It is not pos-
sible to indicate CPT resistances for both toe levels. The calculation only takes into account
the lower toe resistance, the upper toe resistance is neglected.

Deltares 441 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

42.1.2 Modified soil reaction

The equivalent width of the soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than
the pile width, as a result of arching. Guidelines for the determination of the discrete active
and passive soil reaction on piles are given for example by Brinch-Hansen (Brinch-Hansen
and Christensen, 1961).

A simplified way to deal with the effects of arching is, given a certain pile width bpile , to as-
sume an equivalent soil width beq . Then the passive lateral earth pressure coefficient and the
b
modulus of subgrade reaction per running meter should be multiplied by the shell factor b eq ,
pile
and active lateral earth pressure coefficient should be divided by this factor (Figure 42.1).

σp = K*p σv

k*

σp = Kp σv
k

σa = Ka σv
σa = K*a σv

Figure 42.1: Soil reaction

The resulting equations for the soil pressure (per unit area) are:

beq
s= (42.1)
bpile
∗
Kp = s × Kp (42.2)
Ka
Ka∗ = (42.3)
s
∗
k =s×k (42.4)

The shell factor s is a user defined input value in the Soil Materials window (see section 4.3.2).
D-S HEET P ILING modifies automatically the passive and active earth pressure coefficients Kp
and Ka according to Equation (42.2) and Equation (42.3) respectively and the modulus of
subgrade reaction according to Equation (42.4).

Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) gives an example of the application of this method.

442 of 477 Deltares

 Special Cases

42.1.3 Automatic generation of a combined wall

The Combined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts the wall into the appropriate
D-S HEET P ILING model using the following formula’s:

Note: For the calculation of the section modulus W (and therefore the maximum moment M )
of the upper part, the Young’s modulus of the steel is used which means that the calculation
is only valid for a steel combined wall. The same applies for the stiffness EI of the upper part
in case the neutral axes of the piles and sheet piles do not coincide.

Upper part (long piles and sheet piles):

Acting width [m]: bupper = Dpile + nsheet pile × bsheet pile
Stiffness [kNm2 /m’]

 EIpile + EIsheet pile × nsheet pile × bsheet pile if neutral axes coincide

EIupper = bupper
 Esteel × Iel;Steiner

if neutral axes do not coincide

Elastic section modulus [m3 /m’]:

 W Ipile + Isheet pile
el;pile
 × if neutral axes coincide
bupper Ipile

Wel;upper =
 Iel;Steiner
 if neutral axes do not coincide
yel;Steiner
Plastic section modulus [m3 /m’]:

Wpl;pile Ipile + Isheet pile
× if neutral axes coincide


bupper Ipile

Wpl;upper = Ipl;Steiner
if neutral axes do not coincide


ypl;Steiner


Allow. elastic moment [kNm/m’]: Mel;upper = Wel;upper × σy;min

Allow. plastic moment [kNm/m’]: Mpl;upper = Wpl;upper × σy;min
Asheet pile × nsheet pile × bsheet pile
Section area [m2 /m’]: Aupper =
bupper
hsheet pile × nsheet pile × bsheet pile
Height [m]: hupper =
bupper

Lower part (long piles only):

Acting width [m]: blower = Dpile
EIpile
Stiffness [kNm2 /m’]: EIlower =
Dpile
Mel;pile
Allowable elastic moment [kNm/m’]: Mel;lower =
Dpile
Mpl;pile
Allowable plastic moment [kNm/m’]: Mpl;lower =
Dpile
A pile
Section area [m2 /m’]: Alower =
Dpile
π Dpile
Height [m]: hlower =
4
where:

Deltares 443 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Dpile is the diameter of the pile, in m;

bsheet pile is the width of the sheet pile element, in m;
nsheet pile is the number of sheet pile elements between two piles;
Ipile is the moment of inertia of the pile, in m4 : Ipile = EIpile /Esteel ;
Isheet pile is the moment of inertia of the sheet pile, in m4 /m’:
Isheet pile = EIsheet pile /Esteel ;
Iel;Steiner is the elastic moment of inertia of the upper part according to Steiner theory,
in m4 /m’, see Equation (42.5) where the elastic neutral axis is considered for
the distances y1 and y2 ;
Ipl;Steiner is the plastic moment of inertia of the upper part according to Steiner theory,
in m4 /m’, see Equation (42.5) where the plastic neutral axis is considered for
the distances y1 and y2 ;
EIpile is the stiffness of the pile, in kNm2 ;
EIsheet pile is the stiffness of the sheet pile, in kNm2 /m’;
Esteel is the Young’s modulus of the steel (210 × 106 kPa);
Wel;pile is the elastic section modulus of the pile, in m3 ;
Wpl;pile is the plastic section modulus of the pile, in m3 ;
σy;min is the minimum yield strength, in kPa: σy;min = min (σy;pile , σy;sheet pile )
σy;pile is the yield strength of the pile in kPa;
σy;sheet pile is the yield strength of the sheet pile in kPa;
Mel;pile is the allowable elastic moment of the pile, in kNm;
Mpl;pile is the allowable plastic moment of the pile, in kNm;
Apile is the section area of the pile, in m2 ;
Asheet pile is the section area of the sheet pile, in m2 /m’;
hsheet pile is the height of the sheet pile, in m.

Steiner theorem

Figure 42.2: Definitions of the distances y , y1 and y2 used in Steiner theorem

This theorem implies that the section modulus of a combined shape (i.e rectangles, triangles
and round shapes connected together) can be calculated by determining the moment of inertia
of the individual surfaces plus a product of the area and the squared distance between the

444 of 477 Deltares

 Special Cases

two neutral axis, which writes:

I = I1 + A1 × (y1 − y)2 + I2 + A2 (y2 − y)2 (42.5)

A1 × y1 + A2 × y2
y= (42.6)
A1 + A2
I
W = (42.7)
y
Refer to Figure 42.2 for the definitions of y , y1 and y2 .

When applying the Steiner theory to the upper part of the combined wall (Figure 42.3), the
following parameters are used:
I1 = Ipile /Dpile
A1 = Apile /Dpile
I2 = Isheet pile
A2 = Asheet pile
y1 is the distance from the elastic or plastic neutral axis of the piles to the most extreme
boundary of the combined pile.
y2 is the distance from the elastic or plastic neutral axis of the sheet piles to the most
extreme boundary of the combined pile.

Figure 42.3: Definitions of the distances y , y1 and y2 for a combined wall composed of
tubular piles and two AZ sheet piles

Note: The section area is used only for the vertical balance check in unplugged situation
and the height for the plugged situation (chapter 37). But, as explained in section 42.1.1, the
calculation only takes into account the lower toe resistance. That means that the section area
Aupper and the height hupper of the upper part are never used.
The height hlower of the lower part as defined in Figure 37.2 is determined by assuming that
in the plugged situation the cross-sectional area Ab (used in Equation (37.4)) is the section
2
area of the pile including the soil inside, which writes blower × hlower = π (Dpile /2) .

42.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling

D-S HEET P ILING assumes that a surcharge will act until infinity in the direction parallel to the
sheet piling. In practice, there will be situations in which the size of the surcharge is limited in
the direction parallel to the sheet piling.

There are various approximation methods available which take account of the load distribution.
The method outlined below is very common.

Deltares 445 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

42.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions)

sheet piling

1
q' = q 1+2d

load
surface level
l + 2d d
l

b
45o

sheet piling

Figure 42.4: Load distribution

The influence of a top load q (with constant dimensions b × l) on the sheet pile wall can be
calculated in the following way:

⋄ The top load is assumed to be distributed over an angle of 45◦ from the front of the load
(see Figure 42.4, left). This produces the following load formula:

l
q′ = q (42.8)
l + 2d

⋄ The load q’ calculated in this way is then entered as being applied over the distance
between d and d + b behind the wall (see Figure 42.4, right). The influence of this load
can now be calculated using D-S HEET P ILING.

446 of 477 Deltares

 Special Cases

42.2.2 Complex load

If the dimensions of the top load in both directions are not constant, the load can be divided
into n sub-loads with constant dimensions. The formula for the calculated load is given in
Figure 42.5. Load distribution should always be assumed to start from the side that is closest
to the sheet pile wall.

sheet piling

load q

d1
l3 l2 l1
d2

d3

ln
q'n = q
q'2 ln + 2dn
q'1
q'3

Figure 42.5: Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top)

This method can also be used if the load in the direction perpendicular to the wall is indeed
constant, but it extends so far away from the wall that division into a number of sub-loads is
more economical. It must always be assumed that load distribution starts from the side that is
closest to the sheet piling.

See chapter 18 for a tutorial example of the application of this method.

42.3 Modeling concrete under water

Concrete is often used at the base of a pit excavation. The concrete helps to keep the pit
dry (once existing water has been removed from the pit) and it can also function as strutting
between the walls enclosing the pit excavation.

The presence of this impermeable layer of concrete maintains the water level below it. How-
ever, if the water table on the other side of the sheet pile wall is higher than the floor of the
pit then the water pressures on the excavated side will not start at zero at the water level, and
the floor will experience uplift. The concrete floor will need to be piled in order to resist this

Deltares 447 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

uplift force. These effects can be modeled in different ways. One of the methods is described
below, and consists of the following steps:

⋄ The underwater concrete is modeled as a soil layer. This means that the concrete is
considered as a system of vertically unlinked elasto-plastic springs, in the same way as
other soil layers. Fixed values should be used for the characteristics of the soil layer.

The water pressure against the bottom of the underwater concrete can be modeled in the
following way:

⋄ The soil water table is set at the level of the bottom of the concrete floor.
⋄ A uniform load acting on the top of the concrete layer is entered, with a size equal to
the direct water pressure under the floor. This load represents the forces acting on the
floor from the floor’s piles.

⋄ For all soil layers under the floor, an excess pore water pressure is entered which is the
same as the top load. This causes the water pressure distribution to be correct.

⋄ γd = γn = 0 is used for the concrete, assuming that the uplift forces on the floor and
the weight of the floor are transmitted to piles and therefore do not act on the soil layer
directly below the concrete.

See chapter 13 for a detailed tutorial example of the application of this method.

42.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall
In addition to a soil-retaining function, sheet pile walls also often have a water-retaining func-
tion. In this case, the water pressure on both sides of the sheet piling will be different. The
difference in water pressure gives rise to a water flow under the toe of the sheet piling.

This flow affects the pressure against the sheet piling in two ways:

⋄ The water flow changes the water pressure that is directed immediately against the wall.
Because of this, the pressure on the side of the wall with the highest water pressure will
decrease, while the pressure on the other side will increase. At the toe of the wall, the
pressure difference is zero.

⋄ Due to the change in the water pressures, the effective stress in the soil mass around
the wall also changes. This will cause the effective stress against both sides of the wall
to change.

448 of 477 Deltares

 Special Cases

sheet piling

p2 - p1

d2

hydrostatic pressure
d1
∆w1 ∆w2

hydrostatic pressure

p1 p2

Figure 42.6: Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling

In general, the approximation methods described below will be sufficient. For cases with a
major difference in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be
performed using a specialized flow program, such as Deltares Systems’ MSeep.

Approximation method for sheet pile wall in homogenous soil

For homogenous soil, the following method can be used (in accordance with EAU 1990, article
2.10.3.2, page 65):

⋄ A pore water under-pressure is entered on the side with the highest pressure:
0.7 × ∆h
∆w = − √ × Y2 (42.9)
d2 + d1 × d2

⋄ On the other side, an excess pore water pressure is entered in accordance with:
0.7 × ∆h
∆w = + √ × Y1 (42.10)
d1 + d1 × d2

where:

∆h is the maximum pressure difference;

d1 , d2 is the thickness of soil through which the water flows on low/high side;
Y1 , Y2 is the distance from water table on low/high side to toe of wall.

It should be noted that when using this method, a minor difference in water pressure remains
at the toe.

Deltares 449 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

Approximation method for sheet pile wall in stratified soil

When the soil structure is stratified, the pressure head differences mostly occur over the layers
that have low permeability. The flow resistance of the relatively permeable layers is negligible.
The jump in pore water pressure over layer i can be calculated using the following formula:

di 1
∆wi = ∆h × γw × × P di (42.11)
ki k i

where:

di is the layer thickness in m;

ki is the permeability of the layer in m/s;
∆h is the difference in phreatic levels.

Figure 42.7 is a diagram of the pressure in a stratified soil, as calculated using the equation
given above.

∆h

d1, k1

hydrostatic
pressure

d3, k3 d2, k2

flow

Figure 42.7: Pressure diagram

See chapter 17 for a tutorial example of the application of this method.

42.5 Stiffness of particular sheet pile walls

42.5.1 Contiguous bored-pile wall

The contiguous bored-pile wall is either tangent to the adjacent pile (Figure 42.8) or spaced
incrementally greater than the pile diameter (Figure 42.9). In the case where the pile is spaced
to provide a gap, the soil must be suitable so as not to slough during excavation of the struc-
ture. The gaps are eventually grouted to provide a water barrier.

Figure 42.8: Tangent bored-pile wall

450 of 477 Deltares

 Special Cases

Figure 42.9: Spaced bored-pile wall

A contiguous bored-pile wall can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent
stiffness of:

πD4
EI = Epile (42.12)
64 d

For tangent bored-pile wall for which D = d, Equation (42.12) becomes:

πD3
EI = Epile (42.13)
64

42.5.2 Secant bored-pile wall

Secant bored-pile walls are formed by constructing intersecting concrete piles (Figure 42.10).

Figure 42.10: Secant bored-pile wall

They can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent stiffness of:

D4
EI = (6π − sin 4θ + 8 sin 2θ − 12θ) Epile (42.14)
384 d
and an equivalent section of:

D2
S= (π + sin 2θ − 2θ) (42.15)
4d
with: θ = arccos (d/D)

42.5.3 Pile walls with reinforced concrete piles

In contiguous or secant bored-piles walls, the piles can be reinforced with either steel rebar or
with steel beams and are constructed by either drilling under mud or augering.

In case of reinforced concrete piles, Equation (42.12) and Equation (42.14) given above must
be adapted to take the reinforcement effect into account.

Deltares 451 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

For tangent pile wall:

πD3
EI = Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel − Econcrete ) (42.16)
64
For spaced pile wall:

πD4
EI = Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel − Econcrete ) (42.17)
64 d
For secant bored-pile wall:

D4
EI = (6π − sin 4θ + 8 sin 2θ − 12θ) Econcrete
384 d
+ Isteel (Esteel − Econcrete ) (42.18)
where:

Econcrete is the elastic modulus of the concrete in kPa;

Esteel is the elastic modulus of the steel in kPa;
Isteel is the inertia of the steel section in m4 /m.

452 of 477 Deltares

43 Settlements by Vibration

43.1 Model description

Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile.

The densification or generation of excess pore pressures is calculated from the shear strain
amplitude and the number of loading cycles. The used model is the so called C/L model. The
propagation of vibrations is calculated using a stress attenuation formulation. Dissipation of
excess pore pressures is calculated with a standard consolidation equation with both vertical
and radial dissipation. For a more detailed description of the modeling reference is made to
the literature (Meijers and Tol, Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007).

For the calculation of the densification an axial symmetric geometry is used. The dimensions
are among others determined by the cross section area

The program calculates the situation for installation of the sheet piles. For the situation of
removal it is taken that the densification at the not-excavated site amounts 20% of the densi-
fication during installation. With this the settlements during removal and the total settlement
are calculated. The used expressions are:

⋄ Installation: ∆z (r) = ∆zdensif ication (r) − ∆zsheet volume (r)

⋄ Removal: ∆z (r) = 0.2 × ∆zdensif ication (r) − ∆zsheet volume (r)
⋄ Total (installation + removal): ∆z (r) = 1.2 × ∆zdensif ication

Please be aware that for the excavated and back-filled site the settlements during removal are
not predicted with the present implementation of the model.

43.2 Parameters
The model uses a large number of parameters. In the implementation in D-S HEET P ILING, one
part of them is fixed parameters whereas the other part is user-defined parameters.

The user-defined parameters are:

⋄ Soil layer type,

⋄ Relative density;
⋄ Permeability (see Note below);
⋄ Ground water level (see Note below)
⋄ Surface level (for the first stage and for the active side);
⋄ The tip level of the sheet pile.

Note: A too large permeability (higher than 10−4 m/s) can lead to unexpected results.

Note: In order to avoid negative effective stresses during the calculation, the ground water
level is limited to the surface level.

The other soil parameters are derived from a correlation with the relative density.

Deltares 453 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

The fixed parameters are:

⋄ Frequency of the vibrator: f = 34 Hz;

⋄ Installation speed 2 m/min (in this parameters also the effect of multiple sheet piles on
the densification is accounted for);
⋄ Minimum and maximum porosity (nmin = 0.33 and nmax = 0.45);
⋄ Ratio angle of interface friction and angle of internal friction (δ/φ = 1 is used);
⋄ Parameter for the stress attenuation with distance (n = -1 is used).

454 of 477 Deltares

44 Probabilistic Design
In general, sheet piling design involves the analysis of all relevant Ultimate Limit States (Fail-
ure) and Serviceability Limit States during each stage of construction. The CUR step-by-step
procedure described in CUR publication 166 (CUR, 2005) was developed to design a sheet
pile wall with a single anchorage, using a semi-probabilistic method. This procedure is often
used to validate the reliability of a sheet pile wall. Alternatively, D-S HEET P ILING has the op-
tion to calculate the chance of failure of a sheet pile wall expressed as the reliability index β ,
concerning the failure chance of the total construction (sheet pile wall, anchors, soil). This
calculation is based on the First Order Reliability Method (FORM).

44.1 Reliability
In accordance with the code NEN-EN 1990 (Eurocode basis of structural design) sheet pile
constructions are classified in three safety classes:

Reliability Class Minimum values for β

1-year reference period 50-year reference period
RC3 5.2 4.3
RC2 4.7 3.8
RC1 4.2 3.3

In the Dutch annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN-1997-1/NB) the step-by-step design proce-
dure of CUR 166 (see 34.2/35.2) is applied. With this procedure a sheet pile wall can be
designed and validated. In CUR 166 and NEN-EN-1997-1/NB an extra CUR class I, with a
minimum reliability β = 2.5, is defined.

Failure of the construction can be caused by different failure mechanisms:

⋄ Loss of stability of the sheet pile wall by loss of passive resistance, yielding of the sheet
pile wall or failing or struts or anchors
⋄ Heave
⋄ Loss of total stability (slip circle below the sheet pile wall)
⋄ Too high deformation

In CUR 166 these failure mechanisms are described and analysed. The considered failure
mechanisms for the sheet pile wall are:

⋄ Loss of stability due to yielding of soil (passive resistance)

⋄ Loss of stability due to yielding of sheet pile wall
⋄ Loss of stability due to failure of anchor or strut

For the failure mechanisms of the sheet pile wall next reliability indices β are given:
CUR class I βconstruction = 2.5 βmechanism = 2.75
CUR class II βconstruction = 3.4 βmechanism = 3.75
CUR class III βconstruction = 4.2 βmechanism = 4.5

The CUR 166 does not give reliability indices β for the mechanisms related to the Eurocode
classes. However, these reliability indices βmechanism can be estimated:

Deltares 455 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

RC class I βconstruction = 3.3 βmechanism = 3.65

RC class II βconstruction = 3.8 βmechanism = 4.15
RC class III βconstruction = 4.3 βmechanism = 4.6

44.2 Probabilistic approach

A probabilistic design is based on a particular required safety level that is related to the reli-
ability class. In the probabilistic calculation of D-S HEET P ILING parameters can be chosen as
stochastic:

⋄ Soil parameters ϕ′ and c′

⋄ Water levels
⋄ Uniform loads and surcharge loads
⋄ Surface levels

Each stochastic is characterised by a mean value and standard deviation. A normal or log-
normal distribution can be chosen.

The probabilistic calculation can be applied for three failure mechanisms:

⋄ Degree of mobilization (yielding of soil). In D-S HEET P ILING the degree of mobilization is
defined as the mobilized resistance divided by the maximum resistance. In the case of
a wall with one support also the mobilized moment is calculated. This is

mobilized resistance × distance mobilized resistance force to support

maximum resistance × distance maximum resistance force to support

⋄ Moment (yielding of sheet pile wall)

⋄ Anchor force (yielding of anchor)

For the degree of mobilization (yielding of soil) 100% is permitted. However, if all soils springs
are yielding this will lead to very large deformations of the sheet pile wall and numerical
problems. Therefore, it is better to use a degree of mobilization of less than 100% (e.g. 90%).
For the other failure mechanisms numerical problems are not known, but yielding of an anchor
may also lead to large deformations and cancelling of the calculation.

44.3 Probabilistic method FORM

The “FORM” method (Fießler, 1979) is used in D-S HEET P ILING to calculate the probability for
a defined situation of failure (limit state). In general, the limit state is a function of several
stochastic parameters. For example stochastic parameters can be loads, strength and geo-
metric parameters. The characteristics of stochastic parameters are described by a stochastic
model: in general a distribution function, average value and standard deviation.

44.4 Control parameters for reliability method

In the Start Calculation window four control parameter for the reliability method are defined:

Relaxation factor Vi :
This factor is the place of the new iteration point between the old iteration point Xrn and the
computed new iteration point Xa : Xn = Vi Xrn + (1 − Vi ) Xa . In normal cases Vi = 1.0
can be used. This value gives the fastest iteration. If this leads to configuration problems one
can try Vi < 1.0, for example 0.5. In D-S HEET P ILING Vi = 0.5 is chosen as a standard value.

456 of 477 Deltares

 Probabilistic Design

Number of iterations:
This is the maximum number of iterations. The calculation is finished if the convergence crite-
ria are met or the maximum number of iterations is reached. In the latter case the convergence
criteria may not be met.

Limit CFIX4:
CFIX4 is the configuration criterion for the function value of the considered limit state. The
function value is F (xi ) /F (E (xi )) in which:

F (xi ) the limit state value for parameters xi in the considered iteration.
xi the calculation parameters i = 1, 2, 3, 4 . . . n.
F (E (xi )) the function value with average parameters xi .
this is the value in the start of the calculation

The criterion is:

F (xi )
< CFIX4 (44.1)
F (E (xi ))
In D-S HEET P ILING CFIX4=0.01 is chosen as a standard value.

Limit CFIX2:
CFIX2 is the configuration criterion for the change in coordinates Xi :
1
qX
d2i < CFIX2 (44.2)
n
with
(
(i) (i+1)
(xi − xi ) σi′ ≤ 1
di = (i) (i+1) (44.3)
(xi − xi )/σi′ σi′ > 1

In D-S HEET P ILING CFIX2=0.01 is chosen as a standard value.

Comments on the value of CFIX4

The value of CFIX4 is an indicator for the accuracy in reaching the limit state. In the cases
of D-S HEET P ILING calculations the limit state function is F (xi ) is defined as:

F (xi ) = R − S (44.4)

(R is resistance or strength and S is the load). If the limit state is reached, F (xi ) = 0,
(R = S ). The load then matches the resistance. For example, we analyse the limit state
degree of mobilization up to 90%. We assume that the calculation with average parameters
leads to a degree of mobilization of 30%. The limit state function F (xi ) for this case is
defined as F (xi ) = R−S = 90%−S (xi ). The calculation starts with average parameters
xi = E (xi ). This means
F (xi ) = F (E (xi )) = R − S (E (xi )) = 90% − 30% = 60%. (44.5)

So the value of F (xi ) /F (E (xi )) = 60/60 = 1.0. By using the standard value CFIX4
= 0.01 this means that F (x) should be less than 0.6%. Hence the degree of mobilization
should be greater than R - F (x) = 90% - 0.6% = 89.4%, but less than R = 90.6%. The user
has to estimate if the asked accuracy is enough. In general the criterion of 0.01 for CFIX4 is
accurate enough. A lower value of this criterion often leads to convergence problems.

Deltares 457 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

44.5 Determination of the representative value of a stochastic parameter

The representative value Xrep of a stochastic parameter X calculated by D-S HEET P ILING is
at 5% fractile. Hence, the 5% lower limit is used for parameters affecting stability positively
or limiting deformation (such as cohesion, friction angle, load at passive side or decrease of
the retaining height) and the 5% upper limit for parameters affecting stability or deformation
negatively (such as load at active side or increase of the retaining height).
In the case of a normally distributed stochastic parameter X , the 5% lower limit is given by:

Xrep = µ [X] − 1.64 × σ [X] (44.6)

the 5% upper limit by:

Xrep = µ [X] + 1.64 × σ [X] (44.7)

In the case of a log-normally distributed stochastic parameter X , the 5% lower limit is given
by:

Xrep = exp (µ [ln X] − 1.64 × σ [ln X]) (44.8)

the 5% upper limit by:

Xrep = exp (µ [ln X] + 1.64 × σ [ln X]) (44.9)

with:

µ [ln X] = ln µ [X] − 0.5 × σ [ln X]2

v
u  2 !
u σ [X]
σ [ln X] = tln 1 +
µ [X]

where:
µ [X] is the mean value of the stochastic parameter X ;
σ [X] is the standard deviation of the stochastic parameter X .

For a stochastic parameter with a none distribution, the representative value is the mean
value:

Xrep = µ [X] (44.10)

Table 44.1 gives an overview of the relevant (low or high) representative value per stochastic
parameter.

458 of 477 Deltares

 Probabilistic Design

Table 44.1: Overview of the relevant (low or high) representative value per stochastic pa-
rameter

Stochastic parameter Side(a) Representative value

Cohesion Active Low
Passive
Friction angle Active Low
Passive
Load Active High
(Uniform/Surcharge) Passive Low
Surface level Active High
Passive Low
Water level Active High
Passive Low if the water level is above the surface level
(free water).
If the water level is below the surface level,
both low and high representative values are
relevant.
(a)
See section 38.3.3 for the determination of the passive side.

Note: Because the representative values at active and passive sides for loads, surface levels
and water levels are different (Table 44.1), D-S HEET P ILING does not allow to use the same
load, surface level or water level at both sides of a given stage. In such case, an error message
is displayed when starting the Reliability Analysis inviting the user to modify its input.

The partial factors γR and γS respectively of the resistance (cohesion, friction angle) and the
solicitation (loads) are:

Rrep S∗
γR = and γS = (44.11)
R∗ Srep
where:
R∗ is the design value of the resisting parameter R;
S∗ is the design value of the soliciting parameter S .

Deltares 459 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

460 of 477 Deltares

 45 Calculation of Wooden Sheet Piles

45.1 Material properties of timber sheet piles

45.1.1 Bending strength

D-S HEET P ILING does not verify stresses in the material, but uses the bending strength to
calculate the design value for the maximum allowable bending moment. This maximum allow-
able bending moment is displayed in the summary of the report, next to the calculated actual
bending moments for different construction stages. The user can use these values to evaluate
the results and perform the verification. If the sheet pile is also subject to a normal force of
significance, the user is advised to perform the verification at the level of stresses, rather than
comparing at the level of bending moments.

The design bending strength of timber according to NEN 1995-1-1:2011 (NEN, 2011) is de-
fined as:

fm,0,d = fm,0,char × kmod;f × kh × ksys /γM (45.1)

in which:

fm,0,char is the characteristic bending strength of timber. This is the value related to the
coding of the strength class: for D70 follows fm,0,char = 70.0 N/mm2 . The value for
fm,0,char is automatically selected by D-S HEET P ILING based on the users choice
of the strength class of the wood in the library.
kmod;f The modification factor that takes into account the load duration and the cli-
mate class of the wood. In Eurocode 5 this property is denoted as kmod . In
D-S HEET P ILING, kmod;f is used to make a difference with a similar factor for stiff-
ness, which will be explained later. For the application in sheet piles, timber is
assigned to climate class 3.
For the permanent loads (longer than 10 years) and climate class 3: kmod;f = 0.50.
For medium term loads (between 1 week and 6 months) and climate class 3:
kmod;f = 0.65.
These two values are user adaptable default values, which the program uses to
calculate two allowable bending moments, for short term and long term loads.
When evaluating the output, the user has to determine which construction stages
are related to short term and long term behaviour and decide on which value for
the allowable bending moment should be used to perform the verification. In
most cases long term behaviour will be relevant for the final construction stage.
However, if in this final stage, extreme load conditions of short duration, such as
incidental surface loads and incidental large water table differences over the re-
taining wall can appear, the user may optimize, by splitting the final construction
stage into two or more stages:

⋄ Using the long term allowable bending moment for the construction stage
considering only the average final conditions;

⋄ Using the short term value, for one or more extra added construction
stages containing the short-duration load conditions.

Deltares 461 of 477

 D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

kh is a size factor. For timber smaller than 150 mm the bending strength may be
increased with the minimum of (150/h)0.2 and 1.3, where h is the thickness of
the sheet pile planks. This is only allowed for timber with a characteristic density
lower or equal than 700 kg/m3 , that means for strength classes D60 and lower
(fm,0,char ≤ 60.0 N/mm2 ). For higher strength classes kh = 1.
This factor is automatically calculated by D-S HEET P ILING, shown in the Wooden
Sheet Piling window (Figure 4.36) but not user adaptable.
ksys is the system factor that takes into account the cooperation of structural ele-
ments. Based on research performed by TNO and TU Delft a value of ksys = 1.15
is applicable for tropical hardwoods used as sheet pile walls.
This factor is user adaptable with a default value of 1.15.
γM is the material factor. γM = 1.3 for sawn timber.
This factor is user adaptable with a default value of 1.3.

45.1.2 Modulus of elasticity

The design value for the elasticity modulus is defined as:

SLS: Em,0,d = Em,0,mean × kmod;E /(1 + ψ2;eff kdef ) (45.2)

ULS: Em,0,d = Em,0,mean × kmod;E (45.3)

in which:

Em,0,mean is the mean modulus of elasticity of timber. The value is related to the
coding of the strength class.
The value for Em,0,mean is automatically selected by D-S HEET P ILING based
on the users choice of the strength class of the timber in the library.
kmod;E is the modification factor that takes into account the effect of the climate
class of the timber on the Elasticity modulus. Because of the application in
climate class 3, kmod;E = 0.8 for both SLS and ULS calculations. It should
be noted that this factor does not appear in NEN 1995-1-1:2011 (NEN,
2011), but using this factor in combination with an adapted value for kdef
gives a better approach for timber sheet pile walls in hardwood as argued
in the next point.
The value is user adaptable with a default value of 0.8.

462 of 477 Deltares

 Calculation of Wooden Sheet Piles

1 + ψ2;eff kdef is the term that takes the creep deformation into account, by reducing the
mean value of the modulus of elasticity. For service class 3, NEN 1995-1-
1:2011 (NEN, 2011) gives a value of kdef = 2.0, while kmod;E is not taken
into account. However, NEN 1995-1-1:2011 (NEN, 2011) is based on ex-
perience with softwoods and does not give a good representation for hard-
woods. For short duration a reduction of the stiffness will occur because
the timber is saturated (in climate class 3) which is not taken into account
in NEN 1995-1-1:2011 (NEN, 2011). For long term deformations a factor
of kdef = 2.0 can occur when dry softwood will get wet during its lifetime.
However, when the moisture content is already high when the timber sheet
pile is placed, the creep will be less. In the Dutch standard NEN 6760:2001
(NEN, 2008) the reduction of the stiffness properties were more properly
addressed for hardwoods and they will be used. The result of this com-
plies with a value of kdef = 1.0 in combination with a factor kmod;E = 0.8 as
given before.
The value is user adaptable.
The value of ψ2 takes into account the percentage of the load that is con-
stantly present. For permanent loads, such as the load by the soil and
the average load by a water table difference over the retaining wall, this
factor is ψ2 = 1.0. For very short during loads, like an extreme water
table difference or variable surface loads ψ2 = 0.0. The calculations in
D-S HEET P ILING are based on a single value for ψ2 , which is called ψ2;eff .
The value is user adaptable with a default value of 1.
Using the default value gives in some cases conservative results for the
deformations. An optimization is possible if short-duration loads (such as
incidental surface loads and incidental large water table differences over
the retaining wall) have an important influence on the total deformation. If
that is the case, the value for ψ2;eff should be determined based on the
influence of the short duration load. The following steps should be taken:

⋄ Add the short-duration loads or incidental extreme watertable in a

separate final construction stage. Make sure that the stage prior to
this, describes the normative long-term situation.

⋄ Make a first verification with the default value ψ2;eff = 1.0. The cal-
culated SLS deformation (step 6.5) for the long term construction
stage, before the last one is correct.

⋄ Register the characteristic maximum bending moments (step 6.5)

for the last two construction stages and call these M1 and M2 re-
spectively, with M2 > M1 .

⋄ Make an additional verification with an adapted value for ψ2;eff =

M1 /M2 . The calculated SLS deformation (step 6.5) for the last
construction stage, including the short term load is correct.

Summarized, for the SLS deformations, two verifications should be made.

The first verification is used to determine the long term deformation (in the
last before final stage), the second for the deformation due to the combined
effect of long term loads and short-duration loads (in the last stage).

Note: NEN 1995-1-1:2011 (NEN, 2011) states that for the Ultimate Limit State (ULS) the de-
sign value (the mean value divided by the material factor γM ) has to be used for a second-order
calculation and the mean value for a first order calculation, to determine the force distribution

Deltares 463 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

in the structure. However, in the calculation of timber sheet piles second order bending mo-
ments are of lesser importance. Therefore, the mean values without material factor must be
applied in D-S HEET P ILING, which is why that factor is omitted in Equation (45.2) and Equa-
tion (45.3).

Please note that all parameters described in this paragraph are found in the Wooden Sheet
Piling window under the Construction menu (section 4.2.6).

464 of 477 Deltares

46 Benchmarks
Deltares Systems commitment to quality control and quality assurance has led them to de-
velop a formal and extensive procedure to verify the correct working of all of their geotechnical
engineering tools. An extensive range of benchmark checks have been developed to check
the correct functioning of each tool. During product development these checks are run on a
regular basis to verify the improved product. These benchmark checks are provided in the
following sections, to allow the user to overview the checking procedure and verify for them-
selves the correct functioning of D-S HEET P ILING.

The benchmarks are subdivided into five separate groups as described below.

⋄ Group 1 – Benchmarks from literature (exact solution) Simple benchmarks for which
an exact analytical result is available from literature.

⋄ Group 2 – Benchmarks from literature (approximate solution) More complex bench-

marks described in literature for which an approximate solution is known.

⋄ Group 3 – Benchmarks from spread sheets Benchmarks which test program features
specific to D-S HEET P ILING.

⋄ Group 4 – Benchmarks generated by D-S HEET P ILING Benchmarks for which the ref-
erence results are generated using D-S HEET P ILING.

⋄ Group 5 – Benchmarks compared with other programs Benchmarks for which the
results of D-S HEET P ILING are compared with the results of other programs.

The number of benchmarks in group 1 will probably remain the same in the future. The reason
for this is that they are very simple, using only the most basic features of the program.

The number of benchmarks in group 2 may grow in the future. The benchmarks in this chapter
are well documented in literature. There are no exact solutions available for these problems,
however in the literature estimated results are available. When verifying the program, the
results should be close to the results found in the literature.

The number of benchmarks in groups 3, 4 and 5 will grow as new versions of the program are
released. These benchmarks are designed so that (new) features specific to the program can
be verified. The benchmarks are kept as simple as possible so that only one specific feature
is verified from one benchmark to the next.

As much as software developers would wish they could, it is impossible to prove the correct-
ness of any non-trivial program. Re-calculating all the benchmarks in this report, and making
sure the results are as they should be, proves to some degree that the program works as it
should. Nevertheless, there will always be combinations of input values that will cause the
program to crash or to produce wrong results. Hopefully by using the verification procedure
the number of ways this can occur will be limited.

The benchmarks are all described in detail in the Verification Report available via the Help
menu of the program (section 3.3.2).

The input files belonging to the benchmarks can be found in the local user directory:
.../Documents/Deltares Systems/D-Sheet Piling/Benchmarks.

Deltares 465 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

466 of 477 Deltares

Bibliography
Boussinesq, J., 1885. Application des Potentiels á l’Etude de l’Equilibre et du Mouvement des
Solides Elastiques. Gauthier-Villars, Paris.

Brinch-Hansen, J. and N. H. Christensen, 1961. “The Ultimate Resistance of Rigid Piles

Against Transversal Forces.” Brinch-Hansen, J. and Christensen, N.H.; The Ultimate Resis-
tance of Rigid Piles Against Transversal Forces, Bulletin no. 12 of the Geoteknisk Institut,
1961.

Culmann, K., 1866. “Die Graphische Statik.” Zürich.

CUR, 2005. “Publikatie 166: Damwanconstructies.” 4e druk (Design Guide Sheet Piling, in
Dutch) .

De Leeuw, E. H., 1963. “Tabellen ter bepaling van horizontale spanningen en verplaatsingen
in een homogene elastische laag van eindige dikte.” Laboratorium voor Grondmechanica,
Delft (The Netherlands). SE-58-IX-b.

Fießler, B., 1979. Das Programmsystem FORM zur berechnung der versagenswahrschein-
lichkeit von komponenten von tragsystemen. Heft 43/1979.

GEOLib. Python package.

Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002. “Schadevrij installeren van stalen damwand in Nederland.”
.

Jáky, J., 1948. “Minimum value of earth pressure.” Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found.
Eng. I, Rotterdam.

Janbu, N., L. Bjerrum and B. Kjaernsli, 1956. “Veiledning ved løsing av fundamenteringsopp-
gaver (Soil mechanics applied to some engineering problems).” Norwegian Geotechnical
Institute Publ. 16. Oslo.

Kötter, F., 1903. “Die Bestimmung des Druckes an gekrümmten Gleitflächen.” Sitzungsbericht
Kön. Preu. Ak. d. Wissenschaften, Berlin.

Kranz, E., 1953. “Über die Verankerung von Spundwänden.” Verlag Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn.

Kuilen, W. van de, 1999. TNO Report 1999-CON-LBC-R7015. Determination of Mechanical

Properties of C-Loc Sheet Piles and Derivation of Design Values.

Meijers, P., december 2007. “Settlement during vibratory sheet piling Dissertatie TU Delft.” .

Meijers, P. and A. F. v. Tol, Juli 2010. “Voorspelling maaiveldzakking door het in en uittrillen
van damwanden.” GEOtechniek pages 40-45.

Ménard, L., 1971. “Méthode générale de calcul d'un rideau ou d'un pieu sollicité horizon-
talement en fonction des résultats pressiomètriques.” Sols-soils VI: 22-23. Ménard, L., Et.
Al.

Müller-Breslau, H., 1906. “Erddruck auf Stützmauern.” Verlag Kröner, Stuttgart.

NBN, 2022. NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB:2022. Eurocode 7: Geotechnisch ontwerp – Deel 1: Al-
gemene regels - Nationale bijlage.

NBN, January 2011. NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB:2011 Ontw (Belgian Design Code). Eurocode
7: Geotechnisch ontwerp – Deel 1: Algemene regels (National Annex of Eurocode 7:
Geotechnical design – Part 1: General rules), 1st edition, Draft.

Deltares 467 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

NEN, 2008. NEN 6760:2001 (nl). Technische grondslagen voor bouwconstructies - TGB 1990
- Houtconstructies - Basiseisen en bepalingsmethoden. TGB Houtconstructies.

NEN, 2011. NEN-EN 1995-1-1:2005/NB:2011 nl. Nationale bijlage bij NEN-EN 1995-1-1 Eu-
rocode 5: Ontwerp en berekening van houtconstructies - Deel 1-1: Algemeen - Gemeen-
schappelijke regels en regels voor gebouwen (inclusief C1:2006 en A1:2008). TGB Hout-
constructies.

NEN, 2012. NEN 9997-1+C1:2012 (nl). Geotechnisch ontwerp van constructies - Deel 1:
Algemene regels (Geotechnical design of structures - Part 1: General rules), in Dutch.

NEN, 2017. NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (nl). Geotechnisch ontwerp van constructies - Deel 1:
Algemene regels (Geotechnical design of structures - Part 1: General rules), in Dutch.

NEN, 2018. NEN 8707:2018, Assessment of an existing structure in case of reconstruction

and disapproval - Geotechnical constructions.

NEN, september 2009. NEN 9997-1:2009 Ontw (Dutch Design Code). Geotechnisch ontwerp
van constructies - Samenstelling van NEN-EN 1997-1, NEN-EN 1997-1/NB Nationale bi-
jlage en NEN 9097-1 Aanvullingsnorm bij NEN-EN 1997-1 (Geotechnical design of struc-
tures - Composition of NEN-EN 1997-1 and NEN-EN 1997-1/NB national annex and NEN
9097-1 complementary standard to NEN-EN 1997-1), Draft.

NEN-EN, 2005. NEN-EN 1997-1:2005. Eurocode 7: Geotechnisch ontwerp - Deel 1: Al-

gemene regels (Eurocode 7 - Geotechnical design, Part 1: General rules), in Dutch.

NEN-EN, March 2005. NEN-EN 1997-1:2005 (Dutch Design Code). Eurocode 7: Geotech-
nisch ontwerp - Deel 1: Algemene regels (Eurocode 7 - Geotechnical design, Part 1: Gen-
eral rules).

SB260, 2012. Standaardbestek 260 voor Kunstwerken en Waterbouw versie 1.0.

Terzaghi, K., 1955. “Evaluation of coefficients of subgrade reaction.” Geotechnique Vol. 5, no.
4.

WTCB/BGGG, 2022. Richtlijnen voor de toepassing van Eurocode 7 in België - Het grond-
mechanisch ontwerp van ingebedde kerende constructies: Beschoeiingen.

468 of 477 Deltares

A Overview of the earlier releases
MSheet release 1.0 (1990) was based directly on MSheet’s forerunner DAMWAND/3, which
analyzed the construction of vertical sheet piling with horizontal ground surfaces.

MSheet release 2.0 (1992) implemented options for non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-
uniform loads (surcharges).

MSheet release 3.0 (1995) featured a new option for normal forces in the sheet pile wall and
also implemented a new multi-linear stress-displacement relation for the soil.

MSheet release 4.0 (1997) featured specific design procedures, based on the CUR design
guide (CUR, 2005) for discovering the critical length and checking safety.

MSheet release 5.0 (1998) was the first Windows version of MSheet. The improved user
manual could now also be accessed using the online Help function.

MSheet release 5.4 (2001) featured the following new options: overall soil stability analysis
(Bishop), a sheet piling library, extended support of CUR 166, and a report on the vertical
force balance. Improvements to the user interface included user-friendly graphical input and
the Stages Overview dialog.

MSheet Release 5.7 (2002) featured a new option for a first stage with initially non-horizontal
surfaces or initial surcharges. The release also included modules for separately licensed mod-
els. The new initial stage option necessitated a refinement of the soil yield stress calculation,
even when the option was not selected. Therefore results from release 5.7 were different to
the results of previous releases.

MSheet release 6.1 (2004) featured a new single pile module, which supports the analysis of
horizontally loaded piles. The release also included a wizard for convenient input of combined
walls. The report content could now be selected, with reports bearing graphs, and improved
layout of tabular results. Reports could now be exported in different formats, including pdf
and rtf and graphical and report output for the CUR 166 “verify sheet piling” option was imple-
mented and. The refined soil yield stress calculation was made optional when the initial stage
option was not selected. The default, faster, coarse method therefore yields results that are
the same as the results of releases prior to release 5.7.

MSheet release 6.2 (2005) featured the new E-Consult module that enables users to check
their MSheet design for sheet pile walls against relevant execution experience data. This may
help to reduce failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license this module works
in Demo mode. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations; therefore their
relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited.

MSheet release 7.1 (2005) features the ability to perform a vertical balance check on the
sheet pile wall. It is now possible to specify partial factors, allowing MSheet to be used with
the Eurocode model. The updated CUR 166 procedure (2005) (CUR, 2005) is fully integrated
in this MSheet version.

MSheet release 7.7 (2007). The partial factors and the design approaches according to
Eurocode 7 are fully supported in this MSheet version. Partial factors for loads are added for
the CUR 166 procedure. The calculation of the K 0 is modified. A shell factor is inputted to
take into account the effect of arching.

MSheet release 7.9 (2008). Loads/Soil displacements is possible again with the module

Deltares 469 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

sheet piling. The moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically multiplied with the shell factor.
The allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles and surcharge loads has
been increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the progress screen. hell factor. The
allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles and surcharge loads has been
increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the progress screen.

MSheet release 7.10 (2009). With the E-Consult module it is now possible to determine the
drivability of the Sheet Piling design using a prediction made with GeoBrain and to check the
Sheet Piling design by comparing it with experiences from the GeoBrain database.

MSheet release 8.2 (March 2010). Soil displacements calculated from De Leeuw tables are
available for single pile. Importing CPT data in Geotechnical Exchange Format (GEF) format
is now possible: the automatic CPT interpretation includes two soil-type dependent rules (acc.
NEN 6740 or CUR 166), including all additional soil parameters. The Verification (EC7/CUR)
module now includes also verification according to the partial factors and method prescribed
by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009).

D-S HEET P ILING release 9.1 (January 2011). The name of the program has changed:
D-S HEET P ILING replaces MSheet. Performing calculations in batch is described in the manual
(section 5.4).

D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.1.5 (November 2011). It is possible to calculate the settlement
due to vibration of the sheet piling (installing as well as uninstalling). The Belgian annex
NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB of the Eurocode 7 (NBN, January 2011) is incorporated. Forces from
layers acting on the sheet piling are given in the report. It is possible to see the slide planes
used to calculate the lambdas in c,phi,delta method. It is possible to change the colors of the
materials. The stress state charts are available for a verification calculation.

D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.3.2 (February 2013). A new class, called RC0, is added to the
Dutch Eurocode calculation, corresponding to the CUR class I for the design a simple con-
structions. For vertical balance, the vertical forces due to active and passive forces are taken
by 1 m (this used to be the coating area), as prescribed in the CUR 166 recommendations.
During a settlement by vibration calculation, it is possible to find the settlements at points sit-
uated below the surface as well. For the Kranz calculation, the loading due to anchor angle
is now correctly calculated. When calculating soil displacements with single pile, a few extra
points close to the boundaries with the elastic soil are calculated.

D-S HEET P ILING release 9.3 (November 2013). For Eurocode 7 with Belgian annex, it is possi-
ble to use design values in the selected stage but representative values in the previous stages
(see section 5.2.3.3), as prescribed in the Flemish norm "Standaardbestek 260" (SB260,
2012) relevant for the projects executed for the Flemish government. The yield forces and
buckling forces must be inputted as design values (see section 4.5.1 and section 4.5.2). The
Eurocode 7 verification according to the Dutch annex refers to NEN-EN 9997+C1:2012 (NEN,
2012). The Sheet Piling Library (section 4.2.3) has been updated with new profiles (Gooimeer,
Heuvelman, ESC Pile China LTD, Europile/STS, Gampet, Profextru). Two tutorials have been
added in the user manual describing how to design the length of a synthetic wall (Tutorial 17
in chapter 24) and how to model a synthetic wall with anchorage (Tutorial 18 in chapter 25).

D-S HEET P ILING release 14.1.1.6 (July 2014). Several improvements concerns the Sheet Pil-
ing Library:

⋄ The Sheet Piling Library has been updated with new profiles (Europile/STS, Profextru).
⋄ Cold formed sheet piles profiles are now available in the library with three qualities:
S 235, S 275 and S 355.

470 of 477 Deltares

 Overview of the earlier releases

⋄ The maximum moment of synthetic profiles in the library is now a characteristic value
(without safety factor). During its importation, two factors are applied (the modification
factor kmod and the partial material factor γM ) to get the design value used in the
calculation, see Figure 4.12.

The Verification calculation for EC7-General has been improved (names in the overview table
of the report and selection of method A or B). A warning message when starting the program
is displayed to attract the attention of the user on the importance of a good estimation of the
relative density for the calculated Settlements by Vibration.

D-S HEET P ILING release 15.1. This version contains many small improvements and solved
bugs. The main improvement is the new module Plastic Wall, allowing a plastic analysis of
the wall (section 1.2.2.4) by the input of the Moment-curvature (M-N-Kappa) diagram of the
profile (Figure 4.35). A tutorial is added in this manual (chapter 26) describing how to perform
a plastic analysis of a pile.

D-S HEET P ILING release 16.1. With this version, license(s) can be borrowed for a certain
period allowing working without connection to the licence server (see Figure 3.5 for more
information). This version also contains small improvements and solved issues (for a complete
list, download the Release Notes from the Download Portal of Deltares). For the Vertical
Balance, a factor of 1.1 is applied to the vertical component of the anchor force according
to article 9.7.5(a) of NEN (2012) and according to CUR 166 step 9.3 (see chapter 37). The
plastic moments of the Arcelor are added in the Sheet Piling Profiles Library (section 4.2.3).

D-S HEET P ILING release 17.1. In this version, the hot rolled and cold formed sheet pile profiles
of InfraTrading are added in the Sheet Piling Profiles Library (section 4.2.3). Moreover, this
version contains small improvements and solved issues (for a complete list, download the Re-
lease Notes from the Download Portal of Deltares). Importing CPT from the DINO database
is not possible anymore because the DINO webservice is not supported by the Dino loket
anymore.

D-S HEET P ILING release 18.1 features the new Reliability Analysis module that enables users
to perform a probabilistic calculation (section 5.2.6) using the First Order Reliability Method.
For background information, refer to chapter 44. Different types of input parameters can be
chosen as stochastic: the friction angle (section 4.3.2.6), the cohesion, the water level (sec-
tion 4.3.5), the surface level (section 4.3.1), the uniform load (section 4.4.1) and the surcharge
load (section 4.4.2).
Moreover, the sheet pile profiles of Meever&Meever, Intra B.V. and Gooimeer are added in
the Sheet Piling Profiles Library (section 4.2.3).
Input files created with versions older than MSheet 7.9 are no longer supported.
This version contains also small improvements and solved issues (for a complete list, down-
load the Release Notes from the Download Portal of Deltares); the most important are:

⋄ An error message “Access violation” appeared in some cases when selecting the op-
tions under the Results menu or under the File menu after a calculation or when opening
an already calculated file (Known Issue). This is now solved.
⋄ When performing a Design Sheet Piling Length calculation with the Plastic model, the
first calculated length was correct but when repeating the calculation (without clos-
ing the Start Calculation window), after few calculations, the results were different and
wrong. This is now solved.
⋄ For Vertical Balance, in table Maxima per Stage of the Report, the result given in row
Max (i.e. Sufficient or Not sufficient) was not always corrected, this is now solved.
⋄ In some cases, the calculated soil stress was found to be non-zero above the surface
level leading to a larger maximum of stress. This is now solved.

Deltares 471 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

⋄ The tab Allowable Anchor Force have been renamed into Representative Kranz Anchor
Strength (section 5.2.4) to match the name used in Eurocode NEN 9997-1:2016 art
9.7.2(a). The symbols are also changed and the check on the representative calculated
anchor force is removed because it is not mentioned anymore in the Eurocode.

D-S HEET P ILING release 18.2 features a custom partial factor on representative values of mo-
ments, shear forces and anchor forces (see Figure 4.3). Originally, this factor had a constant
value of 1.2. For EC7-NL verifications the factor can now be specified separately per factor
set. The default values are in accordance with NEN 9997-1+C2:2017 (NEN, 2017). This
version contains a few improvements and bugfixes, amongst others:

⋄ several additional checks on the validity of input and improved warnings,

⋄ a more consistent behaviour regarding manually entered and calculated earth pressure
coefficients lambda,
⋄ minor improvements in the report layout and the correct identification of the maximum
displacement values in the Overview table,
⋄ a fix of a bug raising problems with regards to reliability analysis in conjunction with
Dutch local settings,
⋄ the addition of the selected steel quality to the name of a sheet piling profile selected
from the library.

D-S HEET P ILING release 19.1 features the automatic calculation of the allowable anchor force
according to the Kranz method for a Reliability Analysis. Refer to Tutorial 21 (chapter 28) and
section 5.2.6 for more information.
This version contains also small improvements and solved issues; the most important are:

⋄ unexpected warning or/and error message(s) were displayed in the Report;

⋄ during a calculation with the Dutch Eurocode EC7-NL and class RC3, an incorrect factor
of 1.2 was applied on the support force instead of 1.35;
⋄ in some cases, the combination Characteristic Kranz Anchor Strength with Vertical Bal-
ance option could lead to an error message “Access violation”.
⋄ the unit weight of water was always equal to 9.81 in the User Interface;
⋄ in the Report and in the output charts after a Verification calculation according to the
Eurocode 7 (General or BE), the results per stage at Serviceability Limit State are now
available.

D-S HEET P ILING release 19.2 features the design of Wooden sheet piling. A library of wooden
sheet piles is available containing the profiles of Centrum Hout for four strength classes: D40,
D50, D60 and D70. Refer to Tutorials 22 and 23 (chapter 29 and chapter 30) and chapter 45
for more information.
This version contains also small improvements and solved issues; the most important are:

⋄ The default content of the Report has been improved by adding four types of report in
the Report Selection window (section 6.2): a short report (containing only the Summary
chapter), a complete report without the pictures, a complete report or a report containing
only selected items. The default choice is a complete report without the pictures in
order to generate long report faster. However, the user has the possibility to change
this default.
⋄ For a verification calculation, load factors are now applied on moments and normal
forces. Moreover, for countries that have chosen Design Approach 3 in their national
annex (i.e. EC7-NL and EC7-General with DA 3), a distinction is made between load
factors on constructive loads (i.e. horizontal line loads, moments and normal forces)
and on geotechnical loads (i.e. uniform loads and surcharges), see Figure 4.2 and
Figure 4.3. For the other countries or standards (i.e. CUR, EC7-BE and EC7-General

472 of 477 Deltares

 Overview of the earlier releases

with DA 1 and 2), no distinction is made and a unique loads factor is applied.
⋄ When the option Reduce delta friction angle acc. to CUR is selected (section 5.1), the
reduction applies only for the passive earth pressures coefficients of Culmann, not the
active coefficients.
⋄ The Stress Diagrams under Results menu (section 6.6) are now be available also for a
Verification calculation, not only for a Standard calculation.
⋄ After a Reliability Analysis, the determination of the representative values is improved.
Refer to section 44.5 for more information.

D-S HEET P ILING release 19.3 contains mainly solved issues; the most important are:

⋄ Factor on moment(s), normal force(s) and horizontal line load(s) is not applied correctly
for a verification calculation with CUR/EC7-NL and method B;
⋄ Incorrect pictures displayed in the Report after a Verification calculation with method B;
⋄ Error when opening the Stress Diagrams window when a Verify Sheet Piling calculation
with method B is performed with not all stages calculated;
⋄ After creating a sheet piling using the Combiwand wizard, an incorrect modification
factor is used;
⋄ For Vertical Balance check, the contribution of the vertical balance per layer is always 0
in the Report;
⋄ Incorrect result when a spring and a rigid support are defined at the same level in a
stage;
⋄ For a Verify calculation with EC7-NL, step 9.1 (anchor force) can give an incorrect value
in some cases and for class RC 0 of EC7-NL this step is never performed.

Moreover, the GeoBrain Drivability options under the Feasibility menu are not available any-
more. However, the drivability predictions and experiences are still available on the website
www.geobrain.nl.

D-S HEET P ILING release 20.2. For licenses the module system is no longer used, therefore all
functionality in D-S HEET P ILING is available for all users with a D-S HEET P ILING license.
This version contains also small improvements and solved issues; the most important are:

⋄ For Vertical Balance in combination with Verification, the partial factor on constructive
load was not applied on the normal force;
⋄ During the determination of the fictive earth pressure coefficients (Culmann method),
the hydrostatic pressure was incorrect (not 0 at phreatic level);
⋄ In the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts, the envelop of the maximum moments be-
tween all design approaches including the factor on effect of loads (red line) is not
displayed anymore because the factor on the effect of loads is applied directly on the
moment and force charts when relevant (i.e. EC7-BE and EC7-General DA 1 set 1 and
DA 2).
⋄ For a Verify Sheet Piling calculation with method B, the representative class (SLS situ-
ation) is added to the current possible class (RC0 until RC3).
⋄ The criterion for the validation of the results for Single Pile loaded by calculated soil
displacements (based on method “De Leeuw”) is improved. The limitation is now less
strict (section 41.1.1).
⋄ For EC7-BE and EC7-General, the results of calculation type SLS are added in the
Report-Summary-Supports table.
⋄ It is now possible to input several normal forces in the same phase (not only one).

D-S HEET P ILING release 22.1 features small improvements and solved issues; the most im-
portant are:

Deltares 473 of 477

D-S HEET P ILING, User Manual

⋄ Better feedback in the Report as well as in the charts to discriminate between numeri-
cally unstable, not converged and physically unstable calculations.
⋄ The summary for Vertical Balance was not always correct in case of upward movement
or insufficient vertical balance.
⋄ Extra validations are added when additional pore pressures are present.
⋄ For CUR and EC7-NL, the results of the calculation step "6.5 * factor" are added to the
charts.
⋄ The results of step 9.1 were not always correct for method B or in case a spring support
was present, without the presence of an anchor.
⋄ Reduction of memory leaks allowing the user to run a large calculations after each
other.
⋄ A side-by-side installation is better handled, allowing the user to install multiple versions
of D-S HEET P ILING simultaneously.

D-S HEET P ILING release 22.2 features improvements and solved issues; the most important
are:

⋄ Vertical effective stress due to surcharge load or none-horizontal surface line was in-
correctly calculated.
⋄ Vertical force balance (contribution per layer) and force from layer were incorrect when
the top level of the soil profile was situated above the sheet pile top.
⋄ In the Design Combined Wall wizard, the case where the neutral axes of the piles and
the sheet pile do not coincide is now handled (see Figure 4.17). Tutorial 9: Modeling
of combi-walls has been updated by using this new option. When the neutral axes
coincide, the calculation of the maximum moment and stiffness has been improved.
Refer to section section 42.1.3 for background information.
⋄ Both simple and accurate methods used for the automatic determination of the passive
side are described in section 38.3.3, including which method is used per calculation
type.

D-S HEET P ILING release 23.1 features improvements and solved issues; the most important
are:

⋄ The batch processing is improved and is now suitable for python scripts generated with
GEOLib, see section 5.4.
⋄ For Reliability Analysis, the option Reduce delta friction angle(s) according to CUR
didn’t work during the probabilistic calculation (no reduction was applied).
⋄ For Verify Sheet Piling calculation with several stages, the automatic determination of
the favorable/unfavorable effect of a load was not correct when the load is present in a
side which is active and passive during the calculation.
⋄ For steps 6.1 and 6.2 of the CUR/EC7-NL calculation, no node was created at the
passive phreatic level during the discretization of the sheet piling.

474 of 477 Deltares

PO Box 177 +31 (0)88 335 81 88
2600 MH Delft [email protected]
Boussinesqweg 1 www.deltares.nl/software
2629 HV Delft
The Netherlands